Ignore:
Timestamp:
Apr 9, 2010, 3:20:58 PM (15 years ago)
Author:
Silvan Scherrer
Message:

Samba 3.5.x: update to 3.5.2

Location:
vendor/current/docs/manpages
Files:
85 edited

Legend:

Unmodified
Added
Removed
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/cifs.upcall.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: cifs.upcall
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "CIFS\&.UPCALL" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "CIFS\&.UPCALL" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170cifs.upcall \- Userspace upcall helper for Common Internet File System (CIFS)
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 cifs\&.upcall [\-\-trust\-dns|\-t] [\-\-version|\-v] {keyid}
     174\FCcifs\&.upcall\F[] [\-\-trust\-dns|\-t] [\-\-version|\-v] {keyid}
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    71221.RS 4
    72222.\}
     223.fam C
     224.ps -1
    73225.nf
     226.if t \{\
     227.sp -1
     228.\}
     229.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     230.sp -1
     231
    74232#OPERATION  TYPE           D C PROGRAM ARG1 ARG2\&.\&.\&.
    75233#=========  =============  = = ================================
    76234create      cifs\&.spnego    * * /usr/local/sbin/cifs\&.upcall %k
    77235create      dns_resolver   * * /usr/local/sbin/cifs\&.upcall %k
    78 .fi
     236.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     237.if t \{\
     238.sp 1
     239.\}
     240.fi
     241.fam
     242.ps +1
    79243.if n \{\
    80244.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/eventlogadm.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: eventlogadm
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "EVENTLOGADM" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "EVENTLOGADM" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170eventlogadm \- push records into the Samba event log store
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 eventlogadm [\fB\-d\fR] [\fB\-h\fR] \fB\-o\fR\ addsource\ \fIEVENTLOG\fR\ \fISOURCENAME\fR\ \fIMSGFILE\fR
     174\FCeventlogadm\F[] [\fB\-d\fR] [\fB\-h\fR] \fB\-o\fR\ \FCaddsource\F[]\ \fIEVENTLOG\fR\ \fISOURCENAME\fR\ \fIMSGFILE\fR
     175.fam
     176.fam C
    26177.HP \w'\ 'u
    27 eventlogadm [\fB\-d\fR] [\fB\-h\fR] \fB\-o\fR\ write\ \fIEVENTLOG\fR
     178\FCeventlogadm\F[] [\fB\-d\fR] [\fB\-h\fR] \fB\-o\fR\ \FCwrite\F[]\ \fIEVENTLOG\fR
     179.fam
     180.fam C
    28181.HP \w'\ 'u
    29 eventlogadm [\fB\-d\fR] [\fB\-h\fR] \fB\-o\fR\ dump\ \fIEVENTLOG\fR\ \fIRECORD_NUMBER\fR
     182\FCeventlogadm\F[] [\fB\-d\fR] [\fB\-h\fR] \fB\-o\fR\ \FCdump\F[]\ \fIEVENTLOG\fR\ \fIRECORD_NUMBER\fR
     183.fam
    30184.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    31185.PP
     
    34188suite\&.
    35189.PP
    36 eventlogadm
     190\FCeventlogadm\F[]
    37191is a filter that accepts formatted event log records on standard input and writes them to the Samba event log store\&. Windows client can then manipulate these record using the usual administration tools\&.
    38192.SH "OPTIONS"
     
    41195.RS 4
    42196The
    43 \-d
     197\FC\-d\F[]
    44198option causes
    45 eventlogadm
     199\FCeventlogadm\F[]
    46200to emit debugging information\&.
    47201.RE
    48202.PP
    49 \fB\-o\fR addsource \fIEVENTLOG\fR \fISOURCENAME\fR \fIMSGFILE\fR
     203\fB\-o\fR \FCaddsource\F[] \fIEVENTLOG\fR \fISOURCENAME\fR \fIMSGFILE\fR
    50204.RS 4
    51205The
    52 \-o addsource
     206\FC\-o addsource\F[]
    53207option creates a new event log source\&.
    54208.RE
    55209.PP
    56 \fB\-o\fR write \fIEVENTLOG\fR
     210\fB\-o\fR \FCwrite\F[] \fIEVENTLOG\fR
    57211.RS 4
    58212The
    59 \-o write
     213\FC\-o write\F[]
    60214reads event log records from standard input and writes them to the Samba event log store named by EVENTLOG\&.
    61215.RE
    62216.PP
    63 \fB\-o\fR dump \fIEVENTLOG\fR \fIRECORD_NUMBER\fR
     217\fB\-o\fR \FCdump\F[] \fIEVENTLOG\fR \fIRECORD_NUMBER\fR
    64218.RS 4
    65219The
    66 \-o dump
     220\FC\-o dump\F[]
    67221reads event log records from a EVENTLOG tdb and dumps them to standard output on screen\&.
    68222.RE
     
    75229.PP
    76230For the write operation,
    77 eventlogadm
     231\FCeventlogadm\F[]
    78232expects to be able to read structured records from standard input\&. These records are a sequence of lines, with the record key and data separated by a colon character\&. Records are separated by at least one or more blank line\&.
    79233.PP
     
    89243.\}
    90244
    91 LEN
     245\FCLEN\F[]
    92246\- This field should be 0, since
    93 eventlogadm
     247\FCeventlogadm\F[]
    94248will calculate this value\&.
    95249.RE
     
    104258.\}
    105259
    106 RS1
     260\FCRS1\F[]
    107261\- This must be the value 1699505740\&.
    108262.RE
     
    117271.\}
    118272
    119 RCN
     273\FCRCN\F[]
    120274\- This field should be 0\&.
    121275.RE
     
    130284.\}
    131285
    132 TMG
     286\FCTMG\F[]
    133287\- The time the eventlog record was generated; format is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970, UTC\&.
    134288.RE
     
    143297.\}
    144298
    145 TMW
     299\FCTMW\F[]
    146300\- The time the eventlog record was written; format is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970, UTC\&.
    147301.RE
     
    156310.\}
    157311
    158 EID
     312\FCEID\F[]
    159313\- The eventlog ID\&.
    160314.RE
     
    169323.\}
    170324
    171 ETP
     325\FCETP\F[]
    172326\- The event type \-\- one of "INFO", "ERROR", "WARNING", "AUDIT SUCCESS" or "AUDIT FAILURE"\&.
    173327.RE
     
    182336.\}
    183337
    184 ECT
     338\FCECT\F[]
    185339\- The event category; this depends on the message file\&. It is primarily used as a means of filtering in the eventlog viewer\&.
    186340.RE
     
    195349.\}
    196350
    197 RS2
     351\FCRS2\F[]
    198352\- This field should be 0\&.
    199353.RE
     
    208362.\}
    209363
    210 CRN
     364\FCCRN\F[]
    211365\- This field should be 0\&.
    212366.RE
     
    221375.\}
    222376
    223 USL
     377\FCUSL\F[]
    224378\- This field should be 0\&.
    225379.RE
     
    234388.\}
    235389
    236 SRC
     390\FCSRC\F[]
    237391\- This field contains the source name associated with the event log\&. If a message file is used with an event log, there will be a registry entry for associating this source name with a message file DLL\&.
    238392.RE
     
    247401.\}
    248402
    249 SRN
     403\FCSRN\F[]
    250404\- The name of the machine on which the eventlog was generated\&. This is typically the host name\&.
    251405.RE
     
    260414.\}
    261415
    262 STR
     416\FCSTR\F[]
    263417\- The text associated with the eventlog\&. There may be more than one string in a record\&.
    264418.RE
     
    273427.\}
    274428
    275 DAT
     429\FCDAT\F[]
    276430\- This field should be left unset\&.
    277431.SH "EXAMPLES"
    278432.PP
    279433An example of the record format accepted by
    280 eventlogadm:
     434\FCeventlogadm\F[]:
    281435.sp
    282436.if n \{\
    283437.RS 4
    284438.\}
     439.fam C
     440.ps -1
    285441.nf
     442.if t \{\
     443.sp -1
     444.\}
     445.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     446.sp -1
     447
    286448        LEN: 0
    287449        RS1: 1699505740
     
    300462        DAT:
    301463       
    302 .fi
     464.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     465.if t \{\
     466.sp 1
     467.\}
     468.fi
     469.fam
     470.ps +1
    303471.if n \{\
    304472.RE
     
    310478.RS 4
    311479.\}
     480.fam C
     481.ps -1
    312482.nf
     483.if t \{\
     484.sp -1
     485.\}
     486.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     487.sp -1
     488
    313489        eventlogadm \-o addsource Application MyApplication | \e\e
    314490                %SystemRoot%/system32/MyApplication\&.dll
    315491       
    316 .fi
     492.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     493.if t \{\
     494.sp 1
     495.\}
     496.fi
     497.fam
     498.ps +1
    317499.if n \{\
    318500.RE
     
    324506.RS 4
    325507.\}
     508.fam C
     509.ps -1
    326510.nf
     511.if t \{\
     512.sp -1
     513.\}
     514.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     515.sp -1
     516
    327517        tail \-f /var/log/messages | \e\e
    328518                my_program_to_parse_into_eventlog_records | \e\e
    329519                eventlogadm SystemLogEvents
    330520       
    331 .fi
     521.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     522.if t \{\
     523.sp 1
     524.\}
     525.fi
     526.fam
     527.ps +1
    332528.if n \{\
    333529.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/findsmb.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: findsmb
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "FINDSMB" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "FINDSMB" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170findsmb \- list info about machines that respond to SMB name queries on a subnet
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 findsmb [subnet\ broadcast\ address]
     174\FCfindsmb\F[] [subnet\ broadcast\ address]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 findsmb
     182\FCfindsmb\F[]
    33183is a perl script that prints out several pieces of information about machines on a subnet that respond to SMB name query requests\&. It uses
    34184\fBnmblookup\fR(1)
     
    41191.RS 4
    42192Controls whether
    43 findsmb
     193\FCfindsmb\F[]
    44194takes bugs in Windows95 into account when trying to find a Netbios name registered of the remote machine\&. This option is disabled by default because it is specific to Windows 95 and Windows 95 machines only\&. If set,
    45195\fBnmblookup\fR(1)
     
    52202.RS 4
    53203Without this option,
    54 findsmb
     204\FCfindsmb \F[]
    55205will probe the subnet of the machine where
    56206\fBfindsmb\fR(1)
     
    64214.PP
    65215The output of
    66 findsmb
     216\FCfindsmb\F[]
    67217lists the following information for all machines that respond to the initial
    68 nmblookup
     218\FCnmblookup\F[]
    69219for any name: IP address, NetBIOS name, Workgroup name, operating system, and SMB server version\&.
    70220.PP
     
    76226\fBnmbd\fR(8)
    77227running\&. If
    78 nmbd
     228\FCnmbd\F[]
    79229is running on the system, you will only get the IP address and the DNS name of the machine\&. To get proper responses from Windows 95 and Windows 98 machines, the command must be run as root and with
    80230\fB\-r\fR
    81231option on a machine without
    82 nmbd
     232\FCnmbd\F[]
    83233running\&.
    84234.PP
    85235For example, running
    86 findsmb
     236\FCfindsmb\F[]
    87237without
    88238\fB\-r\fR
     
    92242.RS 4
    93243.\}
     244.fam C
     245.ps -1
    94246.nf
     247.if t \{\
     248.sp -1
     249.\}
     250.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     251.sp -1
     252
    95253IP ADDR         NETBIOS NAME   WORKGROUP/OS/VERSION
    96254\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-
     
    105263192\&.168\&.35\&.93   FROGSTAR\-PC    [MVENGR] [Windows 5\&.0] [Windows 2000 LAN Manager]
    106264192\&.168\&.35\&.97   HERBNT1       *[HERB\-NT] [Windows NT 4\&.0] [NT LAN Manager 4\&.0]
    107 .fi
     265.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     266.if t \{\
     267.sp 1
     268.\}
     269.fi
     270.fam
     271.ps +1
    108272.if n \{\
    109273.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/idmap_ad.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: idmap_ad
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "IDMAP_AD" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "IDMAP_AD" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170idmap_ad \- Samba\'s idmap_ad Backend for Winbind
    23171.SH "DESCRIPTION"
     
    42190.RS 4
    43191.\}
     192.fam C
     193.ps -1
    44194.nf
     195.if t \{\
     196.sp -1
     197.\}
     198.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     199.sp -1
     200
    45201        [global]
    46202        idmap backend = tdb
     
    51207        idmap config CORP : range = 1000\-999999
    52208       
    53 .fi
     209.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     210.if t \{\
     211.sp 1
     212.\}
     213.fi
     214.fam
     215.ps +1
    54216.if n \{\
    55217.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/idmap_adex.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: idmap_adex
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "IDMAP_ADEX" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "IDMAP_ADEX" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170idmap_adex \- Samba\'s idmap_adex Backend for Winbind
    23171.SH "DESCRIPTION"
     
    38186.RS 4
    39187.\}
     188.fam C
     189.ps -1
    40190.nf
     191.if t \{\
     192.sp -1
     193.\}
     194.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     195.sp -1
     196
    41197        [global]
    42198        idmap backend = adex
     
    47203        winbind normalize names = yes
    48204       
    49 .fi
     205.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     206.if t \{\
     207.sp 1
     208.\}
     209.fi
     210.fam
     211.ps +1
    50212.if n \{\
    51213.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/idmap_hash.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: idmap_hash
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "IDMAP_HASH" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "IDMAP_HASH" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170idmap_hash \- Samba\'s idmap_hash Backend for Winbind
    23171.SH "DESCRIPTION"
     
    39187.RS 4
    40188.\}
     189.fam C
     190.ps -1
    41191.nf
     192.if t \{\
     193.sp -1
     194.\}
     195.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     196.sp -1
     197
    42198        [global]
    43199        idmap backend = hash
     
    49205        idmap_hash:name_map = /etc/samba/name_map\&.cfg
    50206       
    51 .fi
     207.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     208.if t \{\
     209.sp 1
     210.\}
     211.fi
     212.fam
     213.ps +1
    52214.if n \{\
    53215.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/idmap_ldap.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: idmap_ldap
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "IDMAP_LDAP" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "IDMAP_LDAP" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170idmap_ldap \- Samba\'s idmap_ldap Backend for Winbind
    23171.SH "DESCRIPTION"
     
    75223.RS 4
    76224.\}
     225.fam C
     226.ps -1
    77227.nf
     228.if t \{\
     229.sp -1
     230.\}
     231.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     232.sp -1
     233
    78234        [global]
    79235        idmap backend = ldap:ldap://localhost/
     
    85241        idmap alloc config : ldap_base_dn = ou=idmap,dc=example,dc=com
    86242       
    87 .fi
     243.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     244.if t \{\
     245.sp 1
     246.\}
     247.fi
     248.fam
     249.ps +1
    88250.if n \{\
    89251.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/idmap_nss.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: idmap_nss
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "IDMAP_NSS" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "IDMAP_NSS" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170idmap_nss \- Samba\'s idmap_nss Backend for Winbind
    23171.SH "DESCRIPTION"
     
    31179.RS 4
    32180.\}
     181.fam C
     182.ps -1
    33183.nf
     184.if t \{\
     185.sp -1
     186.\}
     187.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     188.sp -1
     189
    34190        [global]
    35191        idmap backend = tdb
     
    40196        idmap config SAMBA : range = 1000\-999999
    41197       
    42 .fi
     198.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     199.if t \{\
     200.sp 1
     201.\}
     202.fi
     203.fam
     204.ps +1
    43205.if n \{\
    44206.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/idmap_rid.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: idmap_rid
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "IDMAP_RID" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "IDMAP_RID" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170idmap_rid \- Samba\'s idmap_rid Backend for Winbind
    23171.SH "DESCRIPTION"
     
    44192.RS 4
    45193.\}
    46 .nf
     194.fam C
     195.ps -1
     196.nf
     197.if t \{\
     198.sp -1
     199.\}
     200.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     201.sp -1
     202
    47203                        ID = RID \- BASE_RID + LOW_RANGE_ID\&.
    48204               
    49 .fi
     205.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     206.if t \{\
     207.sp 1
     208.\}
     209.fi
     210.fam
     211.ps +1
    50212.if n \{\
    51213.RE
     
    57219.RS 4
    58220.\}
    59 .nf
     221.fam C
     222.ps -1
     223.nf
     224.if t \{\
     225.sp -1
     226.\}
     227.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     228.sp -1
     229
    60230                        RID = ID + BASE_RID \- LOW_RANGE_ID\&.
    61231               
    62 .fi
     232.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     233.if t \{\
     234.sp 1
     235.\}
     236.fi
     237.fam
     238.ps +1
    63239.if n \{\
    64240.RE
     
    72248.RS 4
    73249.\}
    74 .nf
     250.fam C
     251.ps -1
     252.nf
     253.if t \{\
     254.sp -1
     255.\}
     256.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     257.sp -1
     258
    75259        [global]
    76260        security = domain
     
    88272        idmap config TRUSTED : base_rid = 1000
    89273       
    90 .fi
     274.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     275.if t \{\
     276.sp 1
     277.\}
     278.fi
     279.fam
     280.ps +1
    91281.if n \{\
    92282.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/idmap_tdb.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: idmap_tdb
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "IDMAP_TDB" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "IDMAP_TDB" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170idmap_tdb \- Samba\'s idmap_tdb Backend for Winbind
    23171.SH "DESCRIPTION"
     
    44192.RS 4
    45193.\}
    46 .nf
     194.fam C
     195.ps -1
     196.nf
     197.if t \{\
     198.sp -1
     199.\}
     200.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     201.sp -1
     202
    47203        [global]
    48204        # "idmap backend = tdb" is redundant here since it is the default
     
    51207        idmap gid = 1000000\-2000000
    52208       
    53 .fi
     209.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     210.if t \{\
     211.sp 1
     212.\}
     213.fi
     214.fam
     215.ps +1
    54216.if n \{\
    55217.RE
     
    61223.RS 4
    62224.\}
    63 .nf
     225.fam C
     226.ps -1
     227.nf
     228.if t \{\
     229.sp -1
     230.\}
     231.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     232.sp -1
     233
    64234        [global]
    65235        idmap backend = ldap
     
    72242        idmap config DOM1 : range = 1000000\-2000000
    73243       
    74 .fi
     244.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     245.if t \{\
     246.sp 1
     247.\}
     248.fi
     249.fam
     250.ps +1
    75251.if n \{\
    76252.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/idmap_tdb2.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: idmap_tdb2
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "IDMAP_TDB2" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "IDMAP_TDB2" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170idmap_tdb2 \- Samba\'s idmap_tdb2 Backend for Winbind
    23171.SH "DESCRIPTION"
     
    45193.RS 4
    46194.\}
    47 .nf
     195.fam C
     196.ps -1
     197.nf
     198.if t \{\
     199.sp -1
     200.\}
     201.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     202.sp -1
     203
    48204        SIDTOID S\-1\-xxxx
    49205        IDTOSID UID xxxx
    50206        IDTOSID GID xxxx
    51207       
    52 .fi
     208.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     209.if t \{\
     210.sp 1
     211.\}
     212.fi
     213.fam
     214.ps +1
    53215.if n \{\
    54216.RE
     
    60222.RS 4
    61223.\}
    62 .nf
     224.fam C
     225.ps -1
     226.nf
     227.if t \{\
     228.sp -1
     229.\}
     230.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     231.sp -1
     232
    63233        UID:yyyy
    64234        GID:yyyy
     
    66236        ERR:yyyy
    67237       
    68 .fi
     238.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     239.if t \{\
     240.sp 1
     241.\}
     242.fi
     243.fam
     244.ps +1
    69245.if n \{\
    70246.RE
     
    79255.RS 4
    80256.\}
    81 .nf
     257.fam C
     258.ps -1
     259.nf
     260.if t \{\
     261.sp -1
     262.\}
     263.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     264.sp -1
     265
    82266        [global]
    83267        idmap backend = tdb2
     
    85269        idmap gid = 1000000\-2000000
    86270       
    87 .fi
     271.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     272.if t \{\
     273.sp 1
     274.\}
     275.fi
     276.fam
     277.ps +1
    88278.if n \{\
    89279.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/ldb.3

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: ldb
    32.\"    Author: [see the "Author" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: C Library Functions
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "LDB" "3" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "C Library Functions"
     9.TH "LDB" "3" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "C Library Functions"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170ldb \- A light\-weight database library
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
    24 .sp
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.sp
     173.fam C
     174.ps -1
    25175.nf
    26176#include <ldb\&.h>
    27177.fi
    28 .SH "DESCRIPTION"
     178.fam
     179.ps +1
     180.SH "description"
    29181.PP
    30182ldb is a light weight embedded database library and API\&. With a programming interface that is very similar to LDAP, ldb can store its data either in a tdb(3) database or in a real LDAP database\&.
     
    429581\fBldb_set_debug_stderr(3)\fR
    430582\- set a debug handler for stderr output
    431 .SH "AUTHOR"
     583.SH "Author"
    432584.PP
    433585ldb was written by
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/ldbadd.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: ldbadd
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "LDBADD" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "LDBADD" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170ldbadd \- Command\-line utility for adding records to an LDB
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 ldbadd [\-h] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [ldif\-file1] [ldif\-file2] [\&.\&.\&.]
     174\FCldbadd\F[] [\-h] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [ldif\-file1] [ldif\-file2] [\&.\&.\&.]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/ldbdel.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: ldbdel
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "LDBDEL" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "LDBDEL" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170ldbdel \- Command\-line program for deleting LDB records
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 ldbdel [\-h] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [dn] [\&.\&.\&.]
     174\FCldbdel\F[] [\-h] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [dn] [\&.\&.\&.]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/ldbedit.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: ldbedit
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "LDBEDIT" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "LDBEDIT" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170ldbedit \- Edit LDB databases using your preferred editor
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 ldbedit [\-?] [\-\-usage] [\-s\ base|one|sub] [\-b\ basedn] [\-a] [\-e\ editor] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [expression] [attributes...]
     174\FCldbedit\F[] [\-?] [\-\-usage] [\-s\ base|one|sub] [\-b\ basedn] [\-a] [\-e\ editor] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [expression] [attributes...]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/ldbmodify.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: ldbmodify
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "LDBMODIFY" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "LDBMODIFY" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170ldbmodify \- Modify records in a LDB database
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 ldbmodify [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [ldif\-file]
     174\FCldbmodify\F[] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [ldif\-file]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/ldbrename.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: ldbrename
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "LDBRENAME" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "LDBRENAME" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170ldbrename \- Edit LDB databases using your favorite editor
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 ldbrename [\-h] [\-o\ options] {olddn} {newdb}
     174\FCldbrename\F[] [\-h] [\-o\ options] {olddn} {newdb}
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/ldbsearch.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: ldbsearch
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "LDBSEARCH" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "LDBSEARCH" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170ldbsearch \- Search for records in a LDB database
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 ldbsearch [\-h] [\-s\ base|one|sub] [\-b\ basedn] [\-i] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [expression] [attributes]
     174\FCldbsearch\F[] [\-h] [\-s\ base|one|sub] [\-b\ basedn] [\-i] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [expression] [attributes]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/libsmbclient.7

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: libsmbclient
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: 7
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "LIBSMBCLIENT" "7" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "7"
     9.TH "LIBSMBCLIENT" "7" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "7"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170libsmbclient \- An extension library for browsers and that can be used as a generic browsing API\&.
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25174.PP
    26175Browser URL:
    27 smb://[[[domain:]user[:password@]]server[/share[/path[/file]]]] [?options]
     176\FCsmb://[[[domain:]user[:password@]]server[/share[/path[/file]]]] [?options] \F[]
     177.fam
    28178.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    29179.PP
     
    33183.PP
    34184
    35 libsmbclient
     185\FClibsmbclient\F[]
    36186is a library toolset that permits applications to manipulate CIFS/SMB network resources using many of the standards POSIX functions available for manipulating local UNIX/Linux files\&. It permits much more than just browsing, files can be opened and read or written, permissions changed, file times modified, attributes and ACL\'s can be manipulated, and so on\&. Of course, its functionality includes all the capabilities commonly called browsing\&.
    37187.PP
    38188
    39 libsmbclient
     189\FClibsmbclient\F[]
    40190can not be used directly from the command line, instead it provides an extension of the capabilities of tools such as file managers and browsers\&. This man page describes the configuration options for this tool so that the user may obtain greatest utility of use\&.
    41191.SH "OPTIONS"
     
    48198.sp
    49199The method of locating the list of workgroups (domains also) varies depending on the setting of the context variable
    50 (context\->options\&.browse_max_lmb_count)\&. It is the responsibility of the application that calls this library to set this to a sensible value\&. This is a compile\-time option\&. This value determines the maximum number of local master browsers to query for the list of workgroups\&. In order to ensure that the list is complete for those present on the network, all master browsers must be querried\&. If there are a large number of workgroups on the network, the time spent querying will be significant\&. For small networks (just a few workgroups), it is suggested to set this value to 0, instructing libsmbclient to query all local master browsers\&. In an environment that has many workgroups a more reasonable setting may be around 3\&.
     200\FC(context\->options\&.browse_max_lmb_count)\F[]\&. It is the responsibility of the application that calls this library to set this to a sensible value\&. This is a compile\-time option\&. This value determines the maximum number of local master browsers to query for the list of workgroups\&. In order to ensure that the list is complete for those present on the network, all master browsers must be querried\&. If there are a large number of workgroups on the network, the time spent querying will be significant\&. For small networks (just a few workgroups), it is suggested to set this value to 0, instructing libsmbclient to query all local master browsers\&. In an environment that has many workgroups a more reasonable setting may be around 3\&.
    51201.RE
    52202.PP
     
    57207.PP
    58208When libsmbclient is invoked by an application it searches for a directory called
    59 \&.smb
     209\FC\&.smb\F[]
    60210in the $HOME directory that is specified in the users shell environment\&. It then searches for a file called
    61 smb\&.conf
     211\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    62212which, if present, will fully over\-ride the system
    63 /etc/samba/smb\&.conf
     213\FC/etc/samba/smb\&.conf\F[]
    64214file\&. If instead libsmbclient finds a file called
    65 ~/\&.smb/smb\&.conf\&.append, it will read the system
    66 /etc/samba/smb\&.conf
     215\FC~/\&.smb/smb\&.conf\&.append\F[], it will read the system
     216\FC/etc/samba/smb\&.conf\F[]
    67217and then append the contents of the
    68 ~/\&.smb/smb\&.conf\&.append
     218\FC~/\&.smb/smb\&.conf\&.append\F[]
    69219to it\&.
    70220.PP
    71221
    72 libsmbclient
     222\FClibsmbclient\F[]
    73223will check the users shell environment for the
    74 USER
     224\FCUSER\F[]
    75225parameter and will use its value when if the
    76 user
     226\FCuser\F[]
    77227parameter was not included in the URL\&.
    78228.SH "PROGRAMMERS GUIDE"
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/lmhosts.5

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: lmhosts
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: File Formats and Conventions
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "LMHOSTS" "5" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "File Formats and Conventions"
     9.TH "LMHOSTS" "5" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "File Formats and Conventions"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170lmhosts \- The Samba NetBIOS hosts file
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
    24 .PP
    25 lmhosts
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.PP
     173\FClmhosts\F[]
    26174is the
    27175\fBsamba\fR(7)
     
    33181suite\&.
    34182.PP
    35 lmhosts
     183\FClmhosts\F[]
    36184is the
    37185\fISamba \fR
    38186NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file\&. It is very similar to the
    39 /etc/hosts
     187\FC/etc/hosts\F[]
    40188file format, except that the hostname component must correspond to the NetBIOS naming format\&.
    41189.SH "FILE FORMAT"
     
    73221.RS 4
    74222.\}
     223.fam C
     224.ps -1
    75225.nf
     226.if t \{\
     227.sp -1
     228.\}
     229.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     230.sp -1
     231
    76232#
    77233# Sample Samba lmhosts file\&.
     
    80236192\&.9\&.200\&.20      NTSERVER#20
    81237192\&.9\&.200\&.21      SAMBASERVER
    82 .fi
     238.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     239.if t \{\
     240.sp 1
     241.\}
     242.fi
     243.fam
     244.ps +1
    83245.if n \{\
    84246.RE
     
    90252.PP
    91253The default location of the
    92 lmhosts
     254\FClmhosts\F[]
    93255file is in the same directory as the
    94256\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
     
    97259.PP
    98260lmhosts is loaded from the configuration directory\&. This is usually
    99 /etc/samba
     261\FC/etc/samba\F[]
    100262or
    101 /usr/local/samba/lib\&.
     263\FC/usr/local/samba/lib\F[]\&.
    102264.SH "VERSION"
    103265.PP
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/log2pcap.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: log2pcap
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "LOG2PCAP" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "LOG2PCAP" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170log2pcap \- Extract network traces from Samba log files
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 log2pcap [\-h] [\-q] [logfile] [pcap_file]
     174\FClog2pcap\F[] [\-h] [\-q] [logfile] [pcap_file]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 log2pcap
     182\FClog2pcap\F[]
    33183reads in a samba log file and generates a pcap file (readable by most sniffers, such as ethereal or tcpdump) based on the packet dumps in the log file\&.
    34184.PP
     
    77227.RS 4
    78228.\}
    79 .nf
    80                         $ log2pcap < /var/log/* > trace\&.pcap
     229.fam C
     230.ps -1
     231.nf
     232.if t \{\
     233.sp -1
     234.\}
     235.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     236.sp -1
     237
     238                        \FC$\F[] log2pcap < /var/log/* > trace\&.pcap
    81239       
    82 .fi
     240.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     241.if t \{\
     242.sp 1
     243.\}
     244.fi
     245.fam
     246.ps +1
    83247.if n \{\
    84248.RE
     
    90254.RS 4
    91255.\}
    92 .nf
    93         $ log2pcap \-h samba\&.log | text2pcap \-T 139,139 \- trace\&.pcap
     256.fam C
     257.ps -1
     258.nf
     259.if t \{\
     260.sp -1
     261.\}
     262.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     263.sp -1
     264
     265        \FC$\F[] log2pcap \-h samba\&.log | text2pcap \-T 139,139 \- trace\&.pcap
    94266       
    95 .fi
     267.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     268.if t \{\
     269.sp 1
     270.\}
     271.fi
     272.fam
     273.ps +1
    96274.if n \{\
    97275.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/mount.cifs.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: mount.cifs
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "MOUNT\&.CIFS" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "MOUNT\&.CIFS" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170mount.cifs \- mount using the Common Internet File System (CIFS)
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 mount\&.cifs {service} {mount\-point} [\-o\ options]
     174\FCmount\&.cifs\F[] {service} {mount\-point} [\-o\ options]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    64214.\}
    65215.RS 4
     216.BM yellow
    66217.it 1 an-trap
    67218.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    79230\fIcred=\fR\&.
    80231.sp .5v
     232.EM yellow
    81233.RE
    82234.RE
     
    100252.RS 4
    101253.\}
     254.fam C
     255.ps -1
    102256.nf
     257.if t \{\
     258.sp -1
     259.\}
     260.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     261.sp -1
     262
    103263                username=\fIvalue\fR
    104264                password=\fIvalue\fR
    105265                domain=\fIvalue\fR
     266.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     267.if t \{\
     268.sp 1
     269.\}
    106270.fi
     271.fam
     272.ps +1
    107273.if n \{\
    108274.RE
     
    110276.sp
    111277This is preferred over having passwords in plaintext in a shared file, such as
    112 /etc/fstab\&. Be sure to protect any credentials file properly\&.
     278\FC/etc/fstab\F[]\&. Be sure to protect any credentials file properly\&.
    113279.RE
    114280.PP
     
    444610.PP
    445611The primary mechanism for making configuration changes and for reading debug information for the cifs vfs is via the Linux /proc filesystem\&. In the directory
    446 /proc/fs/cifs
     612\FC/proc/fs/cifs\F[]
    447613are various configuration files and pseudo files which can display debug information\&. There are additional startup options such as maximum buffer size and number of buffers which only may be set when the kernel cifs vfs (cifs\&.ko module) is loaded\&. These can be seen by running the modinfo utility against the file cifs\&.ko which will list the options that may be passed to cifs during module installation (device driver load)\&. For more information see the kernel file
    448 fs/cifs/README\&.
     614\FCfs/cifs/README\F[]\&.
    449615.SH "BUGS"
    450616.PP
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/net.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: net
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "NET" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "NET" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170net \- Tool for administration of Samba and remote CIFS servers\&.
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 net {<ads|rap|rpc>} [\-h] [\-w\ workgroup] [\-W\ myworkgroup] [\-U\ user] [\-I\ ip\-address] [\-p\ port] [\-n\ myname] [\-s\ conffile] [\-S\ server] [\-l] [\-P] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-V] [\-\-request\-timeout\ seconds]
     174\FCnet\F[] {<ads|rap|rpc>} [\-h] [\-w\ workgroup] [\-W\ myworkgroup] [\-U\ user] [\-I\ ip\-address] [\-p\ port] [\-n\ myname] [\-s\ conffile] [\-S\ server] [\-l] [\-P] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-V] [\-\-request\-timeout\ seconds]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    68218\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    69219parameter in the
    70 smb\&.conf
     220\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    71221file\&. However, a command line setting will take precedence over settings in
    72 smb\&.conf\&.
     222\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    73223.RE
    74224.PP
     
    76226.RS 4
    77227The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    78 smb\&.conf
     228\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    79229for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    80230.RE
     
    112262\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    113263parameter in the
    114 smb\&.conf
     264\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    115265file\&.
    116266.RE
     
    122272.PP
    123273The
    124 NET TIME
     274\FCNET TIME\F[]
    125275command allows you to view the time on a remote server or synchronise the time on the local server with the time on the remote server\&.
    126276.SS "TIME"
    127277.PP
    128278Without any options, the
    129 NET TIME
     279\FCNET TIME\F[]
    130280command displays the time on the remote server\&.
    131281.SS "TIME SYSTEM"
    132282.PP
    133283Displays the time on the remote server in a format ready for
    134 /bin/date\&.
     284\FC/bin/date\F[]\&.
    135285.SS "TIME SET"
    136286.PP
    137287Tries to set the date and time of the local server to that on the remote server using
    138 /bin/date\&.
     288\FC/bin/date\F[]\&.
    139289.SS "TIME ZONE"
    140290.PP
     
    205355List files opened by specified
    206356\fIuser\fR\&. Please note that
    207 net rap file user
     357\FCnet rap file user\F[]
    208358does not work against Samba servers\&.
    209359.SS "SESSION"
     
    239389.\}
    240390.RS 4
     391.BM yellow
    241392.it 1 an-trap
    242393.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    250401Currently NOT implemented\&.
    251402.sp .5v
     403.EM yellow
    252404.RE
    253405.SS "RAP GROUPMEMBER"
     
    270422.\}
    271423.RS 4
     424.BM yellow
    272425.it 1 an-trap
    273426.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    281434Currently NOT implemented\&.
    282435.sp .5v
     436.EM yellow
    283437.RE
    284438.SS "RAP SERVICE"
     
    290444.\}
    291445.RS 4
     446.BM yellow
    292447.it 1 an-trap
    293448.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    301456Currently NOT implemented\&.
    302457.sp .5v
     458.EM yellow
    303459.RE
    304460.SS "RAP SERVICE STOP"
     
    309465.\}
    310466.RS 4
     467.BM yellow
    311468.it 1 an-trap
    312469.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    320477Currently NOT implemented\&.
    321478.sp .5v
     479.EM yellow
    322480.RE
    323481.SS "RAP PASSWORD \fIUSER\fR \fIOLDPASS\fR \fINEWPASS\fR"
     
    477635.RS 4
    478636.\}
     637.fam C
     638.ps -1
    479639.nf
     640.if t \{\
     641.sp -1
     642.\}
     643.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     644.sp -1
     645
    480646net groupmap add {rid=int|sid=string} unixgroup=string \e
    481647        [type={domain|local}] [ntgroup=string] [comment=string]
     648.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     649.if t \{\
     650.sp 1
     651.\}
    482652.fi
     653.fam
     654.ps +1
    483655.if n \{\
    484656.RE
     
    500672.RS 4
    501673.\}
     674.fam C
     675.ps -1
    502676.nf
     677.if t \{\
     678.sp -1
     679.\}
     680.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     681.sp -1
     682
    503683net groupmap modify {ntgroup=string|sid=SID} [unixgroup=string] \e
    504684       [comment=string] [type={domain|local}]
     685.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     686.if t \{\
     687.sp 1
     688.\}
    505689.fi
     690.fam
     691.ps +1
    506692.if n \{\
    507693.RE
     
    535721\fB\'I\'\fR
    536722(interdomain trust account)\&. This is required for incoming trusts to work\&. It makes Samba be a trusted domain of the foreign (trusting) domain\&. Users of the Samba domain will be made available in the foreign domain\&. If the command is used against localhost it has the same effect as
    537 smbpasswd \-a \-i DOMAIN\&. Please note that both commands expect a appropriate UNIX account\&.
     723\FCsmbpasswd \-a \-i DOMAIN\F[]\&. Please note that both commands expect a appropriate UNIX account\&.
    538724.SS "RPC TRUSTDOM DEL DOMAIN"
    539725.PP
    540726Remove interdomain trust account for
    541727\fIDOMAIN\fR\&. If it is used against localhost it has the same effect as
    542 smbpasswd \-x DOMAIN$\&.
     728\FCsmbpasswd \-x DOMAIN$\F[]\&.
    543729.SS "RPC TRUSTDOM ESTABLISH DOMAIN"
    544730.PP
     
    597783.PP
    598784Fetch domain SID and store it in the local
    599 secrets\&.tdb\&.
     785\FCsecrets\&.tdb\F[]\&.
    600786.SS "ADS LEAVE"
    601787.PP
     
    604790.PP
    605791Print out status of machine account of the local machine in ADS\&. Prints out quite some debug info\&. Aimed at developers, regular users should use
    606 NET ADS TESTJOIN\&.
     792\FCNET ADS TESTJOIN\F[]\&.
    607793.SS "ADS PRINTER"
    608794.SS "ADS PRINTER INFO [PRINTER] [SERVER]"
     
    737923The usershare commands are:
    738924.RS 4
    739 net usershare add sharename path [comment] [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]] \- to add or change a user defined share\&.
     925net usershare add sharename path [comment [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]]] \- to add or change a user defined share\&.
    740926.RE
    741927.RS 4
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/nmbd.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: nmbd
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "NMBD" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "NMBD" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170nmbd \- NetBIOS name server to provide NetBIOS over IP naming services to clients
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 nmbd [\-D] [\-F] [\-S] [\-a] [\-i] [\-o] [\-h] [\-V] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-H\ <lmhosts\ file>] [\-l\ <log\ directory>] [\-p\ <port\ number>] [\-s\ <configuration\ file>]
     174\FCnmbd\F[] [\-D] [\-F] [\-S] [\-a] [\-i] [\-o] [\-h] [\-V] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-H\ <lmhosts\ file>] [\-l\ <log\ directory>] [\-p\ <port\ number>] [\-s\ <configuration\ file>]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 nmbd
     182\FCnmbd\F[]
    33183is a server that understands and can reply to NetBIOS over IP name service requests, like those produced by SMB/CIFS clients such as Windows 95/98/ME, Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows XP and LanManager clients\&. It also participates in the browsing protocols which make up the Windows "Network Neighborhood" view\&.
    34184.PP
     
    36186.PP
    37187Amongst other services,
    38 nmbd
     188\FCnmbd\F[]
    39189will listen for such requests, and if its own NetBIOS name is specified it will respond with the IP number of the host it is running on\&. Its "own NetBIOS name" is by default the primary DNS name of the host it is running on, but this can be overridden by the
    40190\m[blue]\fBnetbios name\fR\m[]
    41191in
    42 smb\&.conf\&. Thus
    43 nmbd
     192\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&. Thus
     193\FCnmbd\F[]
    44194will reply to broadcast queries for its own name(s)\&. Additional names for
    45 nmbd
     195\FCnmbd\F[]
    46196to respond on can be set via parameters in the
    47197\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    48198configuration file\&.
    49199.PP
    50 nmbd
     200\FCnmbd\F[]
    51201can also be used as a WINS (Windows Internet Name Server) server\&. What this basically means is that it will act as a WINS database server, creating a database from name registration requests that it receives and replying to queries from clients for these names\&.
    52202.PP
    53203In addition,
    54 nmbd
     204\FCnmbd\F[]
    55205can act as a WINS proxy, relaying broadcast queries from clients that do not understand how to talk the WINS protocol to a WINS server\&.
    56206.SH "OPTIONS"
     
    59209.RS 4
    60210If specified, this parameter causes
    61 nmbd
     211\FCnmbd\F[]
    62212to operate as a daemon\&. That is, it detaches itself and runs in the background, fielding requests on the appropriate port\&. By default,
    63 nmbd
     213\FCnmbd\F[]
    64214will operate as a daemon if launched from a command shell\&. nmbd can also be operated from the
    65 inetd
     215\FCinetd\F[]
    66216meta\-daemon, although this is not recommended\&.
    67217.RE
     
    70220.RS 4
    71221If specified, this parameter causes the main
    72 nmbd
     222\FCnmbd\F[]
    73223process to not daemonize, i\&.e\&. double\-fork and disassociate with the terminal\&. Child processes are still created as normal to service each connection request, but the main process does not exit\&. This operation mode is suitable for running
    74 nmbd
     224\FCnmbd\F[]
    75225under process supervisors such as
    76 supervise
     226\FCsupervise\F[]
    77227and
    78 svscan
     228\FCsvscan\F[]
    79229from Daniel J\&. Bernstein\'s
    80 daemontools
     230\FCdaemontools\F[]
    81231package, or the AIX process monitor\&.
    82232.RE
     
    85235.RS 4
    86236If specified, this parameter causes
    87 nmbd
     237\FCnmbd\F[]
    88238to log to standard output rather than a file\&.
    89239.RE
     
    92242.RS 4
    93243If this parameter is specified it causes the server to run "interactively", not as a daemon, even if the server is executed on the command line of a shell\&. Setting this parameter negates the implicit daemon mode when run from the command line\&.
    94 nmbd
     244\FCnmbd\F[]
    95245also logs to standard output, as if the
    96246\fB\-S\fR
     
    112262\fINOT\fR
    113263used by
    114 nmbd
     264\FCnmbd\F[]
    115265to answer any name queries\&. Adding a line to this file affects name NetBIOS resolution from this host
    116266\fIONLY\fR\&.
    117267.sp
    118268The default path to this file is compiled into Samba as part of the build process\&. Common defaults are
    119 /usr/local/samba/lib/lmhosts,
    120 /usr/samba/lib/lmhosts
     269\FC/usr/local/samba/lib/lmhosts\F[],
     270\FC/usr/samba/lib/lmhosts\F[]
    121271or
    122 /etc/samba/lmhosts\&. See the
     272\FC/etc/samba/lmhosts\F[]\&. See the
    123273\fBlmhosts\fR(5)
    124274man page for details on the contents of this file\&.
     
    137287\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    138288parameter in the
    139 smb\&.conf
     289\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    140290file\&.
    141291.RE
     
    149299.RS 4
    150300The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    151 smb\&.conf
     301\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    152302for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    153303.RE
     
    163313.RS 4
    164314UDP port number is a positive integer value\&. This option changes the default UDP port number (normally 137) that
    165 nmbd
     315\FCnmbd\F[]
    166316responds to name queries on\&. Don\'t use this option unless you are an expert, in which case you won\'t need help!
    167317.RE
    168318.SH "FILES"
    169319.PP
    170 /etc/inetd\&.conf
     320\FC/etc/inetd\&.conf\F[]
    171321.RS 4
    172322If the server is to be run by the
    173 inetd
     323\FCinetd\F[]
    174324meta\-daemon, this file must contain suitable startup information for the meta\-daemon\&.
    175325.RE
    176326.PP
    177 /etc/rc
     327\FC/etc/rc\F[]
    178328.RS 4
    179329or whatever initialization script your system uses)\&.
     
    182332.RE
    183333.PP
    184 /etc/services
     334\FC/etc/services\F[]
    185335.RS 4
    186336If running the server via the meta\-daemon
    187 inetd, this file must contain a mapping of service name (e\&.g\&., netbios\-ssn) to service port (e\&.g\&., 139) and protocol type (e\&.g\&., tcp)\&.
    188 .RE
    189 .PP
    190 /usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf
     337\FCinetd\F[], this file must contain a mapping of service name (e\&.g\&., netbios\-ssn) to service port (e\&.g\&., 139) and protocol type (e\&.g\&., tcp)\&.
     338.RE
     339.PP
     340\FC/usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\F[]
    191341.RS 4
    192342This is the default location of the
    193343\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    194344server configuration file\&. Other common places that systems install this file are
    195 /usr/samba/lib/smb\&.conf
     345\FC/usr/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\F[]
    196346and
    197 /etc/samba/smb\&.conf\&.
     347\FC/etc/samba/smb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    198348.sp
    199349When run as a WINS server (see the
     
    202352\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    203353man page),
    204 nmbd
     354\FCnmbd\F[]
    205355will store the WINS database in the file
    206 wins\&.dat
     356\FCwins\&.dat\F[]
    207357in the
    208 var/locks
     358\FCvar/locks\F[]
    209359directory configured under wherever Samba was configured to install itself\&.
    210360.sp
    211361If
    212 nmbd
     362\FCnmbd\F[]
    213363is acting as a
    214364\fI browse master\fR
     
    218368\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    219369man page,
    220 nmbd
     370\FCnmbd\F[]
    221371will store the browsing database in the file
    222 browse\&.dat
     372\FCbrowse\&.dat \F[]
    223373in the
    224 var/locks
     374\FCvar/locks\F[]
    225375directory configured under wherever Samba was configured to install itself\&.
    226376.RE
     
    228378.PP
    229379To shut down an
    230 nmbd
     380\FCnmbd\F[]
    231381process it is recommended that SIGKILL (\-9)
    232382\fINOT\fR
    233383be used, except as a last resort, as this may leave the name database in an inconsistent state\&. The correct way to terminate
    234 nmbd
     384\FCnmbd\F[]
    235385is to send it a SIGTERM (\-15) signal and wait for it to die on its own\&.
    236386.PP
    237 nmbd
     387\FCnmbd\F[]
    238388will accept SIGHUP, which will cause it to dump out its namelists into the file
    239 namelist\&.debug
     389\FCnamelist\&.debug \F[]
    240390in the
    241 /usr/local/samba/var/locks
     391\FC/usr/local/samba/var/locks\F[]
    242392directory (or the
    243 var/locks
     393\FCvar/locks\F[]
    244394directory configured under wherever Samba was configured to install itself)\&. This will also cause
    245 nmbd
     395\FCnmbd\F[]
    246396to dump out its server database in the
    247 log\&.nmb
     397\FClog\&.nmb\F[]
    248398file\&.
    249399.PP
     
    263413\fBtestparm\fR(1),
    264414\fBtestprns\fR(1), and the Internet RFC\'s
    265 rfc1001\&.txt,
    266 rfc1002\&.txt\&. In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available as a link from the Web page
     415\FCrfc1001\&.txt\F[],
     416\FCrfc1002\&.txt\F[]\&. In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available as a link from the Web page
    267417http://samba\&.org/cifs/\&.
    268418.SH "AUTHOR"
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/nmblookup.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: nmblookup
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "NMBLOOKUP" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "NMBLOOKUP" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170nmblookup \- NetBIOS over TCP/IP client used to lookup NetBIOS names
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 nmblookup [\-M] [\-R] [\-S] [\-r] [\-A] [\-h] [\-B\ <broadcast\ address>] [\-U\ <unicast\ address>] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-i\ <NetBIOS\ scope>] [\-T] [\-f] {name}
     174\FCnmblookup\F[] [\-M] [\-R] [\-S] [\-r] [\-A] [\-h] [\-B\ <broadcast\ address>] [\-U\ <unicast\ address>] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-i\ <NetBIOS\ scope>] [\-T] [\-f] {name}
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 nmblookup
     182\FCnmblookup\F[]
    33183is used to query NetBIOS names and map them to IP addresses in a network using NetBIOS over TCP/IP queries\&. The options allow the name queries to be directed at a particular IP broadcast area or to a particular machine\&. All queries are done over UDP\&.
    34184.SH "OPTIONS"
     
    75225\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    76226parameter in the
    77 smb\&.conf
     227\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    78228file\&. However, a command line setting will take precedence over settings in
    79 smb\&.conf\&.
     229\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    80230.RE
    81231.PP
     
    83233.RS 4
    84234This specifies a NetBIOS scope that
    85 nmblookup
     235\FCnmblookup\F[]
    86236will use to communicate with when generating NetBIOS names\&. For details on the use of NetBIOS scopes, see rfc1001\&.txt and rfc1002\&.txt\&. NetBIOS scopes are
    87237\fIvery\fR
     
    97247.RS 4
    98248TCP socket options to set on the client socket\&. See the socket options parameter in the
    99 smb\&.conf
     249\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    100250manual page for the list of valid options\&.
    101251.RE
     
    135285\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    136286parameter in the
    137 smb\&.conf
     287\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    138288file\&.
    139289.RE
     
    147297.RS 4
    148298The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    149 smb\&.conf
     299\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    150300for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    151301.RE
     
    178328.SH "EXAMPLES"
    179329.PP
    180 nmblookup
     330\FCnmblookup\F[]
    181331can be used to query a WINS server (in the same way
    182 nslookup
     332\FCnslookup\F[]
    183333is used to query DNS servers)\&. To query a WINS server,
    184 nmblookup
     334\FCnmblookup\F[]
    185335must be called like this:
    186336.PP
    187 nmblookup \-U server \-R \'name\'
     337\FCnmblookup \-U server \-R \'name\'\F[]
    188338.PP
    189339For example, running :
    190340.PP
    191 nmblookup \-U samba\&.org \-R \'IRIX#1B\'
     341\FCnmblookup \-U samba\&.org \-R \'IRIX#1B\'\F[]
    192342.PP
    193343would query the WINS server samba\&.org for the domain master browser (1B name type) for the IRIX workgroup\&.
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/ntlm_auth.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: ntlm_auth
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "NTLM_AUTH" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "NTLM_AUTH" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170ntlm_auth \- tool to allow external access to Winbind\'s NTLM authentication function
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 ntlm_auth [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-l\ logdir] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>]
     174\FCntlm_auth\F[] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-l\ logdir] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 ntlm_auth
     182\FCntlm_auth\F[]
    33183is a helper utility that authenticates users using NT/LM authentication\&. It returns 0 if the users is authenticated successfully and 1 if access was denied\&. ntlm_auth uses winbind to access the user and authentication data for a domain\&. This utility is only intended to be used by other programs (currently
    34184Squid
     
    42192.PP
    43193Some of these commands also require access to the directory
    44 winbindd_privileged
     194\FCwinbindd_privileged\F[]
    45195in
    46 $LOCKDIR\&. This should be done either by running this command as root or providing group access to the
    47 winbindd_privileged
     196\FC$LOCKDIR\F[]\&. This should be done either by running this command as root or providing group access to the
     197\FCwinbindd_privileged\F[]
    48198directory\&. For security reasons, this directory should not be world\-accessable\&.
    49199.SH "OPTIONS"
     
    68218.sp
    69219Requires access to the directory
    70 winbindd_privileged
     220\FCwinbindd_privileged\F[]
    71221in
    72 $LOCKDIR\&. The protocol used is described here:
     222\FC$LOCKDIR\F[]\&. The protocol used is described here:
    73223http://devel\&.squid\-cache\&.org/ntlm/squid_helper_protocol\&.html\&. This protocol has been extended to allow the NTLMSSP Negotiate packet to be included as an argument to the
    74 YR
     224\FCYR\F[]
    75225command\&. (Thus avoiding loss of information in the protocol exchange)\&.
    76226.RE
     
    81231.sp
    82232This helper is a client, and as such may be run by any user\&. The protocol used is effectively the reverse of the previous protocol\&. A
    83 YR
     233\FCYR\F[]
    84234command (without any arguments) starts the authentication exchange\&.
    85235.RE
     
    88238.RS 4
    89239Server\-side helper that implements GSS\-SPNEGO\&. This uses a protocol that is almost the same as
    90 squid\-2\&.5\-ntlmssp, but has some subtle differences that are undocumented outside the source at this stage\&.
     240\FCsquid\-2\&.5\-ntlmssp\F[], but has some subtle differences that are undocumented outside the source at this stage\&.
    91241.sp
    92242Requires access to the directory
    93 winbindd_privileged
     243\FCwinbindd_privileged\F[]
    94244in
    95 $LOCKDIR\&.
     245\FC$LOCKDIR\F[]\&.
    96246.RE
    97247.PP
     
    106256.sp
    107257This protocol consists of lines in the form:
    108 Parameter: value
     258\FCParameter: value\F[]
    109259and
    110 Parameter:: Base64\-encode value\&. The presence of a single period
    111 \&.
     260\FCParameter:: Base64\-encode value\F[]\&. The presence of a single period
     261\FC\&.\F[]
    112262indicates that one side has finished supplying data to the other\&. (Which in turn could cause the helper to authenticate the user)\&.
    113263.sp
     
    143293.RS 4
    144294The 8 byte
    145 LANMAN Challenge
     295\FCLANMAN Challenge\F[]
    146296value, generated randomly by the server, or (in cases such as MSCHAPv2) generated in some way by both the server and the client\&.
    147297.PP \fBExample\ \&7.\ \&\fR LANMAN\-Challege: 0102030405060708
     
    151301.RS 4
    152302The 24 byte
    153 LANMAN Response
     303\FCLANMAN Response\F[]
    154304value, calculated from the user\'s password and the supplied
    155 LANMAN Challenge\&. Typically, this is provided over the network by a client wishing to authenticate\&.
     305\FCLANMAN Challenge\F[]\&. Typically, this is provided over the network by a client wishing to authenticate\&.
    156306.PP \fBExample\ \&8.\ \&\fR LANMAN\-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718
    157307.RE
     
    160310.RS 4
    161311The >= 24 byte
    162 NT Response
     312\FCNT Response\F[]
    163313calculated from the user\'s password and the supplied
    164 LANMAN Challenge\&. Typically, this is provided over the network by a client wishing to authenticate\&.
     314\FCLANMAN Challenge\F[]\&. Typically, this is provided over the network by a client wishing to authenticate\&.
    165315.PP \fBExample\ \&9.\ \&\fR NT\-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718
    166316.RE
     
    188338.\}
    189339.RS 4
     340.BM yellow
    190341.it 1 an-trap
    191342.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    200351                a newline\&.  They may also need to decode strings from
    201352                the helper, which likewise may have been base64 encoded\&..sp .5v
     353.EM yellow
    202354.RE
    203355.RE
     
    256408.RS 4
    257409Perform Diagnostics on the authentication chain\&. Uses the password from
    258 \-\-password
     410\FC\-\-password\F[]
    259411or prompts for one\&.
    260412.RE
     
    277429\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    278430parameter in the
    279 smb\&.conf
     431\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    280432file\&.
    281433.RE
     
    289441.RS 4
    290442The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    291 smb\&.conf
     443\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    292444for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    293445.RE
     
    307459.PP
    308460To setup ntlm_auth for use by squid 2\&.5, with both basic and NTLMSSP authentication, the following should be placed in the
    309 squid\&.conf
     461\FCsquid\&.conf\F[]
    310462file\&.
    311463.sp
     
    313465.RS 4
    314466.\}
     467.fam C
     468.ps -1
    315469.nf
     470.if t \{\
     471.sp -1
     472.\}
     473.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     474.sp -1
     475
    316476auth_param ntlm program ntlm_auth \-\-helper\-protocol=squid\-2\&.5\-ntlmssp
    317477auth_param basic program ntlm_auth \-\-helper\-protocol=squid\-2\&.5\-basic
     
    319479auth_param basic realm Squid proxy\-caching web server
    320480auth_param basic credentialsttl 2 hours
     481.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     482.if t \{\
     483.sp 1
     484.\}
    321485.fi
     486.fam
     487.ps +1
    322488.if n \{\
    323489.RE
     
    327493.\}
    328494.RS 4
     495.BM yellow
    329496.it 1 an-trap
    330497.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    337504.PP
    338505This example assumes that ntlm_auth has been installed into your path, and that the group permissions on
    339 winbindd_privileged
     506\FCwinbindd_privileged\F[]
    340507are as described above\&.
    341508.sp .5v
     509.EM yellow
    342510.RE
    343511.PP
    344512To setup ntlm_auth for use by squid 2\&.5 with group limitation in addition to the above example, the following should be added to the
    345 squid\&.conf
     513\FCsquid\&.conf\F[]
    346514file\&.
    347515.sp
     
    349517.RS 4
    350518.\}
     519.fam C
     520.ps -1
    351521.nf
     522.if t \{\
     523.sp -1
     524.\}
     525.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     526.sp -1
     527
    352528auth_param ntlm program ntlm_auth \-\-helper\-protocol=squid\-2\&.5\-ntlmssp \-\-require\-membership\-of=\'WORKGROUP\eDomain Users\'
    353529auth_param basic program ntlm_auth \-\-helper\-protocol=squid\-2\&.5\-basic \-\-require\-membership\-of=\'WORKGROUP\eDomain Users\'
     530.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     531.if t \{\
     532.sp 1
     533.\}
    354534.fi
     535.fam
     536.ps +1
    355537.if n \{\
    356538.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/pam_winbind.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: pam_winbind
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: 8
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "PAM_WINBIND" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "8"
     9.TH "PAM_WINBIND" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "8"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170pam_winbind \- PAM module for Winbind
    23171.SH "DESCRIPTION"
     
    35183.RS 4
    36184.\}
     185.fam C
     186.ps -1
    37187.nf
     188.if t \{\
     189.sp -1
     190.\}
     191.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     192.sp -1
     193
    38194                            \&.\&.\&.
    39195                            auth      required        pam_env\&.so
     
    49205                            \&.\&.\&.
    50206               
    51 .fi
     207.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     208.if t \{\
     209.sp 1
     210.\}
     211.fi
     212.fam
     213.ps +1
    52214.if n \{\
    53215.RE
     
    58220.PP
    59221pam_winbind supports several options which can either be set in the PAM configuration files or in the pam_winbind configuration file situated at
    60 /etc/security/pam_winbind\&.conf\&. Options from the PAM configuration file take precedence to those from the configuration file\&. See
     222\FC/etc/security/pam_winbind\&.conf\F[]\&. Options from the PAM configuration file take precedence to those from the configuration file\&. See
    61223\fBpam_winbind.conf\fR(5)
    62224for further details\&.
     
    78240or
    79241\fIMYDOMAIN\e\emyuser\fR\&. pam_winbind will, in that case, lookup the SID internally\&. Note that NAME may not contain any spaces\&. It is thus recommended to only use SIDs\&. You can verify the list of SIDs a user is a member of with
    80 wbinfo \-\-user\-sids=SID\&.
     242\FCwbinfo \-\-user\-sids=SID\F[]\&.
    81243.RE
    82244.PP
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/pam_winbind.conf.5

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: pam_winbind.conf
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: 5
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.6
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "PAM_WINBIND\&.CONF" "5" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.6" "5"
     9.TH "PAM_WINBIND\&.CONF" "5" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.6" "5"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170pam_winbind.conf \- Configuration file of PAM module for Winbind
    23171.SH "DESCRIPTION"
     
    36184.PP
    37185pam_winbind supports several options which can either be set in the PAM configuration files or in the pam_winbind configuration file situated at
    38 /etc/security/pam_winbind\&.conf\&. Options from the PAM configuration file take precedence to those from the pam_winbind\&.conf configuration file\&.
     186\FC/etc/security/pam_winbind\&.conf\F[]\&. Options from the PAM configuration file take precedence to those from the pam_winbind\&.conf configuration file\&.
    39187.PP
    40188debug = yes|no
     
    54202or
    55203\fIMYDOMAIN\e\emyuser\fR\&. pam_winbind will, in that case, lookup the SID internally\&. Note that NAME may not contain any spaces\&. It is thus recommended to only use SIDs\&. You can verify the list of SIDs a user is a member of with
    56 wbinfo \-\-user\-sids=SID\&. This setting is empty by default\&.
     204\FCwbinfo \-\-user\-sids=SID\F[]\&. This setting is empty by default\&.
    57205.RE
    58206.PP
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/pdbedit.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: pdbedit
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "PDBEDIT" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "PDBEDIT" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170pdbedit \- manage the SAM database (Database of Samba Users)
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 pdbedit [\-a] [\-b\ passdb\-backend] [\-c\ account\-control] [\-C\ value] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-D\ drive] [\-e\ passdb\-backend] [\-f\ fullname] [\-\-force\-initialized\-passwords] [\-g] [\-h\ homedir] [\-i\ passdb\-backend] [\-I\ domain] [\-K] [\-L] [\-m] [\-M\ SID|RID] [\-N\ description] [\-P\ account\-policy] [\-p\ profile] [\-\-policies\-reset] [\-r] [\-s\ configfile] [\-S\ script] [\-t] [\-\-time\-format] [\-u\ username] [\-U\ SID|RID] [\-v] [\-V] [\-w] [\-x] [\-y] [\-z] [\-Z]
     174\FCpdbedit\F[] [\-a] [\-b\ passdb\-backend] [\-c\ account\-control] [\-C\ value] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-D\ drive] [\-e\ passdb\-backend] [\-f\ fullname] [\-\-force\-initialized\-passwords] [\-g] [\-h\ homedir] [\-i\ passdb\-backend] [\-I\ domain] [\-K] [\-L] [\-m] [\-M\ SID|RID] [\-N\ description] [\-P\ account\-policy] [\-p\ profile] [\-\-policies\-reset] [\-r] [\-s\ configfile] [\-S\ script] [\-t] [\-\-time\-format] [\-u\ username] [\-U\ SID|RID] [\-v] [\-V] [\-w] [\-x] [\-y] [\-z] [\-Z]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    42192.sp
    43193Example:
    44 pdbedit \-L
    45 .sp
    46 .if n \{\
    47 .RS 4
    48 .\}
     194\FCpdbedit \-L\F[]
     195.sp
     196.if n \{\
     197.RS 4
     198.\}
     199.fam C
     200.ps -1
    49201.nf
     202.if t \{\
     203.sp -1
     204.\}
     205.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     206.sp -1
     207
    50208sorce:500:Simo Sorce
    51209samba:45:Test User
    52 .fi
     210.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     211.if t \{\
     212.sp 1
     213.\}
     214.fi
     215.fam
     216.ps +1
    53217.if n \{\
    54218.RE
     
    61225.sp
    62226Example:
    63 pdbedit \-L \-v
    64 .sp
    65 .if n \{\
    66 .RS 4
    67 .\}
     227\FCpdbedit \-L \-v\F[]
     228.sp
     229.if n \{\
     230.RS 4
     231.\}
     232.fam C
     233.ps -1
    68234.nf
     235.if t \{\
     236.sp -1
     237.\}
     238.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     239.sp -1
     240
    69241\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-
    70242username:       sorce
     
    85257Logon Script:   
    86258Profile Path:   \e\eBERSERKER\eprofile
    87 .fi
     259.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     260.if t \{\
     261.sp 1
     262.\}
     263.fi
     264.fam
     265.ps +1
    88266.if n \{\
    89267.RE
     
    94272.RS 4
    95273This option sets the "smbpasswd" listing format\&. It will make pdbedit list the users in the database, printing out the account fields in a format compatible with the
    96 smbpasswd
     274\FCsmbpasswd\F[]
    97275file format\&. (see the
    98276\fBsmbpasswd\fR(5)
     
    100278.sp
    101279Example:
    102 pdbedit \-L \-w
    103 .sp
    104 .if n \{\
    105 .RS 4
    106 .\}
     280\FCpdbedit \-L \-w\F[]
     281.sp
     282.if n \{\
     283.RS 4
     284.\}
     285.fam C
     286.ps -1
    107287.nf
     288.if t \{\
     289.sp -1
     290.\}
     291.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     292.sp -1
     293
    108294sorce:500:508818B733CE64BEAAD3B435B51404EE:
    109295          D2A2418EFC466A8A0F6B1DBB5C3DB80C:
     
    112298          BC281CE3F53B6A5146629CD4751D3490:
    113299          [UX         ]:LCT\-3BFA1E8D:
    114 .fi
     300.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     301.if t \{\
     302.sp 1
     303.\}
     304.fi
     305.fam
     306.ps +1
    115307.if n \{\
    116308.RE
     
    132324.sp
    133325Example:
    134 \-f "Simo Sorce"
     326\FC\-f "Simo Sorce"\F[]
    135327.RE
    136328.PP
     
    140332.sp
    141333Example:
    142 \-h "\e\e\e\eBERSERKER\e\esorce"
     334\FC\-h "\e\e\e\eBERSERKER\e\esorce"\F[]
    143335.RE
    144336.PP
     
    148340.sp
    149341Example:
    150 \-D "H:"
     342\FC\-D "H:"\F[]
    151343.RE
    152344.PP
     
    156348.sp
    157349Example:
    158 \-S "\e\e\e\eBERSERKER\e\enetlogon\e\esorce\&.bat"
     350\FC\-S "\e\e\e\eBERSERKER\e\enetlogon\e\esorce\&.bat"\F[]
    159351.RE
    160352.PP
     
    164356.sp
    165357Example:
    166 \-p "\e\e\e\eBERSERKER\e\enetlogon"
     358\FC\-p "\e\e\e\eBERSERKER\e\enetlogon"\F[]
    167359.RE
    168360.PP
     
    172364.sp
    173365Example:
    174 \-M S\-1\-5\-21\-2447931902\-1787058256\-3961074038\-1201
     366\FC\-M S\-1\-5\-21\-2447931902\-1787058256\-3961074038\-1201\F[]
    175367.RE
    176368.PP
     
    180372.sp
    181373Example:
    182 \-U S\-1\-5\-21\-2447931902\-1787058256\-3961074038\-5004
    183 .sp
    184 Example:
    185 \'\-\-user SID\' S\-1\-5\-21\-2447931902\-1787058256\-3961074038\-5004
    186 .sp
    187 Example:
    188 \-U 5004
    189 .sp
    190 Example:
    191 \'\-\-user SID\' 5004
     374\FC\-U S\-1\-5\-21\-2447931902\-1787058256\-3961074038\-5004\F[]
     375.sp
     376Example:
     377\FC\'\-\-user SID\' S\-1\-5\-21\-2447931902\-1787058256\-3961074038\-5004\F[]
     378.sp
     379Example:
     380\FC\-U 5004\F[]
     381.sp
     382Example:
     383\FC\'\-\-user SID\' 5004\F[]
    192384.RE
    193385.PP
     
    321513.sp
    322514Example:
    323 \-c "[X ]"
     515\FC\-c "[X ]"\F[]
    324516.RE
    325517.PP
     
    329521.sp
    330522Example:
    331 pdbedit \-K never user
     523\FCpdbedit \-K never user\F[]
    332524.RE
    333525.PP
     
    337529.sp
    338530Example:
    339 pdbedit \-a \-u sorce
    340 .sp
    341 .if n \{\
    342 .RS 4
    343 .\}
     531\FCpdbedit \-a \-u sorce\F[]
     532.sp
     533.if n \{\
     534.RS 4
     535.\}
     536.fam C
     537.ps -1
    344538.nf
     539.BB lightgray
    345540new password:
    346541retype new password
    347 .fi
    348 .if n \{\
    349 .RE
    350 .\}
    351 .sp
    352 .if n \{\
    353 .sp
    354 .\}
    355 .RS 4
     542.EB lightgray
     543.fi
     544.fam
     545.ps +1
     546.if n \{\
     547.RE
     548.\}
     549.sp
     550.if n \{\
     551.sp
     552.\}
     553.RS 4
     554.BM yellow
    356555.it 1 an-trap
    357556.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    367566.sp
    368567If you wish to add a user and synchronise the password that immediately, use
    369 smbpasswd\'s
     568\FCsmbpasswd\F[]\'s
    370569\fB\-a\fR
    371570option\&.
    372571.sp .5v
     572.EM yellow
    373573.RE
    374574.RE
     
    377577.RS 4
    378578This option causes pdbedit to read the password from standard input, rather than from /dev/tty (like the
    379 passwd(1)
     579\FCpasswd(1)\F[]
    380580program does)\&. The password has to be submitted twice and terminated by a newline each\&.
    381581.RE
     
    393593.sp
    394594Example:
    395 pdbedit \-a \-m \-u w2k\-wks
     595\FCpdbedit \-a \-m \-u w2k\-wks\F[]
    396596.RE
    397597.PP
     
    401601.sp
    402602Example:
    403 pdbedit \-x \-u bob
     603\FCpdbedit \-x \-u bob\F[]
    404604.RE
    405605.PP
     
    411611.sp
    412612Example:
    413 pdbedit \-i smbpasswd:/etc/smbpasswd\&.old
     613\FCpdbedit \-i smbpasswd:/etc/smbpasswd\&.old \F[]
    414614.RE
    415615.PP
     
    421621.sp
    422622Example:
    423 pdbedit \-e smbpasswd:/root/samba\-users\&.backup
     623\FCpdbedit \-e smbpasswd:/root/samba\-users\&.backup\F[]
    424624.RE
    425625.PP
     
    439639.sp
    440640Example:
    441 pdbedit \-b xml:/root/pdb\-backup\&.xml \-l
     641\FCpdbedit \-b xml:/root/pdb\-backup\&.xml \-l\F[]
    442642.RE
    443643.PP
     
    449649.sp
    450650Example:
    451 pdbedit \-P "bad lockout attempt"
    452 .sp
    453 .if n \{\
    454 .RS 4
    455 .\}
     651\FCpdbedit \-P "bad lockout attempt"\F[]
     652.sp
     653.if n \{\
     654.RS 4
     655.\}
     656.fam C
     657.ps -1
    456658.nf
     659.if t \{\
     660.sp -1
     661.\}
     662.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     663.sp -1
     664
    457665account policy value for bad lockout attempt is 0
    458 .fi
     666.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     667.if t \{\
     668.sp 1
     669.\}
     670.fi
     671.fam
     672.ps +1
    459673.if n \{\
    460674.RE
     
    469683.sp
    470684Example:
    471 pdbedit \-P "bad lockout attempt" \-C 3
    472 .sp
    473 .if n \{\
    474 .RS 4
    475 .\}
     685\FCpdbedit \-P "bad lockout attempt" \-C 3\F[]
     686.sp
     687.if n \{\
     688.RS 4
     689.\}
     690.fam C
     691.ps -1
    476692.nf
     693.if t \{\
     694.sp -1
     695.\}
     696.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     697.sp -1
     698
    477699account policy value for bad lockout attempt was 0
    478700account policy value for bad lockout attempt is now 3
    479 .fi
     701.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     702.if t \{\
     703.sp 1
     704.\}
     705.fi
     706.fam
     707.ps +1
    480708.if n \{\
    481709.RE
     
    493721.sp
    494722Example:
    495 pdbedit \-y \-i tdbsam: \-e ldapsam:ldap://my\&.ldap\&.host
     723\FCpdbedit \-y \-i tdbsam: \-e ldapsam:ldap://my\&.ldap\&.host\F[]
    496724.RE
    497725.PP
     
    506734.sp
    507735Example:
    508 \-N "test description"
     736\FC\-N "test description"\F[]
    509737.RE
    510738.PP
     
    514742.sp
    515743Example:
    516 \-Z
     744\FC\-Z\F[]
    517745.RE
    518746.PP
     
    522750.sp
    523751Example:
    524 \-z
     752\FC\-z\F[]
    525753.RE
    526754.PP
     
    530758.sp
    531759Example:
    532 \-\-policies\-reset
     760\FC\-\-policies\-reset\F[]
    533761.RE
    534762.PP
     
    538766.sp
    539767Example:
    540 \-I "MYDOMAIN"
     768\FC\-I "MYDOMAIN"\F[]
    541769.RE
    542770.PP
     
    563791\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    564792parameter in the
    565 smb\&.conf
     793\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    566794file\&.
    567795.RE
     
    575803.RS 4
    576804The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    577 smb\&.conf
     805\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    578806for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    579807.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/profiles.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: profiles
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "PROFILES" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "PROFILES" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170profiles \- A utility to report and change SIDs in registry files
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 profiles [\-v] [\-c\ SID] [\-n\ SID] {file}
     174\FCprofiles\F[] [\-v] [\-c\ SID] [\-n\ SID] {file}
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 profiles
     182\FCprofiles\F[]
    33183is a utility that reports and changes SIDs in windows registry files\&. It currently only supports NT\&.
    34184.SH "OPTIONS"
     
    47197.RS 4
    48198Change all occurences of SID1 in
    49 file
     199\FCfile\F[]
    50200by SID2\&.
    51201.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/rpcclient.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: rpcclient
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "RPCCLIENT" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "RPCCLIENT" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170rpcclient \- tool for executing client side MS\-RPC functions
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 rpcclient [\-A\ authfile] [\-c\ <command\ string>] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-h] [\-l\ logdir] [\-N] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-U\ username[%password]] [\-W\ workgroup] [\-I\ destinationIP] {server}
     174\FCrpcclient\F[] [\-A\ authfile] [\-c\ <command\ string>] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-h] [\-l\ logdir] [\-N] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-U\ username[%password]] [\-W\ workgroup] [\-I\ destinationIP] {server}
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 rpcclient
     182\FCrpcclient\F[]
    33183is a utility initially developed to test MS\-RPC functionality in Samba itself\&. It has undergone several stages of development and stability\&. Many system administrators have now written scripts around it to manage Windows NT clients from their UNIX workstation\&.
    34184.SH "OPTIONS"
     
    76226\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    77227parameter in the
    78 smb\&.conf
     228\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    79229file\&.
    80230.RE
     
    88238.RS 4
    89239The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    90 smb\&.conf
     240\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    91241for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    92242.RE
     
    125275.RS 4
    126276.\}
     277.fam C
     278.ps -1
    127279.nf
     280.if t \{\
     281.sp -1
     282.\}
     283.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     284.sp -1
     285
    128286username = <value>
    129287password = <value>
    130288domain   = <value>
     289.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     290.if t \{\
     291.sp 1
     292.\}
    131293.fi
     294.fam
     295.ps +1
    132296.if n \{\
    133297.RE
     
    154318.sp
    155319Be cautious about including passwords in scripts\&. Also, on many systems the command line of a running process may be seen via the
    156 ps
     320\FCps\F[]
    157321command\&. To be safe always allow
    158 rpcclient
     322\FCrpcclient\F[]
    159323to prompt for a password and type it in directly\&.
    160324.RE
     
    165329\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    166330parameter in the
    167 smb\&.conf
     331\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    168332file\&. However, a command line setting will take precedence over settings in
    169 smb\&.conf\&.
     333\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    170334.RE
    171335.PP
     
    173337.RS 4
    174338This specifies a NetBIOS scope that
    175 nmblookup
     339\FCnmblookup\F[]
    176340will use to communicate with when generating NetBIOS names\&. For details on the use of NetBIOS scopes, see rfc1001\&.txt and rfc1002\&.txt\&. NetBIOS scopes are
    177341\fIvery\fR
     
    187351.RS 4
    188352TCP socket options to set on the client socket\&. See the socket options parameter in the
    189 smb\&.conf
     353\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    190354manual page for the list of valid options\&.
    191355.RE
     
    424588.RS 4
    425589Execute an AddPrinterDriver() RPC to install the printer driver information on the server\&. Note that the driver files should already exist in the directory returned by
    426 getdriverdir\&. Possible values for
     590\FCgetdriverdir\F[]\&. Possible values for
    427591\fIarch\fR
    428592are the same as those for the
    429 getdriverdir
     593\FCgetdriverdir\F[]
    430594command\&. The
    431595\fIconfig\fR
     
    435599.RS 4
    436600.\}
     601.fam C
     602.ps -1
    437603.nf
     604.if t \{\
     605.sp -1
     606.\}
     607.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     608.sp -1
     609
    438610Long Printer Name:\e
    439611Driver File Name:\e
     
    444616Default Data Type:\e
    445617Comma Separated list of Files
     618.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     619.if t \{\
     620.sp 1
     621.\}
    446622.fi
     623.fam
     624.ps +1
    447625.if n \{\
    448626.RE
     
    461639.RS 4
    462640Add a printer on the remote server\&. This printer will be automatically shared\&. Be aware that the printer driver must already be installed on the server (see
    463 adddriver) and the
     641\FCadddriver\F[]) and the
    464642\fIport\fRmust be a valid port name (see
    465 enumports\&.
     643\FCenumports\F[]\&.
    466644.RE
    467645.PP
     
    514692.RS 4
    515693Retrieve the data for a given printer setting\&. See the
    516 enumdata
     694\FCenumdata\F[]
    517695command for more information\&. This command corresponds to the GetPrinterData() MS Platform SDK function\&.
    518696.RE
     
    555733.sp
    556734See also the
    557 enumprinters
     735\FCenumprinters\F[]
    558736and
    559 enumdrivers
     737\FCenumdrivers\F[]
    560738commands for obtaining a list of of installed printers and drivers\&.
    561739.RE
     
    646824.RS 4
    647825Exit
    648 rpcclient\&.
     826\FCrpcclient \F[]\&.
    649827.RE
    650828.SH "BUGS"
    651829.PP
    652 rpcclient
     830\FCrpcclient\F[]
    653831is designed as a developer testing tool and may not be robust in certain areas (such as command line parsing)\&. It has been known to generate a core dump upon failures when invalid parameters where passed to the interpreter\&.
    654832.PP
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/samba.7

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: samba
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: Miscellanea
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SAMBA" "7" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "Miscellanea"
     9.TH "SAMBA" "7" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "Miscellanea"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170samba \- A Windows SMB/CIFS fileserver for UNIX
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 samba
     174\FCsamba\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    32182.RS 4
    33183The
    34 smbd
     184\FCsmbd\F[]
    35185daemon provides the file and print services to SMB clients, such as Windows 95/98, Windows NT, Windows for Workgroups or LanManager\&. The configuration file for this daemon is described in
    36186\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
     
    40190.RS 4
    41191The
    42 nmbd
     192\FCnmbd\F[]
    43193daemon provides NetBIOS nameservice and browsing support\&. The configuration file for this daemon is described in
    44194\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
     
    48198.RS 4
    49199The
    50 smbclient
     200\FCsmbclient\F[]
    51201program implements a simple ftp\-like client\&. This is useful for accessing SMB shares on other compatible servers (such as Windows NT), and can also be used to allow a UNIX box to print to a printer attached to any SMB server (such as a PC running Windows NT)\&.
    52202.RE
     
    55205.RS 4
    56206The
    57 testparm
     207\FCtestparm\F[]
    58208utility is a simple syntax checker for Samba\'s
    59209\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
     
    64214.RS 4
    65215The
    66 testprns
     216\FCtestprns\F[]
    67217utility supports testing printer names defined in your
    68 printcap
     218\FCprintcap\F[]
    69219file used by Samba\&.
    70220.RE
     
    73223.RS 4
    74224The
    75 smbstatus
     225\FCsmbstatus\F[]
    76226tool provides access to information about the current connections to
    77 smbd\&.
     227\FCsmbd\F[]\&.
    78228.RE
    79229.PP
     
    81231.RS 4
    82232The
    83 nmblookup
     233\FCnmblookup\F[]
    84234tools allows NetBIOS name queries to be made from a UNIX host\&.
    85235.RE
     
    88238.RS 4
    89239The
    90 smbpasswd
     240\FCsmbpasswd\F[]
    91241command is a tool for changing LanMan and Windows NT password hashes on Samba and Windows NT servers\&.
    92242.RE
     
    95245.RS 4
    96246The
    97 smbcacls
     247\FCsmbcacls\F[]
    98248command is a tool to set ACL\'s on remote CIFS servers\&.
    99249.RE
     
    102252.RS 4
    103253The
    104 smbsh
     254\FCsmbsh\F[]
    105255command is a program that allows you to run a unix shell with with an overloaded VFS\&.
    106256.RE
     
    109259.RS 4
    110260The
    111 smbtree
     261\FCsmbtree\F[]
    112262command is a text\-based network neighborhood tool\&.
    113263.RE
     
    116266.RS 4
    117267The
    118 smbtar
     268\FCsmbtar\F[]
    119269can make backups of data on CIFS/SMB servers\&.
    120270.RE
     
    122272\fBsmbspool\fR(8)
    123273.RS 4
    124 smbspool
     274\FCsmbspool\F[]
    125275is a helper utility for printing on printers connected to CIFS servers\&.
    126276.RE
     
    128278\fBsmbcontrol\fR(1)
    129279.RS 4
    130 smbcontrol
     280\FCsmbcontrol\F[]
    131281is a utility that can change the behaviour of running samba daemons\&.
    132282.RE
     
    134284\fBrpcclient\fR(1)
    135285.RS 4
    136 rpcclient
     286\FCrpcclient\F[]
    137287is a utility that can be used to execute RPC commands on remote CIFS servers\&.
    138288.RE
     
    141291.RS 4
    142292The
    143 pdbedit
     293\FCpdbedit\F[]
    144294command can be used to maintain the local user database on a samba server\&.
    145295.RE
     
    148298.RS 4
    149299The
    150 findsmb
     300\FCfindsmb\F[]
    151301command can be used to find SMB servers on the local network\&.
    152302.RE
     
    155305.RS 4
    156306The
    157 net
     307\FCnet\F[]
    158308command is supposed to work similar to the DOS/Windows NET\&.EXE command\&.
    159309.RE
     
    161311\fBswat\fR(8)
    162312.RS 4
    163 swat
     313\FCswat\F[]
    164314is a web\-based interface to configuring
    165 smb\&.conf\&.
     315\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    166316.RE
    167317.PP
    168318\fBwinbindd\fR(8)
    169319.RS 4
    170 winbindd
     320\FCwinbindd\F[]
    171321is a daemon that is used for integrating authentication and the user database into unix\&.
    172322.RE
     
    174324\fBwbinfo\fR(1)
    175325.RS 4
    176 wbinfo
     326\FCwbinfo\F[]
    177327is a utility that retrieves and stores information related to winbind\&.
    178328.RE
     
    180330\fBprofiles\fR(1)
    181331.RS 4
    182 profiles
     332\FCprofiles\F[]
    183333is a command\-line utility that can be used to replace all occurences of a certain SID with another SID\&.
    184334.RE
     
    186336\fBlog2pcap\fR(1)
    187337.RS 4
    188 log2pcap
     338\FClog2pcap\F[]
    189339is a utility for generating pcap trace files from Samba log files\&.
    190340.RE
     
    192342\fBvfstest\fR(1)
    193343.RS 4
    194 vfstest
     344\FCvfstest\F[]
    195345is a utility that can be used to test vfs modules\&.
    196346.RE
     
    198348\fBntlm_auth\fR(1)
    199349.RS 4
    200 ntlm_auth
     350\FCntlm_auth\F[]
    201351is a helper\-utility for external programs wanting to do NTLM\-authentication\&.
    202352.RE
     
    204354\fBsmbmount\fR(8), \fBsmbumount\fR(8), \fBsmbmnt\fR(8)
    205355.RS 4
    206 smbmount,smbumount
     356\FCsmbmount\F[],\FCsmbumount\F[]
    207357and
    208 smbmnt
     358\FCsmbmnt\F[]
    209359are commands that can be used to mount CIFS/SMB shares on Linux\&.
    210360.RE
     
    212362\fBsmbcquotas\fR(1)
    213363.RS 4
    214 smbcquotas
     364\FCsmbcquotas\F[]
    215365is a tool that can set remote QUOTA\'s on server with NTFS 5\&.
    216366.RE
     
    247397http://devel\&.samba\&.org/
    248398for information on how to do it properly\&. We prefer patches in
    249 diff \-u
     399\FCdiff \-u\F[]
    250400format\&.
    251401.SH "CONTRIBUTORS"
    252402.PP
    253403Contributors to the project are now too numerous to mention here but all deserve the thanks of all Samba users\&. To see a full list, look at the
    254 change\-log
     404\FCchange\-log\F[]
    255405in the source package for the pre\-CVS changes and at
    256406http://cvs\&.samba\&.org/
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/sharesec.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: sharesec
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SHARESEC" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "SHARESEC" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170sharesec \- Set or get share ACLs
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 sharesec {sharename} [\-r,\ \-\-remove=ACL] [\-m,\ \-\-modify=ACL] [\-a,\ \-\-add=ACL] [\-R,\ \-\-replace=ACLs] [\-D,\ \-\-delete] [\-v,\ \-\-view] [\-M,\ \-\-machine\-sid] [\-F,\ \-\-force] [\-d,\ \-\-debuglevel=DEBUGLEVEL] [\-s,\ \-\-configfile=CONFIGFILE] [\-l,\ \-\-log\-basename=LOGFILEBASE] [\-V,\ \-\-version] [\-?,\ \-\-help] [\-\-usage]
     174\FCsharesec\F[] {sharename} [\-r,\ \-\-remove=ACL] [\-m,\ \-\-modify=ACL] [\-a,\ \-\-add=ACL] [\-R,\ \-\-replace=ACLs] [\-D,\ \-\-delete] [\-v,\ \-\-view] [\-M,\ \-\-machine\-sid] [\-F,\ \-\-force] [\-d,\ \-\-debuglevel=DEBUGLEVEL] [\-s,\ \-\-configfile=CONFIGFILE] [\-l,\ \-\-log\-basename=LOGFILEBASE] [\-V,\ \-\-version] [\-?,\ \-\-help] [\-\-usage]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 sharesec
     183\FCsharesec\F[]
    34184program manipulates share permissions on SMB file shares\&.
    35185.SH "OPTIONS"
    36186.PP
    37187The following options are available to the
    38 sharesec
     188\FCsharesec\F[]
    39189program\&. The format of ACLs is described in the section ACL FORMAT
    40190.PP
     
    91241\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    92242parameter in the
    93 smb\&.conf
     243\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    94244file\&.
    95245.RE
     
    103253.RS 4
    104254The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    105 smb\&.conf
     255\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    106256for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    107257.RE
     
    120270.RS 4
    121271.\}
     272.fam C
     273.ps -1
    122274.nf
     275.if t \{\
     276.sp -1
     277.\}
     278.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     279.sp -1
     280
    123281        REVISION:<revision number>
    124282        OWNER:<sid or name>
     
    126284        ACL:<sid or name>:<type>/<flags>/<mask>
    127285       
    128 .fi
     286.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     287.if t \{\
     288.sp 1
     289.\}
     290.fi
     291.fam
     292.ps +1
    129293.if n \{\
    130294.RE
     
    253417.PP
    254418The
    255 sharesec
     419\FCsharesec\F[]
    256420program sets the exit status depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed\&. The exit status may be one of the following values\&.
    257421.PP
    258422If the operation succeeded, sharesec returns and exit status of 0\&. If
    259 sharesec
     423\FCsharesec\F[]
    260424couldn\'t connect to the specified server, or there was an error getting or setting the ACLs, an exit status of 1 is returned\&. If there was an error parsing any command line arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned\&.
    261425.SH "EXAMPLES"
     
    269433.RS 4
    270434.\}
     435.fam C
     436.ps -1
    271437.nf
     438.if t \{\
     439.sp -1
     440.\}
     441.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     442.sp -1
     443
    272444        host:~ # sharesec share \-a S\-1\-5\-21\-1866488690\-1365729215\-3963860297\-17724:ALLOWED/0/FULL
    273445       
    274 .fi
     446.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     447.if t \{\
     448.sp 1
     449.\}
     450.fi
     451.fam
     452.ps +1
    275453.if n \{\
    276454.RE
     
    283461.RS 4
    284462.\}
     463.fam C
     464.ps -1
    285465.nf
     466.if t \{\
     467.sp -1
     468.\}
     469.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     470.sp -1
     471
    286472        host:~ # sharesec share \-v
    287473        REVISION:1
     
    291477        ACL:S\-1\-5\-21\-1866488690\-1365729215\-3963860297\-17724:ALLOWED/0/FULL
    292478       
    293 .fi
     479.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     480.if t \{\
     481.sp 1
     482.\}
     483.fi
     484.fam
     485.ps +1
    294486.if n \{\
    295487.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/smb.conf.5

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smb.conf
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: File Formats and Conventions
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMB\&.CONF" "5" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "File Formats and Conventions"
     9.TH "SMB\&.CONF" "5" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "File Formats and Conventions"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smb.conf \- The configuration file for the Samba suite
    23171.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    24172.PP
    25173The
    26 smb\&.conf
     174\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    27175file is a configuration file for the Samba suite\&.
    28 smb\&.conf
     176\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    29177contains runtime configuration information for the Samba programs\&. The
    30 smb\&.conf
     178\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    31179file is designed to be configured and administered by the
    32180\fBswat\fR(8)
     
    39187.RS 4
    40188.\}
     189.fam C
     190.ps -1
    41191.nf
     192.if t \{\
     193.sp -1
     194.\}
     195.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     196.sp -1
     197
    42198\fIname\fR = \fIvalue \fR
     199.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     200.if t \{\
     201.sp 1
     202.\}
    43203.fi
     204.fam
     205.ps +1
    44206.if n \{\
    45207.RE
     
    55217.PP
    56218Any line ending in a
    57 \(lq\e\(rq
     219\(lq\FC\e\F[]\(rq
    58220is continued on the next line in the customary UNIX fashion\&.
    59221.PP
     
    78240.PP
    79241Sections other than guest services will require a password to access them\&. The client provides the username\&. As older clients only provide passwords and not usernames, you may specify a list of usernames to check against the password using the
    80 user =
     242\FCuser =\F[]
    81243option in the share definition\&. For modern clients such as Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000, this should not be necessary\&.
    82244.PP
     
    84246.PP
    85247The following sample section defines a file space share\&. The user has write access to the path
    86 /home/bar\&. The share is accessed via the share name
    87 foo:
     248\FC/home/bar\F[]\&. The share is accessed via the share name
     249\FCfoo\F[]:
    88250.sp
    89251.if n \{\
    90252.RS 4
    91253.\}
     254.fam C
     255.ps -1
    92256.nf
     257.if t \{\
     258.sp -1
     259.\}
     260.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     261.sp -1
     262
    93263        \fI[foo]\fR
    94264        \m[blue]\fBpath = /home/bar\fR\m[]
    95265        \m[blue]\fBread only = no\fR\m[]
     266.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     267.if t \{\
     268.sp 1
     269.\}
    96270.fi
     271.fam
     272.ps +1
    97273.if n \{\
    98274.RE
     
    106282.RS 4
    107283.\}
     284.fam C
     285.ps -1
    108286.nf
     287.if t \{\
     288.sp -1
     289.\}
     290.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     291.sp -1
     292
    109293        \fI[aprinter]\fR
    110294        \m[blue]\fBpath = /usr/spool/public\fR\m[]
     
    112296        \m[blue]\fBprintable = yes\fR\m[]
    113297        \m[blue]\fBguest ok = yes\fR\m[]
     298.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     299.if t \{\
     300.sp 1
     301.\}
    114302.fi
     303.fam
     304.ps +1
    115305.if n \{\
    116306.RE
     
    159349.RS 4
    160350.\}
     351.fam C
     352.ps -1
    161353.nf
     354.if t \{\
     355.sp -1
     356.\}
     357.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     358.sp -1
     359
    162360\fBpath = /data/pchome/%S\fR
     361.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     362.if t \{\
     363.sp 1
     364.\}
    163365.fi
     366.fam
     367.ps +1
    164368.if n \{\
    165369.RE
     
    178382.RS 4
    179383.\}
     384.fam C
     385.ps -1
    180386.nf
     387.if t \{\
     388.sp -1
     389.\}
     390.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     391.sp -1
     392
    181393\fI[homes]\fR
    182394\m[blue]\fBread only = no\fR\m[]
     395.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     396.if t \{\
     397.sp 1
     398.\}
    183399.fi
     400.fam
     401.ps +1
    184402.if n \{\
    185403.RE
     
    246464.RS 4
    247465.\}
     466.fam C
     467.ps -1
    248468.nf
     469.if t \{\
     470.sp -1
     471.\}
     472.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     473.sp -1
     474
    249475\fI[printers]\fR
    250476\m[blue]\fBpath = /usr/spool/public\fR\m[]
    251477\m[blue]\fBguest ok = yes\fR\m[]
    252478\m[blue]\fBprintable = yes\fR\m[]
     479.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     480.if t \{\
     481.sp 1
     482.\}
    253483.fi
     484.fam
     485.ps +1
    254486.if n \{\
    255487.RE
     
    261493.RS 4
    262494.\}
     495.fam C
     496.ps -1
    263497.nf
     498.if t \{\
     499.sp -1
     500.\}
     501.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     502.sp -1
     503
    264504alias|alias|alias|alias\&.\&.\&.   
     505.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     506.if t \{\
     507.sp 1
     508.\}
    265509.fi
     510.fam
     511.ps +1
    266512.if n \{\
    267513.RE
     
    270516Each alias should be an acceptable printer name for your printing subsystem\&. In the [global] section, specify the new file as your printcap\&. The server will only recognize names found in your pseudo\-printcap, which of course can contain whatever aliases you like\&. The same technique could be used simply to limit access to a subset of your local printers\&.
    271517.PP
    272 An alias, by the way, is defined as any component of the first entry of a printcap record\&. Records are separated by newlines, components (if there are more than one) are separated by vertical bar symbols (|)\&.
     518An alias, by the way, is defined as any component of the first entry of a printcap record\&. Records are separated by newlines, components (if there are more than one) are separated by vertical bar symbols (\FC|\F[])\&.
    273519.if n \{\
    274520.sp
    275521.\}
    276522.RS 4
     523.BM yellow
    277524.it 1 an-trap
    278525.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    285532.PP
    286533On SYSV systems which use lpstat to determine what printers are defined on the system you may be able to use
    287 printcap name = lpstat
     534\FCprintcap name = lpstat\F[]
    288535to automatically obtain a list of printers\&. See the
    289 printcap name
     536\FCprintcap name\F[]
    290537option for more details\&.
    291538.sp .5v
     539.EM yellow
    292540.RE
    293541.SH "USERSHARES"
     
    333581.PP
    334582To allow members of the UNIX group
    335 foo
     583\FCfoo\F[]
    336584to create user defined shares, create the directory to contain the share definitions as follows:
    337585.PP
     
    341589.RS 4
    342590.\}
     591.fam C
     592.ps -1
    343593.nf
     594.if t \{\
     595.sp -1
     596.\}
     597.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     598.sp -1
     599
    344600mkdir /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares
    345601chgrp foo /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares
    346602chmod 1770 /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares
     603.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     604.if t \{\
     605.sp 1
     606.\}
    347607.fi
     608.fam
     609.ps +1
    348610.if n \{\
    349611.RE
     
    355617.RS 4
    356618.\}
     619.fam C
     620.ps -1
    357621.nf
     622.if t \{\
     623.sp -1
     624.\}
     625.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     626.sp -1
     627
    358628        \m[blue]\fBusershare path = /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares\fR\m[]
    359629        \m[blue]\fBusershare max shares = 10\fR\m[] # (or the desired number of shares)
     630.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     631.if t \{\
     632.sp 1
     633.\}
    360634.fi
     635.fam
     636.ps +1
    361637.if n \{\
    362638.RE
     
    364640.sp
    365641to the global section of your
    366 smb\&.conf\&. Members of the group foo may then manipulate the user defined shares using the following commands\&.
     642\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&. Members of the group foo may then manipulate the user defined shares using the following commands\&.
    367643.PP
    368644net usershare add sharename path [comment] [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]]
     
    528804.RS 4
    529805the path of the service\'s home directory, obtained from your NIS auto\&.map entry\&. The NIS auto\&.map entry is split up as
    530 %N:%p\&.
     806\FC%N:%p\F[]\&.
    531807.RE
    532808.PP
    533809There are some quite creative things that can be done with these substitutions and other
    534 smb\&.conf
     810\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    535811options\&.
    536812.SH "NAME MANGLING"
    537813.PP
    538814Samba supports
    539 name mangling
     815\FCname mangling\F[]
    540816so that DOS and Windows clients can use files that don\'t conform to the 8\&.3 format\&. It can also be set to adjust the case of 8\&.3 format filenames\&.
    541817.PP
     
    567843.RS 4
    568844controls whether new files (ie\&. files that don\'t currently exist in the filesystem) are created with the case that the client passes, or if they are forced to be the
    569 default
     845\FCdefault\F[]
    570846case\&. Default
    571847\fIyes\fR\&.
     
    575851.RS 4
    576852controls if new files (ie\&. files that don\'t currently exist in the filesystem) which conform to 8\&.3 syntax, that is all in upper case and of suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced to be the
    577 default
     853\FCdefault\F[]
    578854case\&. This option can be used with
    579 preserve case = yes
     855\FCpreserve case = yes\F[]
    580856to permit long filenames to retain their case, while short names are lowercased\&. Default
    581857\fIyes\fR\&.
     
    600876.\}
    601877If the client has passed a username/password pair and that username/password pair is validated by the UNIX system\'s password programs, the connection is made as that username\&. This includes the
    602 \e\eserver\eservice%\fIusername\fR
     878\FC\e\eserver\eservice\F[]%\fIusername\fR
    603879method of passing a username\&.
    604880.RE
     
    646922.\}
    647923If a
    648 user =
     924\FCuser = \F[]
    649925field is given in the
    650 smb\&.conf
     926\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    651927file for the service and the client has supplied a password, and that password matches (according to the UNIX system\'s password checking) with one of the usernames from the
    652 user =
     928\FCuser =\F[]
    653929field, the connection is made as the username in the
    654 user =
     930\FCuser =\F[]
    655931line\&. If one of the usernames in the
    656 user =
     932\FCuser =\F[]
    657933list begins with a
    658 @, that name expands to a list of names in the group of the same name\&.
     934\FC@\F[], that name expands to a list of names in the group of the same name\&.
    659935.RE
    660936.sp
     
    668944.\}
    669945If the service is a guest service, a connection is made as the username given in the
    670 guest account =
     946\FCguest account =\F[]
    671947for the service, irrespective of the supplied password\&.
    672948.RE
     
    674950.PP
    675951Starting with Samba version 3\&.2\&.0, the capability to store Samba configuration in the registry is available\&. The configuration is stored in the registry key
    676 \fIHKLM\eSoftware\eSamba\esmbconf\fR\&. There are two levels of registry configuration:
     952\fI\FCHKLM\eSoftware\eSamba\esmbconf\F[]\fR\&. There are two levels of registry configuration:
    677953.sp
    678954.RS 4
     
    7371013\fInet (rpc) registry\fR
    7381014in the key
    739 \fIHKLM\eSoftware\eSamba\esmbconf\fR\&. More conveniently, the
     1015\fI\FCHKLM\eSoftware\eSamba\esmbconf\F[]\fR\&. More conveniently, the
    7401016\fIconf\fR
    7411017subcommand of the
     
    7581034.sp
    7591035Default:
    760 \fI\fIabort shutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI""\fR\fI \fR
    761 .sp
    762 Example:
    763 \fI\fIabort shutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/sbin/shutdown \-c\fR\fI \fR
     1036\fI\fIabort shutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC""\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1037.sp
     1038Example:
     1039\fI\fIabort shutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/sbin/shutdown \-c\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    7641040.RE
    7651041
     
    7731049.sp
    7741050Default:
    775 \fI\fIaccess based share enum\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     1051\fI\fIaccess based share enum\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    7761052.RE
    7771053
     
    7861062.sp
    7871063Default:
    788 \fI\fIacl check permissions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fITrue\fR\fI \fR
     1064\fI\fIacl check permissions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCTrue\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    7891065.RE
    7901066
     
    8021078.sp
    8031079Default:
    804 \fI\fIacl compatibility\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIAuto\fR\fI \fR
    805 .sp
    806 Example:
    807 \fI\fIacl compatibility\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIwin2k\fR\fI \fR
     1080\fI\fIacl compatibility\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCAuto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1081.sp
     1082Example:
     1083\fI\fIacl compatibility\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCwin2k\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    8081084.RE
    8091085
     
    8311107.sp
    8321108Default:
    833 \fI\fIacl group control\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     1109\fI\fIacl group control\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    8341110.RE
    8351111
     
    8421118.sp
    8431119Default:
    844 \fI\fIacl map full control\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fITrue\fR\fI \fR
     1120\fI\fIacl map full control\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCTrue\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    8451121.RE
    8461122
     
    8581134.sp
    8591135Default:
    860 \fI\fIadd group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    861 .sp
    862 Example:
    863 \fI\fIadd group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/sbin/groupadd %g\fR\fI \fR
     1136\fI\fIadd group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1137.sp
     1138Example:
     1139\fI\fIadd group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/sbin/groupadd %g\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    8641140.RE
    8651141
     
    8761152.sp
    8771153Default:
    878 \fI\fIadd machine script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    879 .sp
    880 Example:
    881 \fI\fIadd machine script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/sbin/adduser \-n \-g machines \-c Machine \-d /var/lib/nobody \-s /bin/false %u\fR\fI \fR
     1154\fI\fIadd machine script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1155.sp
     1156Example:
     1157\fI\fIadd machine script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/sbin/adduser \-n \-g machines \-c Machine \-d /var/lib/nobody \-s /bin/false %u\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    8821158.RE
    8831159
     
    9131189.sp
    9141190Default:
    915 \fI\fIadd port command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    916 .sp
    917 Example:
    918 \fI\fIadd port command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/etc/samba/scripts/addport\&.sh\fR\fI \fR
     1191\fI\fIadd port command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1192.sp
     1193Example:
     1194\fI\fIadd port command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/etc/samba/scripts/addport\&.sh\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    9191195.RE
    9201196
     
    9281204\fIaddprinter command\fR
    9291205defines a script to be run which will perform the necessary operations for adding the printer to the print system and to add the appropriate service definition to the
    930 smb\&.conf
     1206\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    9311207file in order that it can be shared by
    9321208\fBsmbd\fR(8)\&.
     
    10071283\fIaddprinter command\fR
    10081284has been executed,
    1009 smbd
     1285\FCsmbd\F[]
    10101286will reparse the
    1011 smb\&.conf
     1287\FC smb\&.conf\F[]
    10121288to determine if the share defined by the APW exists\&. If the sharename is still invalid, then
    1013 smbd
     1289\FCsmbd \F[]
    10141290will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client\&.
    10151291.sp
     
    10191295.sp
    10201296Default:
    1021 \fI\fIaddprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    1022 .sp
    1023 Example:
    1024 \fI\fIaddprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/bin/addprinter\fR\fI \fR
     1297\fI\fIaddprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1298.sp
     1299Example:
     1300\fI\fIaddprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/bin/addprinter\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    10251301.RE
    10261302
     
    10321308\fIadd share command\fR
    10331309is used to define an external program or script which will add a new service definition to
    1034 smb\&.conf\&.
     1310\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    10351311.sp
    10361312In order to successfully execute the
    10371313\fIadd share command\fR,
    1038 smbd
     1314\FCsmbd\F[]
    10391315requires that the administrator connects using a root account (i\&.e\&. uid == 0) or has the
    1040 SeDiskOperatorPrivilege\&. Scripts defined in the
     1316\FCSeDiskOperatorPrivilege\F[]\&. Scripts defined in the
    10411317\fIadd share command\fR
    10421318parameter are executed as root\&.
    10431319.sp
    10441320When executed,
    1045 smbd
     1321\FCsmbd\F[]
    10461322will automatically invoke the
    10471323\fIadd share command\fR
     
    10581334\fIconfigFile\fR
    10591335\- the location of the global
    1060 smb\&.conf
     1336\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    10611337file\&.
    10621338.RE
     
    11141390.sp
    11151391Default:
    1116 \fI\fIadd share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    1117 .sp
    1118 Example:
    1119 \fI\fIadd share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/bin/addshare\fR\fI \fR
     1392\fI\fIadd share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1393.sp
     1394Example:
     1395\fI\fIadd share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/bin/addshare\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    11201396.RE
    11211397
     
    11501426\m[blue]\fBpassword server\fR\m[]
    11511427and attempts to authenticate the given user with the given password\&. If the authentication succeeds then
    1152 smbd
     1428\FCsmbd\F[]
    11531429attempts to find a UNIX user in the UNIX password database to map the Windows user into\&. If this lookup fails, and
    11541430\m[blue]\fBadd user script\fR\m[]
    11551431is set then
    1156 smbd
     1432\FCsmbd\F[]
    11571433will call the specified script
    11581434\fIAS ROOT\fR, expanding any
     
    11611437.sp
    11621438If this script successfully creates the user then
    1163 smbd
     1439\FCsmbd\F[]
    11641440will continue on as though the UNIX user already existed\&. In this way, UNIX users are dynamically created to match existing Windows NT accounts\&.
    11651441.sp
     
    11701446.sp
    11711447Default:
    1172 \fI\fIadd user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    1173 .sp
    1174 Example:
    1175 \fI\fIadd user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/bin/add_user %u\fR\fI \fR
     1448\fI\fIadd user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1449.sp
     1450Example:
     1451\fI\fIadd user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/bin/add_user %u\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    11761452.RE
    11771453
     
    11891465.sp
    11901466Note that the
    1191 adduser
     1467\FCadduser\F[]
    11921468command used in the example below does not support the used syntax on all systems\&.
    11931469.sp
    11941470Default:
    1195 \fI\fIadd user to group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    1196 .sp
    1197 Example:
    1198 \fI\fIadd user to group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/sbin/adduser %u %g\fR\fI \fR
     1471\fI\fIadd user to group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1472.sp
     1473Example:
     1474\fI\fIadd user to group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/sbin/adduser %u %g\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    11991475.RE
    12001476
     
    12121488.sp
    12131489Default:
    1214 \fI\fIadministrative share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     1490\fI\fIadministrative share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    12151491.RE
    12161492
     
    12281504.sp
    12291505Default:
    1230 \fI\fIadmin users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    1231 .sp
    1232 Example:
    1233 \fI\fIadmin users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIjason\fR\fI \fR
     1506\fI\fIadmin users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1507.sp
     1508Example:
     1509\fI\fIadmin users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCjason\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    12341510.RE
    12351511
     
    12431519.sp
    12441520Default:
    1245 \fI\fIafs share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     1521\fI\fIafs share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    12461522.RE
    12471523
     
    12551531.sp
    12561532Default:
    1257 \fI\fIafs username map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    1258 .sp
    1259 Example:
    1260 \fI\fIafs username map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI%u@afs\&.samba\&.org\fR\fI \fR
     1533\fI\fIafs username map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1534.sp
     1535Example:
     1536\fI\fIafs username map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC%u@afs\&.samba\&.org\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    12611537.RE
    12621538
     
    12761552.sp
    12771553Default:
    1278 \fI\fIaio read size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    1279 .sp
    1280 Example:
    1281 \fI\fIaio read size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI16384 # Use asynchronous I/O for reads bigger than 16KB request size\fR\fI \fR
     1554\fI\fIaio read size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1555.sp
     1556Example:
     1557\fI\fIaio read size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC16384 # Use asynchronous I/O for reads bigger than 16KB request size\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    12821558.RE
    12831559
     
    12931569.sp
    12941570Default:
    1295 \fI\fIaio write behind\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    1296 .sp
    1297 Example:
    1298 \fI\fIaio write behind\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/*\&.tmp/\fR\fI \fR
     1571\fI\fIaio write behind\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1572.sp
     1573Example:
     1574\fI\fIaio write behind\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/*\&.tmp/\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    12991575.RE
    13001576
     
    13141590.sp
    13151591Default:
    1316 \fI\fIaio write size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    1317 .sp
    1318 Example:
    1319 \fI\fIaio write size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI16384 # Use asynchronous I/O for writes bigger than 16KB request size\fR\fI \fR
     1592\fI\fIaio write size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1593.sp
     1594Example:
     1595\fI\fIaio write size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC16384 # Use asynchronous I/O for writes bigger than 16KB request size\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    13201596.RE
    13211597
     
    13311607.sp
    13321608Default:
    1333 \fI\fIalgorithmic rid base\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1000\fR\fI \fR
    1334 .sp
    1335 Example:
    1336 \fI\fIalgorithmic rid base\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI100000\fR\fI \fR
     1609\fI\fIalgorithmic rid base\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1610.sp
     1611Example:
     1612\fI\fIalgorithmic rid base\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC100000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    13371613.RE
    13381614
     
    13461622.sp
    13471623Default:
    1348 \fI\fIallocation roundup size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1048576\fR\fI \fR
    1349 .sp
    1350 Example:
    1351 \fI\fIallocation roundup size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0 # (to disable roundups)\fR\fI \fR
     1624\fI\fIallocation roundup size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1048576\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1625.sp
     1626Example:
     1627\fI\fIallocation roundup size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0 # (to disable roundups)\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    13521628.RE
    13531629
     
    13671643.sp
    13681644Default:
    1369 \fI\fIallow trusted domains\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     1645\fI\fIallow trusted domains\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    13701646.RE
    13711647
     
    13791655.sp
    13801656Default:
    1381 \fI\fIannounce as\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINT Server\fR\fI \fR
    1382 .sp
    1383 Example:
    1384 \fI\fIannounce as\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIWin95\fR\fI \fR
     1657\fI\fIannounce as\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNT Server\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1658.sp
     1659Example:
     1660\fI\fIannounce as\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCWin95\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    13851661.RE
    13861662
     
    13921668.sp
    13931669Default:
    1394 \fI\fIannounce version\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI4\&.9\fR\fI \fR
    1395 .sp
    1396 Example:
    1397 \fI\fIannounce version\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI2\&.0\fR\fI \fR
     1670\fI\fIannounce version\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC4\&.9\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1671.sp
     1672Example:
     1673\fI\fIannounce version\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC2\&.0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    13981674.RE
    13991675
     
    14031679.RS 4
    14041680This option allows the administrator to chose what authentication methods
    1405 smbd
     1681\FCsmbd\F[]
    14061682will use when authenticating a user\&. This option defaults to sensible values based on
    14071683\m[blue]\fBsecurity\fR\m[]\&. This should be considered a developer option and used only in rare circumstances\&. In the majority (if not all) of production servers, the default setting should be adequate\&.
     
    14221698.sp
    14231699Default:
    1424 \fI\fIauth methods\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    1425 .sp
    1426 Example:
    1427 \fI\fIauth methods\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIguest sam winbind\fR\fI \fR
     1700\fI\fIauth methods\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1701.sp
     1702Example:
     1703\fI\fIauth methods\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCguest sam winbind\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    14281704.RE
    14291705
     
    14381714.sp
    14391715Default:
    1440 \fI\fIavailable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     1716\fI\fIavailable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    14411717.RE
    14421718
     
    14521728.sp
    14531729For name service it causes
    1454 nmbd
     1730\FCnmbd\F[]
    14551731to bind to ports 137 and 138 on the interfaces listed in the
    14561732\m[blue]\fBinterfaces\fR\m[]
    14571733parameter\&.
    1458 nmbd
     1734\FCnmbd\F[]
    14591735also binds to the "all addresses" interface (0\&.0\&.0\&.0) on ports 137 and 138 for the purposes of reading broadcast messages\&. If this option is not set then
    1460 nmbd
     1736\FCnmbd\F[]
    14611737will service name requests on all of these sockets\&. If
    14621738\m[blue]\fBbind interfaces only\fR\m[]
    14631739is set then
    1464 nmbd
     1740\FCnmbd\F[]
    14651741will check the source address of any packets coming in on the broadcast sockets and discard any that don\'t match the broadcast addresses of the interfaces in the
    14661742\m[blue]\fBinterfaces\fR\m[]
    14671743parameter list\&. As unicast packets are received on the other sockets it allows
    1468 nmbd
     1744\FCnmbd\F[]
    14691745to refuse to serve names to machines that send packets that arrive through any interfaces not listed in the
    14701746\m[blue]\fBinterfaces\fR\m[]
    14711747list\&. IP Source address spoofing does defeat this simple check, however, so it must not be used seriously as a security feature for
    1472 nmbd\&.
     1748\FCnmbd\F[]\&.
    14731749.sp
    14741750For file service it causes
     
    14771753\m[blue]\fBinterfaces\fR\m[]
    14781754parameter\&. This restricts the networks that
    1479 smbd
     1755\FCsmbd\F[]
    14801756will serve, to packets coming in on those interfaces\&. Note that you should not use this parameter for machines that are serving PPP or other intermittent or non\-broadcast network interfaces as it will not cope with non\-permanent interfaces\&.
    14811757.sp
     
    14931769.sp
    14941770To change a users SMB password, the
    1495 smbpasswd
     1771\FCsmbpasswd\F[]
    14961772by default connects to the
    14971773\fIlocalhost \- 127\&.0\&.0\&.1\fR
     
    15031779\m[blue]\fBinterfaces\fR\m[]
    15041780parameter list then
    1505 smbpasswd
     1781\FC smbpasswd\F[]
    15061782will fail to connect in it\'s default mode\&.
    1507 smbpasswd
     1783\FCsmbpasswd\F[]
    15081784can be forced to use the primary IP interface of the local host by using its
    15091785\fBsmbpasswd\fR(8)
     
    15141790.sp
    15151791The
    1516 swat
     1792\FCswat\F[]
    15171793status page tries to connect with
    1518 smbd
     1794\FCsmbd\F[]
    15191795and
    1520 nmbd
     1796\FCnmbd\F[]
    15211797at the address
    15221798\fI127\&.0\&.0\&.1\fR
     
    15241800\fI127\&.0\&.0\&.1\fR
    15251801will cause
    1526 smbd
     1802\FC smbd\F[]
    15271803and
    1528 nmbd
     1804\FCnmbd\F[]
    15291805to always show "not running" even if they really are\&. This can prevent
    1530 swat
     1806\FC swat\F[]
    15311807from starting/stopping/restarting
    1532 smbd
     1808\FCsmbd\F[]
    15331809and
    1534 nmbd\&.
    1535 .sp
    1536 Default:
    1537 \fI\fIbind interfaces only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     1810\FCnmbd\F[]\&.
     1811.sp
     1812Default:
     1813\fI\fIbind interfaces only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    15381814.RE
    15391815
     
    15521828.sp
    15531829Default:
    1554 \fI\fIblocking locks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     1830\fI\fIblocking locks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    15551831.RE
    15561832
     
    15681844.sp
    15691845Default:
    1570 \fI\fIblock size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1024\fR\fI \fR
    1571 .sp
    1572 Example:
    1573 \fI\fIblock size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI4096\fR\fI \fR
     1846\fI\fIblock size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1024\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1847.sp
     1848Example:
     1849\fI\fIblock size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC4096\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    15741850.RE
    15751851
     
    15891865.sp
    15901866Default:
    1591 \fI\fIbrowseable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     1867\fI\fIbrowseable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    15921868.RE
    15931869
     
    15991875\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    16001876will serve a browse list to a client doing a
    1601 NetServerEnum
     1877\FCNetServerEnum\F[]
    16021878call\&. Normally set to
    16031879\fByes\fR\&. You should never need to change this\&.
    16041880.sp
    16051881Default:
    1606 \fI\fIbrowse list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     1882\fI\fIbrowse list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    16071883.RE
    16081884
     
    16211897.sp
    16221898Default:
    1623 \fI\fIcache directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI${prefix}/var/locks\fR\fI \fR
    1624 .sp
    1625 Example:
    1626 \fI\fIcache directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/var/run/samba/locks/cache\fR\fI \fR
     1899\fI\fIcache directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC${prefix}/var/locks\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1900.sp
     1901Example:
     1902\fI\fIcache directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/var/run/samba/locks/cache\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    16271903.RE
    16281904
     
    16431919.sp
    16441920Default:
    1645 \fI\fIcase sensitive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     1921\fI\fIcase sensitive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    16461922.RE
    16471923
     
    16551931.sp
    16561932Default:
    1657 \fI\fIchange notify\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     1933\fI\fIchange notify\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    16581934.RE
    16591935
     
    16651941\fIchange share command\fR
    16661942is used to define an external program or script which will modify an existing service definition in
    1667 smb\&.conf\&.
     1943\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    16681944.sp
    16691945In order to successfully execute the
    16701946\fIchange share command\fR,
    1671 smbd
     1947\FCsmbd\F[]
    16721948requires that the administrator connects using a root account (i\&.e\&. uid == 0) or has the
    1673 SeDiskOperatorPrivilege\&. Scripts defined in the
     1949\FCSeDiskOperatorPrivilege\F[]\&. Scripts defined in the
    16741950\fIchange share command\fR
    16751951parameter are executed as root\&.
    16761952.sp
    16771953When executed,
    1678 smbd
     1954\FCsmbd\F[]
    16791955will automatically invoke the
    16801956\fIchange share command\fR
     
    16911967\fIconfigFile\fR
    16921968\- the location of the global
    1693 smb\&.conf
     1969\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    16941970file\&.
    16951971.RE
     
    17462022.sp
    17472023Default:
    1748 \fI\fIchange share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    1749 .sp
    1750 Example:
    1751 \fI\fIchange share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/bin/changeshare\fR\fI \fR
     2024\fI\fIchange share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2025.sp
     2026Example:
     2027\fI\fIchange share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/bin/changeshare\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    17522028.RE
    17532029
     
    17612037.sp
    17622038Note: In the example directory is a sample program called
    1763 crackcheck
     2039\FCcrackcheck\F[]
    17642040that uses cracklib to check the password quality\&.
    17652041.sp
    17662042Default:
    1767 \fI\fIcheck password script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIDisabled\fR\fI \fR
    1768 .sp
    1769 Example:
    1770 \fI\fIcheck password script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/sbin/crackcheck\fR\fI \fR
     2043\fI\fIcheck password script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCDisabled\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2044.sp
     2045Example:
     2046\fI\fIcheck password script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/sbin/crackcheck\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    17712047.RE
    17722048
     
    17822058.sp
    17832059Disabling this option will also disable the
    1784 client plaintext auth
     2060\FCclient plaintext auth\F[]
    17852061option\&.
    17862062.sp
    17872063Likewise, if the
    1788 client ntlmv2 auth
     2064\FCclient ntlmv2 auth\F[]
    17892065parameter is enabled, then only NTLMv2 logins will be attempted\&.
    17902066.sp
    17912067Default:
    1792 \fI\fIclient lanman auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2068\fI\fIclient lanman auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    17932069.RE
    17942070
     
    18112087are only available if Samba has been compiled against a modern OpenLDAP version (2\&.3\&.x or higher)\&.
    18122088.sp
    1813 This option is needed in the case of Domain Controllers enforcing the usage of signed LDAP connections (e\&.g\&. Windows 2000 SP3 or higher)\&. LDAP sign and seal can be controlled with the registry key "HKLM\eSystem\eCurrentControlSet\eServices\e
    1814 NTDS\eParameters\eLDAPServerIntegrity" on the Windows server side\&.
     2089This option is needed in the case of Domain Controllers enforcing the usage of signed LDAP connections (e\&.g\&. Windows 2000 SP3 or higher)\&. LDAP sign and seal can be controlled with the registry key "\FCHKLM\eSystem\eCurrentControlSet\eServices\e\F[]
     2090\FCNTDS\eParameters\eLDAPServerIntegrity\F[]" on the Windows server side\&.
    18152091.sp
    18162092Depending on the used KRB5 library (MIT and older Heimdal versions) it is possible that the message "integrity only" is not supported\&. In this case,
     
    18272103.sp
    18282104Default:
    1829 \fI\fIclient ldap sasl wrapping\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIplain\fR\fI \fR
     2105\fI\fIclient ldap sasl wrapping\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCplain\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    18302106.RE
    18312107
     
    18412117.sp
    18422118Similarly, if enabled, NTLMv1,
    1843 client lanman auth
     2119\FCclient lanman auth\F[]
    18442120and
    1845 client plaintext auth
     2121\FCclient plaintext auth\F[]
    18462122authentication will be disabled\&. This also disables share\-level authentication\&.
    18472123.sp
    18482124If disabled, an NTLM response (and possibly a LANMAN response) will be sent by the client, depending on the value of
    1849 client lanman auth\&.
     2125\FCclient lanman auth\F[]\&.
    18502126.sp
    18512127Note that some sites (particularly those following \'best practice\' security polices) only allow NTLMv2 responses, and not the weaker LM or NTLM\&.
    18522128.sp
    18532129Default:
    1854 \fI\fIclient ntlmv2 auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2130\fI\fIclient ntlmv2 auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    18552131.RE
    18562132
     
    18622138.sp
    18632139Default:
    1864 \fI\fIclient plaintext auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2140\fI\fIclient plaintext auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    18652141.RE
    18662142
     
    18782154.sp
    18792155Default:
    1880 \fI\fIclient schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
    1881 .sp
    1882 Example:
    1883 \fI\fIclient schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     2156\fI\fIclient schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2157.sp
     2158Example:
     2159\fI\fIclient schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    18842160.RE
    18852161
     
    18972173.sp
    18982174Default:
    1899 \fI\fIclient signing\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
     2175\fI\fIclient signing\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    19002176.RE
    19012177
     
    19072183.sp
    19082184Default:
    1909 \fI\fIclient use spnego\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     2185\fI\fIclient use spnego\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    19102186.RE
    19112187
     
    19172193.sp
    19182194Default:
    1919 \fI\fIcluster addresses\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    1920 .sp
    1921 Example:
    1922 \fI\fIcluster addresses\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI10\&.0\&.0\&.1 10\&.0\&.0\&.2 10\&.0\&.0\&.3\fR\fI \fR
     2195\fI\fIcluster addresses\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2196.sp
     2197Example:
     2198\fI\fIcluster addresses\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC10\&.0\&.0\&.1 10\&.0\&.0\&.2 10\&.0\&.0\&.3\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    19232199.RE
    19242200
     
    19302206.sp
    19312207Set this parameter to
    1932 yes
     2208\FCyes\F[]
    19332209only if you have a cluster setup with ctdb running\&.
    19342210.sp
    19352211Default:
    1936 \fI\fIclustering\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2212\fI\fIclustering\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    19372213.RE
    19382214
     
    19422218.RS 4
    19432219This is a text field that is seen next to a share when a client does a queries the server, either via the network neighborhood or via
    1944 net view
     2220\FCnet view\F[]
    19452221to list what shares are available\&.
    19462222.sp
     
    19502226.sp
    19512227Default:
    1952 \fI\fIcomment\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # No comment\fR\fI \fR
    1953 .sp
    1954 Example:
    1955 \fI\fIcomment\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIFred\'s Files\fR\fI \fR
     2228\fI\fIcomment\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # No comment\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2229.sp
     2230Example:
     2231\fI\fIcomment\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCFred\'s Files\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    19562232.RE
    19572233
     
    19742250.sp
    19752251Default:
    1976 \fI\fIconfig backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIfile\fR\fI \fR
    1977 .sp
    1978 Example:
    1979 \fI\fIconfig backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIregistry\fR\fI \fR
     2252\fI\fIconfig backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCfile\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2253.sp
     2254Example:
     2255\fI\fIconfig backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCregistry\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    19802256.RE
    19812257
     
    19852261.RS 4
    19862262This allows you to override the config file to use, instead of the default (usually
    1987 smb\&.conf)\&. There is a chicken and egg problem here as this option is set in the config file!
     2263\FCsmb\&.conf\F[])\&. There is a chicken and egg problem here as this option is set in the config file!
    19882264.sp
    19892265For this reason, if the name of the config file has changed when the parameters are loaded then it will reload them from the new config file\&.
     
    19962272.sp
    19972273Example:
    1998 \fI\fIconfig file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\&.%m\fR\fI \fR
     2274\fI\fIconfig file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\&.%m\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    19992275.RE
    20002276
     
    20082284.sp
    20092285Default:
    2010 \fI\fIcopy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    2011 .sp
    2012 Example:
    2013 \fI\fIcopy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIotherservice\fR\fI \fR
     2286\fI\fIcopy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2287.sp
     2288Example:
     2289\fI\fIcopy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCotherservice\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    20142290.RE
    20152291
     
    20192295.RS 4
    20202296Setting this paramter to
    2021 no
     2297\FCno\F[]
    20222298prevents winbind from creating custom krb5\&.conf files\&. Winbind normally does this because the krb5 libraries are not AD\-site\-aware and thus would pick any domain controller out of potentially very many\&. Winbind is site\-aware and makes the krb5 libraries use a local DC by creating its own krb5\&.conf files\&.
    20232299.sp
     
    20252301.sp
    20262302Default:
    2027 \fI\fIcreate krb5 conf\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     2303\fI\fIcreate krb5 conf\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    20282304.RE
    20292305
     
    20452321.sp
    20462322The default value of this parameter removes the
    2047 group
     2323\FCgroup\F[]
    20482324and
    2049 other
     2325\FCother\F[]
    20502326write and execute bits from the UNIX modes\&.
    20512327.sp
     
    20622338.sp
    20632339Default:
    2064 \fI\fIcreate mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0744\fR\fI \fR
    2065 .sp
    2066 Example:
    2067 \fI\fIcreate mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0775\fR\fI \fR
     2340\fI\fIcreate mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0744\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2341.sp
     2342Example:
     2343\fI\fIcreate mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0775\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    20682344.RE
    20692345
     
    20812357.sp
    20822358Default:
    2083 \fI\fIcsc policy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fImanual\fR\fI \fR
    2084 .sp
    2085 Example:
    2086 \fI\fIcsc policy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIprograms\fR\fI \fR
     2359\fI\fIcsc policy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCmanual\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2360.sp
     2361Example:
     2362\fI\fIcsc policy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCprograms\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    20872363.RE
    20882364
     
    20922368.RS 4
    20932369If you set
    2094 clustering=yes, you need to tell Samba where ctdbd listens on its unix domain socket\&. The default path as of ctdb 1\&.0 is /tmp/ctdb\&.socket which you have to explicitly set for Samba in smb\&.conf\&.
    2095 .sp
    2096 Default:
    2097 \fI\fIctdbd socket\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    2098 .sp
    2099 Example:
    2100 \fI\fIctdbd socket\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/tmp/ctdb\&.socket\fR\fI \fR
     2370\FCclustering=yes\F[], you need to tell Samba where ctdbd listens on its unix domain socket\&. The default path as of ctdb 1\&.0 is /tmp/ctdb\&.socket which you have to explicitly set for Samba in smb\&.conf\&.
     2371.sp
     2372Default:
     2373\fI\fIctdbd socket\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2374.sp
     2375Example:
     2376\fI\fIctdbd socket\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/tmp/ctdb\&.socket\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    21012377.RE
    21022378
     
    21172393.sp
    21182394Default:
    2119 \fI\fIctdb timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     2395\fI\fIctdb timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    21202396.RE
    21212397
     
    21322408.sp
    21332409Default:
    2134 \fI\fIcups connection timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI30\fR\fI \fR
    2135 .sp
    2136 Example:
    2137 \fI\fIcups connection timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI60\fR\fI \fR
     2410\fI\fIcups connection timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC30\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2411.sp
     2412Example:
     2413\fI\fIcups connection timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC60\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    21382414.RE
    21392415
     
    21552431.sp
    21562432Default:
    2157 \fI\fIcups encrypt\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI"no"\fR\fI \fR
     2433\fI\fIcups encrypt\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC"no"\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    21582434.RE
    21592435
     
    21722448\fBraw\fR
    21732449if your CUPS server
    2174 error_log
     2450\FCerror_log\F[]
    21752451file contains messages such as "Unsupported format \'application/octet\-stream\'" when printing from a Windows client through Samba\&. It is no longer necessary to enable system wide raw printing in
    2176 /etc/cups/mime\&.{convs,types}\&.
    2177 .sp
    2178 Default:
    2179 \fI\fIcups options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI""\fR\fI \fR
    2180 .sp
    2181 Example:
    2182 \fI\fIcups options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI"raw media=a4"\fR\fI \fR
     2452\FC/etc/cups/mime\&.{convs,types}\F[]\&.
     2453.sp
     2454Default:
     2455\fI\fIcups options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC""\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2456.sp
     2457Example:
     2458\fI\fIcups options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC"raw media=a4"\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    21832459.RE
    21842460
     
    21932469.sp
    21942470If set, this option overrides the ServerName option in the CUPS
    2195 client\&.conf\&. This is necessary if you have virtual samba servers that connect to different CUPS daemons\&.
     2471\FCclient\&.conf\F[]\&. This is necessary if you have virtual samba servers that connect to different CUPS daemons\&.
    21962472.sp
    21972473Optionally, a port can be specified by separating the server name and port number with a colon\&. If no port was specified, the default port for IPP (631) will be used\&.
    21982474.sp
    21992475Default:
    2200 \fI\fIcups server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI""\fR\fI \fR
    2201 .sp
    2202 Example:
    2203 \fI\fIcups server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fImycupsserver\fR\fI \fR
    2204 .sp
    2205 Example:
    2206 \fI\fIcups server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fImycupsserver:1631\fR\fI \fR
     2476\fI\fIcups server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC""\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2477.sp
     2478Example:
     2479\fI\fIcups server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCmycupsserver\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2480.sp
     2481Example:
     2482\fI\fIcups server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCmycupsserver:1631\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    22072483.RE
    22082484
     
    22222498.sp
    22232499Default:
    2224 \fI\fIdeadtime\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    2225 .sp
    2226 Example:
    2227 \fI\fIdeadtime\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI15\fR\fI \fR
     2500\fI\fIdeadtime\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2501.sp
     2502Example:
     2503\fI\fIdeadtime\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC15\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    22282504.RE
    22292505
     
    22382514.sp
    22392515Default:
    2240 \fI\fIdebug class\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2516\fI\fIdebug class\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    22412517.RE
    22422518
     
    22522528.sp
    22532529Default:
    2254 \fI\fIdebug hires timestamp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     2530\fI\fIdebug hires timestamp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    22552531.RE
    22562532
     
    22672543.sp
    22682544Default:
    2269 \fI\fIdebug pid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2545\fI\fIdebug pid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    22702546.RE
    22712547
     
    22832559.sp
    22842560Default:
    2285 \fI\fIdebug prefix timestamp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2561\fI\fIdebug prefix timestamp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    22862562.RE
    22872563
     
    23032579.sp
    23042580Default:
    2305 \fI\fIdebug timestamp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     2581\fI\fIdebug timestamp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    23062582.RE
    23072583
     
    23172593.sp
    23182594Default:
    2319 \fI\fIdebug uid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2595\fI\fIdebug uid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    23202596.RE
    23212597
     
    23292605.sp
    23302606Default:
    2331 \fI\fIdedicated keytab file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    2332 .sp
    2333 Example:
    2334 \fI\fIdedicated keytab file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/etc/krb5\&.keytab\fR\fI \fR
     2607\fI\fIdedicated keytab file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2608.sp
     2609Example:
     2610\fI\fIdedicated keytab file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/etc/krb5\&.keytab\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    23352611.RE
    23362612
     
    23452621.sp
    23462622Default:
    2347 \fI\fIdefault case\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIlower\fR\fI \fR
     2623\fI\fIdefault case\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FClower\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    23482624.RE
    23492625
     
    23592635.sp
    23602636This parameter should be used with care and tested with the printer driver in question\&. It is better to leave the device mode to NULL and let the Windows client set the correct values\&. Because drivers do not do this all the time, setting
    2361 default devmode = yes
     2637\FCdefault devmode = yes\F[]
    23622638will instruct smbd to generate a default one\&.
    23632639.sp
     
    23662642.sp
    23672643Default:
    2368 \fI\fIdefault devmode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     2644\fI\fIdefault devmode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    23692645.RE
    23702646
     
    23992675.sp
    24002676Default:
    2401 \fI\fIdefault service\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    2402 .sp
    2403 Example:
    2404 \fI\fIdefault service\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIpub\fR\fI \fR
     2677\fI\fIdefault service\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2678.sp
     2679Example:
     2680\fI\fIdefault service\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCpub\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    24052681.RE
    24062682
     
    24162692.sp
    24172693Default:
    2418 \fI\fIdefer sharing violations\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fITrue\fR\fI \fR
     2694\fI\fIdefer sharing violations\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCTrue\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    24192695.RE
    24202696
     
    24312707.sp
    24322708Default:
    2433 \fI\fIdelete group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     2709\fI\fIdelete group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    24342710.RE
    24352711
     
    24432719\m[blue]\fBdeleteprinter command\fR\m[]
    24442720defines a script to be run which will perform the necessary operations for removing the printer from the print system and from
    2445 smb\&.conf\&.
     2721\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    24462722.sp
    24472723The
     
    24532729\m[blue]\fBdeleteprinter command\fR\m[]
    24542730has been executed,
    2455 smbd
     2731\FCsmbd\F[]
    24562732will reparse the
    2457 smb\&.conf
     2733\FC smb\&.conf\F[]
    24582734to check that the associated printer no longer exists\&. If the sharename is still valid, then
    2459 smbd
     2735\FCsmbd \F[]
    24602736will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client\&.
    24612737.sp
    24622738Default:
    2463 \fI\fIdeleteprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    2464 .sp
    2465 Example:
    2466 \fI\fIdeleteprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/bin/removeprinter\fR\fI \fR
     2739\fI\fIdeleteprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2740.sp
     2741Example:
     2742\fI\fIdeleteprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/bin/removeprinter\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    24672743.RE
    24682744
     
    24762752.sp
    24772753Default:
    2478 \fI\fIdelete readonly\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2754\fI\fIdelete readonly\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    24792755.RE
    24802756
     
    24862762\fIdelete share command\fR
    24872763is used to define an external program or script which will remove an existing service definition from
    2488 smb\&.conf\&.
     2764\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    24892765.sp
    24902766In order to successfully execute the
    24912767\fIdelete share command\fR,
    2492 smbd
     2768\FCsmbd\F[]
    24932769requires that the administrator connects using a root account (i\&.e\&. uid == 0) or has the
    2494 SeDiskOperatorPrivilege\&. Scripts defined in the
     2770\FCSeDiskOperatorPrivilege\F[]\&. Scripts defined in the
    24952771\fIdelete share command\fR
    24962772parameter are executed as root\&.
    24972773.sp
    24982774When executed,
    2499 smbd
     2775\FCsmbd\F[]
    25002776will automatically invoke the
    25012777\fIdelete share command\fR
     
    25122788\fIconfigFile\fR
    25132789\- the location of the global
    2514 smb\&.conf
     2790\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    25152791file\&.
    25162792.RE
     
    25322808.sp
    25332809Default:
    2534 \fI\fIdelete share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    2535 .sp
    2536 Example:
    2537 \fI\fIdelete share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/bin/delshare\fR\fI \fR
     2810\fI\fIdelete share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2811.sp
     2812Example:
     2813\fI\fIdelete share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/bin/delshare\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    25382814.RE
    25392815
     
    25512827.sp
    25522828Default:
    2553 \fI\fIdelete user from group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    2554 .sp
    2555 Example:
    2556 \fI\fIdelete user from group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/sbin/deluser %u %g\fR\fI \fR
     2829\fI\fIdelete user from group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2830.sp
     2831Example:
     2832\fI\fIdelete user from group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/sbin/deluser %u %g\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    25572833.RE
    25582834
     
    25662842.sp
    25672843This script is called when a remote client removes a user from the server, normally using \'User Manager for Domains\' or
    2568 rpcclient\&.
     2844\FCrpcclient\F[]\&.
    25692845.sp
    25702846This script should delete the given UNIX username\&.
    25712847.sp
    25722848Default:
    2573 \fI\fIdelete user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    2574 .sp
    2575 Example:
    2576 \fI\fIdelete user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/bin/del_user %u\fR\fI \fR
     2849\fI\fIdelete user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2850.sp
     2851Example:
     2852\fI\fIdelete user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/bin/del_user %u\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    25772853.RE
    25782854
     
    25892865If this option is set to
    25902866\fByes\fR, then Samba will attempt to recursively delete any files and directories within the vetoed directory\&. This can be useful for integration with file serving systems such as NetAtalk which create meta\-files within directories you might normally veto DOS/Windows users from seeing (e\&.g\&.
    2591 \&.AppleDouble)
     2867\FC\&.AppleDouble\F[])
    25922868.sp
    25932869Setting
     
    25962872.sp
    25972873Default:
    2598 \fI\fIdelete veto files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2874\fI\fIdelete veto files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    25992875.RE
    26002876
     
    26162892.sp
    26172893Example:
    2618 \fI\fIdfree cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIdfree cache time = 60\fR\fI \fR
     2894\fI\fIdfree cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCdfree cache time = 60\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    26192895.RE
    26202896
     
    26342910.sp
    26352911The external program will be passed a single parameter indicating a directory in the filesystem being queried\&. This will typically consist of the string
    2636 \&./\&. The script should return two integers in ASCII\&. The first should be the total disk space in blocks, and the second should be the number of available blocks\&. An optional third return value can give the block size in bytes\&. The default blocksize is 1024 bytes\&.
     2912\FC\&./\F[]\&. The script should return two integers in ASCII\&. The first should be the total disk space in blocks, and the second should be the number of available blocks\&. An optional third return value can give the block size in bytes\&. The default blocksize is 1024 bytes\&.
    26372913.sp
    26382914Note: Your script should
     
    26452921.RS 4
    26462922.\}
     2923.fam C
     2924.ps -1
    26472925.nf
     2926.BB lightgray
    26482927 
    26492928#!/bin/sh
    26502929df $1 | tail \-1 | awk \'{print $(NF\-4),$(NF\-2)}\'
     2930.EB lightgray
    26512931.fi
     2932.fam
     2933.ps +1
    26522934.if n \{\
    26532935.RE
     
    26592941.RS 4
    26602942.\}
     2943.fam C
     2944.ps -1
    26612945.nf
     2946.BB lightgray
    26622947 
    26632948#!/bin/sh
    26642949/usr/bin/df \-k $1 | tail \-1 | awk \'{print $3" "$5}\'
     2950.EB lightgray
    26652951.fi
     2952.fam
     2953.ps +1
    26662954.if n \{\
    26672955.RE
     
    26752963.sp
    26762964Example:
    2677 \fI\fIdfree command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/bin/dfree\fR\fI \fR
     2965\fI\fIdfree command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/bin/dfree\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    26782966.RE
    26792967
     
    27062994.sp
    27072995Default:
    2708 \fI\fIdirectory mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0755\fR\fI \fR
    2709 .sp
    2710 Example:
    2711 \fI\fIdirectory mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0775\fR\fI \fR
     2996\fI\fIdirectory mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0755\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2997.sp
     2998Example:
     2999\fI\fIdirectory mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0775\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    27123000.RE
    27133001
     
    27193007.sp
    27203008Default:
    2721 \fI\fIdirectory name cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI100\fR\fI \fR
     3009\fI\fIdirectory name cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC100\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    27223010.RE
    27233011
     
    27403028.sp
    27413029Default:
    2742 \fI\fIdirectory security mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0777\fR\fI \fR
    2743 .sp
    2744 Example:
    2745 \fI\fIdirectory security mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0700\fR\fI \fR
     3030\fI\fIdirectory security mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0777\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3031.sp
     3032Example:
     3033\fI\fIdirectory security mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0700\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    27463034.RE
    27473035
     
    27553043.\}
    27563044.RS 4
     3045.BM yellow
    27573046.it 1 an-trap
    27583047.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    27653054Clients that only support netbios won\'t be able to see your samba server when netbios support is disabled\&.
    27663055.sp .5v
    2767 .RE
    2768 Default:
    2769 \fI\fIdisable netbios\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3056.EM yellow
     3057.RE
     3058Default:
     3059\fI\fIdisable netbios\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    27703060.RE
    27713061
     
    27783068.sp
    27793069Default:
    2780 \fI\fIdisable spoolss\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3070\fI\fIdisable spoolss\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    27813071.RE
    27823072
     
    27893079.sp
    27903080Default:
    2791 \fI\fIdisplay charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI"LOCALE" or "ASCII" (depending on the system)\fR\fI \fR
    2792 .sp
    2793 Example:
    2794 \fI\fIdisplay charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIUTF8\fR\fI \fR
     3081\fI\fIdisplay charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC"LOCALE" or "ASCII" (depending on the system)\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3082.sp
     3083Example:
     3084\fI\fIdisplay charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCUTF8\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    27953085.RE
    27963086
     
    28063096.sp
    28073097Default:
    2808 \fI\fIdmapi support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3098\fI\fIdmapi support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    28093099.RE
    28103100
     
    28193109Note that the maximum length for a NetBIOS name is 15 characters, so the DNS name (or DNS alias) can likewise only be 15 characters, maximum\&.
    28203110.sp
    2821 nmbd
     3111\FCnmbd\F[]
    28223112spawns a second copy of itself to do the DNS name lookup requests, as doing a name lookup is a blocking action\&.
    28233113.sp
    28243114Default:
    2825 \fI\fIdns proxy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     3115\fI\fIdns proxy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    28263116.RE
    28273117
     
    28363126.sp
    28373127Default:
    2838 \fI\fIdomain logons\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3128\fI\fIdomain logons\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    28393129.RE
    28403130
     
    28463136\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    28473137to enable WAN\-wide browse list collation\&. Setting this option causes
    2848 nmbd
     3138\FCnmbd\F[]
    28493139to claim a special domain specific NetBIOS name that identifies it as a domain master browser for its given
    28503140\m[blue]\fBworkgroup\fR\m[]\&. Local master browsers in the same
    28513141\m[blue]\fBworkgroup\fR\m[]
    28523142on broadcast\-isolated subnets will give this
    2853 nmbd
     3143\FCnmbd\F[]
    28543144their local browse lists, and then ask
    28553145\fBsmbd\fR(8)
     
    28613151\m[blue]\fBworkgroup\fR\m[]
    28623152by default (i\&.e\&. there is no way to prevent a Windows NT PDC from attempting to do this)\&. This means that if this parameter is set and
    2863 nmbd
     3153\FCnmbd\F[]
    28643154claims the special name for a
    28653155\m[blue]\fBworkgroup\fR\m[]
     
    28813171.sp
    28823172Default:
    2883 \fI\fIdomain master\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
     3173\fI\fIdomain master\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    28843174.RE
    28853175
     
    28893179.RS 4
    28903180There are certain directories on some systems (e\&.g\&., the
    2891 /proc
     3181\FC/proc\F[]
    28923182tree under Linux) that are either not of interest to clients or are infinitely deep (recursive)\&. This parameter allows you to specify a comma\-delimited list of directories that the server should always show as empty\&.
    28933183.sp
    28943184Note that Samba can be very fussy about the exact format of the "dont descend" entries\&. For example you may need
    2895 \&./proc
     3185\FC \&./proc\F[]
    28963186instead of just
    2897 /proc\&. Experimentation is the best policy :\-)
    2898 .sp
    2899 Default:
    2900 \fI\fIdont descend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    2901 .sp
    2902 Example:
    2903 \fI\fIdont descend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/proc,/dev\fR\fI \fR
     3187\FC/proc\F[]\&. Experimentation is the best policy :\-)
     3188.sp
     3189Default:
     3190\fI\fIdont descend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3191.sp
     3192Example:
     3193\fI\fIdont descend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/proc,/dev\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    29043194.RE
    29053195
     
    29243214.sp
    29253215Default:
    2926 \fI\fIdos filemode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3216\fI\fIdos filemode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    29273217.RE
    29283218
     
    29373227.sp
    29383228Default:
    2939 \fI\fIdos filetime resolution\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3229\fI\fIdos filetime resolution\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    29403230.RE
    29413231
     
    29453235.RS 4
    29463236Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a file they can change the timestamp on it\&. Under POSIX semantics, only the owner of the file or root may change the timestamp\&. By default, Samba emulates the DOS semantics and allows to change the timestamp on a file if the user
    2947 smbd
     3237\FCsmbd\F[]
    29483238is acting on behalf has write permissions\&. Due to changes in Microsoft Office 2000 and beyond, the default for this parameter has been changed from "no" to "yes" in Samba 3\&.0\&.14 and above\&. Microsoft Excel will display dialog box warnings about the file being changed by another user if this parameter is not set to "yes" and files are being shared between users\&.
    29493239.sp
    29503240Default:
    2951 \fI\fIdos filetimes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     3241\fI\fIdos filetimes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    29523242.RE
    29533243
     
    29613251.sp
    29623252Default:
    2963 \fI\fIea support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3253\fI\fIea support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    29643254.RE
    29653255
     
    29713261.sp
    29723262Default:
    2973 \fI\fIenable asu support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3263\fI\fIenable asu support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    29743264.RE
    29753265
     
    29823272.sp
    29833273Default:
    2984 \fI\fIenable core files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    2985 .sp
    2986 Example:
    2987 \fI\fIenable core files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3274\fI\fIenable core files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3275.sp
     3276Example:
     3277\fI\fIenable core files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    29883278.RE
    29893279
     
    29933283.RS 4
    29943284This parameter controls whether or not smbd will honor privileges assigned to specific SIDs via either
    2995 net rpc rights
     3285\FCnet rpc rights\F[]
    29963286or one of the Windows user and group manager tools\&. This parameter is enabled by default\&. It can be disabled to prevent members of the Domain Admins group from being able to assign privileges to users or groups which can then result in certain smbd operations running as root that would normally run under the context of the connected user\&.
    29973287.sp
     
    30013291.sp
    30023292Default:
    3003 \fI\fIenable privileges\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     3293\fI\fIenable privileges\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    30043294.RE
    30053295
     
    30123302.sp
    30133303Default:
    3014 \fI\fIenable spoolss\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     3304\fI\fIenable spoolss\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    30153305.RE
    30163306
     
    30343324\m[blue]\fBsecurity = [server|domain|ads]\fR\m[]
    30353325parameter which causes
    3036 smbd
     3326\FCsmbd\F[]
    30373327to authenticate against another server\&.
    30383328.sp
    30393329Default:
    3040 \fI\fIencrypt passwords\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     3330\fI\fIencrypt passwords\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    30413331.RE
    30423332
     
    30543344.sp
    30553345Default:
    3056 \fI\fIenhanced browsing\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     3346\fI\fIenhanced browsing\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    30573347.RE
    30583348
     
    30613351.PP
    30623352.RS 4
    3063 The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign to UNIX hosts\&. Under Windows NT/2000 print servers, a port is associated with a port monitor and generally takes the form of a local port (i\&.e\&. LPT1:, COM1:, FILE:) or a remote port (i\&.e\&. LPD Port Monitor, etc\&.\&.\&.)\&. By default, Samba has only one port defined\-\-\fB"Samba Printer Port"\fR\&. Under Windows NT/2000, all printers must have a valid port name\&. If you wish to have a list of ports displayed (smbd
     3353The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign to UNIX hosts\&. Under Windows NT/2000 print servers, a port is associated with a port monitor and generally takes the form of a local port (i\&.e\&. LPT1:, COM1:, FILE:) or a remote port (i\&.e\&. LPD Port Monitor, etc\&.\&.\&.)\&. By default, Samba has only one port defined\-\-\fB"Samba Printer Port"\fR\&. Under Windows NT/2000, all printers must have a valid port name\&. If you wish to have a list of ports displayed (\FCsmbd \F[]
    30643354does not use a port name for anything) other than the default
    30653355\fB"Samba Printer Port"\fR, you can define
     
    30683358.sp
    30693359Default:
    3070 \fI\fIenumports command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    3071 .sp
    3072 Example:
    3073 \fI\fIenumports command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/bin/listports\fR\fI \fR
     3360\fI\fIenumports command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3361.sp
     3362Example:
     3363\fI\fIenumports command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/bin/listports\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    30743364.RE
    30753365
     
    30793369.RS 4
    30803370This option defines a list of log names that Samba will report to the Microsoft EventViewer utility\&. The listed eventlogs will be associated with tdb file on disk in the
    3081 $(lockdir)/eventlog\&.
     3371\FC$(lockdir)/eventlog\F[]\&.
    30823372.sp
    30833373The administrator must use an external process to parse the normal Unix logs such as
    3084 /var/log/messages
     3374\FC/var/log/messages\F[]
    30853375and write then entries to the eventlog tdb files\&. Refer to the eventlogadm(8) utility for how to write eventlog entries\&.
    30863376.sp
    30873377Default:
    3088 \fI\fIeventlog list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    3089 .sp
    3090 Example:
    3091 \fI\fIeventlog list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fISecurity Application Syslog Apache\fR\fI \fR
     3378\fI\fIeventlog list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3379.sp
     3380Example:
     3381\fI\fIeventlog list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCSecurity Application Syslog Apache\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    30923382.RE
    30933383
     
    31033393.sp
    31043394Default:
    3105 \fI\fIfake directory create times\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3395\fI\fIfake directory create times\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    31063396.RE
    31073397
     
    31133403.sp
    31143404When you set
    3115 fake oplocks = yes,
     3405\FCfake oplocks = yes\F[],
    31163406\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    31173407will always grant oplock requests no matter how many clients are using the file\&.
     
    31243414.sp
    31253415Default:
    3126 \fI\fIfake oplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3416\fI\fIfake oplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    31273417.RE
    31283418
     
    31363426\fBno\fR
    31373427prevents any file or directory that is a symbolic link from being followed (the user will get an error)\&. This option is very useful to stop users from adding a symbolic link to
    3138 /etc/passwd
     3428\FC/etc/passwd\F[]
    31393429in their home directory for instance\&. However it will slow filename lookups down slightly\&.
    31403430.sp
    31413431This option is enabled (i\&.e\&.
    3142 smbd
     3432\FCsmbd\F[]
    31433433will follow symbolic links) by default\&.
    31443434.sp
    31453435Default:
    3146 \fI\fIfollow symlinks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     3436\fI\fIfollow symlinks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    31473437.RE
    31483438
     
    31603450.sp
    31613451Default:
    3162 \fI\fIforce create mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI000\fR\fI \fR
    3163 .sp
    3164 Example:
    3165 \fI\fIforce create mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0755\fR\fI \fR
     3452\fI\fIforce create mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3453.sp
     3454Example:
     3455\fI\fIforce create mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0755\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    31663456.RE
    31673457
     
    31793469.sp
    31803470Default:
    3181 \fI\fIforce directory mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI000\fR\fI \fR
    3182 .sp
    3183 Example:
    3184 \fI\fIforce directory mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0755\fR\fI \fR
     3471\fI\fIforce directory mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3472.sp
     3473Example:
     3474\fI\fIforce directory mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0755\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    31853475.RE
    31863476
     
    32013491.\}
    32023492.RS 4
     3493.BM yellow
    32033494.it 1 an-trap
    32043495.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    32113502Users who can access the Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems\&. Administrators of most normal systems will probably want to leave it set as 0000\&.
    32123503.sp .5v
    3213 .RE
    3214 Default:
    3215 \fI\fIforce directory security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    3216 .sp
    3217 Example:
    3218 \fI\fIforce directory security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI700\fR\fI \fR
     3504.EM yellow
     3505.RE
     3506Default:
     3507\fI\fIforce directory security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3508.sp
     3509Example:
     3510\fI\fIforce directory security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC700\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    32193511.RE
    32203512
     
    32343526.sp
    32353527In Samba 2\&.0\&.5 and above this parameter has extended functionality in the following way\&. If the group name listed here has a \'+\' character prepended to it then the current user accessing the share only has the primary group default assigned to this group if they are already assigned as a member of that group\&. This allows an administrator to decide that only users who are already in a particular group will create files with group ownership set to that group\&. This gives a finer granularity of ownership assignment\&. For example, the setting
    3236 force group = +sys
     3528\FCforce group = +sys\F[]
    32373529means that only users who are already in group sys will have their default primary group assigned to sys when accessing this Samba share\&. All other users will retain their ordinary primary group\&.
    32383530.sp
     
    32453537.sp
    32463538Default:
    3247 \fI\fIforce group\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    3248 .sp
    3249 Example:
    3250 \fI\fIforce group\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIagroup\fR\fI \fR
     3539\fI\fIforce group\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3540.sp
     3541Example:
     3542\fI\fIforce group\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCagroup\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    32513543.RE
    32523544
     
    32563548.RS 4
    32573549When printing from Windows NT (or later), each printer in
    3258 smb\&.conf
     3550\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    32593551has two associated names which can be used by the client\&. The first is the sharename (or shortname) defined in smb\&.conf\&. This is the only printername available for use by Windows 9x clients\&. The second name associated with a printer can be seen when browsing to the "Printers" (or "Printers and Faxes") folder on the Samba server\&. This is referred to simply as the printername (not to be confused with the
    32603552\fIprinter name\fR
     
    32693561.sp
    32703562Default:
    3271 \fI\fIforce printername\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3563\fI\fIforce printername\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    32723564.RE
    32733565
     
    32893581.sp
    32903582Default:
    3291 \fI\fIforce security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    3292 .sp
    3293 Example:
    3294 \fI\fIforce security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI700\fR\fI \fR
     3583\fI\fIforce security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3584.sp
     3585Example:
     3586\fI\fIforce security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC700\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    32953587.RE
    32963588
     
    33063598.sp
    33073599Default:
    3308 \fI\fIforce unknown acl user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3600\fI\fIforce unknown acl user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    33093601.RE
    33103602
     
    33203612.sp
    33213613Default:
    3322 \fI\fIforce user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    3323 .sp
    3324 Example:
    3325 \fI\fIforce user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauser\fR\fI \fR
     3614\fI\fIforce user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3615.sp
     3616Example:
     3617\fI\fIforce user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauser\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    33263618.RE
    33273619
     
    33413633.sp
    33423634Default:
    3343 \fI\fIfstype\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINTFS\fR\fI \fR
    3344 .sp
    3345 Example:
    3346 \fI\fIfstype\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fISamba\fR\fI \fR
     3635\fI\fIfstype\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNTFS\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3636.sp
     3637Example:
     3638\fI\fIfstype\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCSamba\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    33473639.RE
    33483640
     
    33523644.RS 4
    33533645The
    3354 get quota command
     3646\FCget quota command\F[]
    33553647should only be used whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that samba can use\&.
    33563648.sp
    33573649This option is only available you have compiled Samba with the
    3358 \-\-with\-sys\-quotas
     3650\FC\-\-with\-sys\-quotas\F[]
    33593651option or on Linux with
    3360 \-\-with\-quotas
     3652\FC\-\-with\-quotas\F[]
    33613653and a working quota api was found in the system\&.
    33623654.sp
     
    35353827.RE
    35363828Default:
    3537 \fI\fIget quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    3538 .sp
    3539 Example:
    3540 \fI\fIget quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/sbin/query_quota\fR\fI \fR
     3829\fI\fIget quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3830.sp
     3831Example:
     3832\fI\fIget quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/sbin/query_quota\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    35413833.RE
    35423834
     
    35513843.sp
    35523844Default:
    3553 \fI\fIgetwd cache\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     3845\fI\fIgetwd cache\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    35543846.RE
    35553847
     
    35633855.sp
    35643856On some systems the default guest account "nobody" may not be able to print\&. Use another account in this case\&. You should test this by trying to log in as your guest user (perhaps by using the
    3565 su \-
     3857\FCsu \-\F[]
    35663858command) and trying to print using the system print command such as
    3567 lpr(1)
     3859\FClpr(1)\F[]
    35683860or
    3569 lp(1)\&.
     3861\FC lp(1)\F[]\&.
    35703862.sp
    35713863This parameter does not accept % macros, because many parts of the system require this value to be constant for correct operation\&.
    35723864.sp
    35733865Default:
    3574 \fI\fIguest account\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fInobody # default can be changed at compile\-time\fR\fI \fR
    3575 .sp
    3576 Example:
    3577 \fI\fIguest account\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIftp\fR\fI \fR
     3866\fI\fIguest account\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCnobody # default can be changed at compile\-time\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3867.sp
     3868Example:
     3869\fI\fIguest account\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCftp\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    35783870.RE
    35793871
     
    36033895.sp
    36043896Default:
    3605 \fI\fIguest ok\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3897\fI\fIguest ok\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    36063898.RE
    36073899
     
    36293921.sp
    36303922Default:
    3631 \fI\fIguest only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3923\fI\fIguest only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    36323924.RE
    36333925
     
    36393931.sp
    36403932Default:
    3641 \fI\fIhide dot files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     3933\fI\fIhide dot files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    36423934.RE
    36433935
     
    36653957.RS 4
    36663958.\}
     3959.fam C
     3960.ps -1
    36673961.nf
     3962.if t \{\
     3963.sp -1
     3964.\}
     3965.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     3966.sp -1
     3967
    36683968hide files = /\&.*/DesktopFolderDB/TrashFor%m/resource\&.frk/
     3969.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     3970.if t \{\
     3971.sp 1
     3972.\}
    36693973.fi
     3974.fam
     3975.ps +1
    36703976.if n \{\
    36713977.RE
     
    36733979.sp
    36743980Default:
    3675 \fI\fIhide files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # no file are hidden\fR\fI \fR
     3981\fI\fIhide files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # no file are hidden\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    36763982.RE
    36773983
     
    36833989.sp
    36843990Default:
    3685 \fI\fIhide special files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3991\fI\fIhide special files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    36863992.RE
    36873993
     
    36933999.sp
    36944000Default:
    3695 \fI\fIhide unreadable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     4001\fI\fIhide unreadable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    36964002.RE
    36974003
     
    37034009.sp
    37044010Default:
    3705 \fI\fIhide unwriteable files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     4011\fI\fIhide unwriteable files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    37064012.RE
    37074013
     
    37224028.RS 4
    37234029.\}
     4030.fam C
     4031.ps -1
    37244032.nf
    3725 username server:/some/file/system
     4033.if t \{\
     4034.sp -1
     4035.\}
     4036.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     4037.sp -1
     4038
     4039\FCusername server:/some/file/system\F[]
     4040.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     4041.if t \{\
     4042.sp 1
     4043.\}
    37264044.fi
     4045.fam
     4046.ps +1
    37274047.if n \{\
    37284048.RE
     
    37344054.\}
    37354055.RS 4
     4056.BM yellow
    37364057.it 1 an-trap
    37374058.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    37444065A working NIS client is required on the system for this option to work\&.
    37454066.sp .5v
    3746 .RE
    3747 Default:
    3748 \fI\fIhomedir map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    3749 .sp
    3750 Example:
    3751 \fI\fIhomedir map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIamd\&.homedir\fR\fI \fR
     4067.EM yellow
     4068.RE
     4069Default:
     4070\fI\fIhomedir map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4071.sp
     4072Example:
     4073\fI\fIhomedir map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCamd\&.homedir\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    37524074.RE
    37534075
     
    37644086.sp
    37654087Default:
    3766 \fI\fIhost msdfs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     4088\fI\fIhost msdfs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    37674089.RE
    37684090
     
    37724094.RS 4
    37734095Specifies whether samba should use (expensive) hostname lookups or use the ip addresses instead\&. An example place where hostname lookups are currently used is when checking the
    3774 hosts deny
     4096\FChosts deny\F[]
    37754097and
    3776 hosts allow\&.
    3777 .sp
    3778 Default:
    3779 \fI\fIhostname lookups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    3780 .sp
    3781 Example:
    3782 \fI\fIhostname lookups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     4098\FChosts allow\F[]\&.
     4099.sp
     4100Default:
     4101\fI\fIhostname lookups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4102.sp
     4103Example:
     4104\fI\fIhostname lookups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    37834105.RE
    37844106
     
    38034125.sp
    38044126You can specify the hosts by name or IP number\&. For example, you could restrict access to only the hosts on a Class C subnet with something like
    3805 allow hosts = 150\&.203\&.5\&.\&. The full syntax of the list is described in the man page
    3806 hosts_access(5)\&. Note that this man page may not be present on your system, so a brief description will be given here also\&.
     4127\FCallow hosts = 150\&.203\&.5\&.\F[]\&. The full syntax of the list is described in the man page
     4128\FChosts_access(5)\F[]\&. Note that this man page may not be present on your system, so a brief description will be given here also\&.
    38074129.sp
    38084130Note that the localhost address 127\&.0\&.0\&.1 will always be allowed access unless specifically denied by a
     
    38164138Example 1: allow all IPs in 150\&.203\&.*\&.*; except one
    38174139.sp
    3818 hosts allow = 150\&.203\&. EXCEPT 150\&.203\&.6\&.66
     4140\FChosts allow = 150\&.203\&. EXCEPT 150\&.203\&.6\&.66\F[]
    38194141.sp
    38204142Example 2: allow hosts that match the given network/netmask
    38214143.sp
    3822 hosts allow = 150\&.203\&.15\&.0/255\&.255\&.255\&.0
     4144\FChosts allow = 150\&.203\&.15\&.0/255\&.255\&.255\&.0\F[]
    38234145.sp
    38244146Example 3: allow a couple of hosts
    38254147.sp
    3826 hosts allow = lapland, arvidsjaur
     4148\FChosts allow = lapland, arvidsjaur\F[]
    38274149.sp
    38284150Example 4: allow only hosts in NIS netgroup "foonet", but deny access from one particular host
    38294151.sp
    3830 hosts allow = @foonet
    3831 .sp
    3832 hosts deny = pirate
     4152\FChosts allow = @foonet\F[]
     4153.sp
     4154\FChosts deny = pirate\F[]
    38334155.if n \{\
    38344156.sp
    38354157.\}
    38364158.RS 4
     4159.BM yellow
    38374160.it 1 an-trap
    38384161.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    38454168Note that access still requires suitable user\-level passwords\&.
    38464169.sp .5v
     4170.EM yellow
    38474171.RE
    38484172See
     
    38514175.sp
    38524176Default:
    3853 \fI\fIhosts allow\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # none (i\&.e\&., all hosts permitted access)\fR\fI \fR
    3854 .sp
    3855 Example:
    3856 \fI\fIhosts allow\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI150\&.203\&.5\&. myhost\&.mynet\&.edu\&.au\fR\fI \fR
     4177\fI\fIhosts allow\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # none (i\&.e\&., all hosts permitted access)\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4178.sp
     4179Example:
     4180\fI\fIhosts allow\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC150\&.203\&.5\&. myhost\&.mynet\&.edu\&.au\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    38574181.RE
    38584182
     
    38784202.sp
    38794203In the event that it is necessary to deny all by default, use the keyword ALL (or the netmask
    3880 0\&.0\&.0\&.0/0) and then explicitly specify to the
     4204\FC0\&.0\&.0\&.0/0\F[]) and then explicitly specify to the
    38814205\m[blue]\fBhosts allow = hosts allow\fR\m[]
    38824206parameter those hosts that should be permitted access\&.
    38834207.sp
    38844208Default:
    3885 \fI\fIhosts deny\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # none (i\&.e\&., no hosts specifically excluded)\fR\fI \fR
    3886 .sp
    3887 Example:
    3888 \fI\fIhosts deny\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI150\&.203\&.4\&. badhost\&.mynet\&.edu\&.au\fR\fI \fR
     4209\fI\fIhosts deny\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # none (i\&.e\&., no hosts specifically excluded)\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4210.sp
     4211Example:
     4212\fI\fIhosts deny\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC150\&.203\&.4\&. badhost\&.mynet\&.edu\&.au\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    38894213.RE
    38904214
     
    39064230.sp
    39074231Example:
    3908 \fI\fIidmap alloc backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fItdb\fR\fI \fR
     4232\fI\fIidmap alloc backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCtdb\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    39094233.RE
    39104234
     
    39484272.sp
    39494273Default:
    3950 \fI\fIidmap backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fItdb\fR\fI \fR
     4274\fI\fIidmap backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCtdb\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    39514275.RE
    39524276
     
    39584282.sp
    39594283Default:
    3960 \fI\fIidmap cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI604800 (one week)\fR\fI \fR
     4284\fI\fIidmap cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC604800 (one week)\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    39614285.RE
    39624286
     
    39914315.RS 4
    39924316.\}
     4317.fam C
     4318.ps -1
    39934319.nf
     4320.if t \{\
     4321.sp -1
     4322.\}
     4323.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     4324.sp -1
     4325
    39944326        idmap backend = tdb
    39954327        idmap uid = 1000000\-1999999
     
    39994331        idmap config CORP : range = 1000\-999999
    40004332       
     4333.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     4334.if t \{\
     4335.sp 1
     4336.\}
    40014337.fi
     4338.fam
     4339.ps +1
    40024340.if n \{\
    40034341.RE
     
    40274365.sp
    40284366Default:
    4029 \fI\fIidmap gid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    4030 .sp
    4031 Example:
    4032 \fI\fIidmap gid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI10000\-20000\fR\fI \fR
     4367\fI\fIidmap gid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4368.sp
     4369Example:
     4370\fI\fIidmap gid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC10000\-20000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    40334371.RE
    40344372
     
    40404378.sp
    40414379Default:
    4042 \fI\fIidmap negative cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI120\fR\fI \fR
     4380\fI\fIidmap negative cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC120\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    40434381.RE
    40444382
     
    40644402.sp
    40654403Default:
    4066 \fI\fIidmap uid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    4067 .sp
    4068 Example:
    4069 \fI\fIidmap uid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI10000\-20000\fR\fI \fR
     4404\fI\fIidmap uid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4405.sp
     4406Example:
     4407\fI\fIidmap uid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC10000\-20000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    40704408.RE
    40714409
     
    40914429.sp
    40924430Default:
    4093 \fI\fIinclude\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    4094 .sp
    4095 Example:
    4096 \fI\fIinclude\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb\&.conf\fR\fI \fR
     4431\fI\fIinclude\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4432.sp
     4433Example:
     4434\fI\fIinclude\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb\&.conf\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    40974435.RE
    40984436
     
    41044442.sp
    41054443Default:
    4106 \fI\fIinherit acls\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     4444\fI\fIinherit acls\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    41074445.RE
    41084446
     
    41164454.sp
    41174455Default:
    4118 \fI\fIinherit owner\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     4456\fI\fIinherit owner\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    41194457.RE
    41204458
     
    41474485.sp
    41484486Default:
    4149 \fI\fIinherit permissions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     4487\fI\fIinherit permissions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    41504488.RE
    41514489
     
    41614499.sp
    41624500Default:
    4163 \fI\fIinit logon delayed hosts\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    4164 .sp
    4165 Example:
    4166 \fI\fIinit logon delayed hosts\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI150\&.203\&.5\&. myhost\&.mynet\&.de\fR\fI \fR
     4501\fI\fIinit logon delayed hosts\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4502.sp
     4503Example:
     4504\fI\fIinit logon delayed hosts\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC150\&.203\&.5\&. myhost\&.mynet\&.de\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    41674505.RE
    41684506
     
    41754513.sp
    41764514Default:
    4177 \fI\fIinit logon delay\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI100\fR\fI \fR
     4515\fI\fIinit logon delay\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC100\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    41784516.RE
    41794517
     
    42394577.sp
    42404578Default:
    4241 \fI\fIinterfaces\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    4242 .sp
    4243 Example:
    4244 \fI\fIinterfaces\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIeth0 192\&.168\&.2\&.10/24 192\&.168\&.3\&.10/255\&.255\&.255\&.0\fR\fI \fR
     4579\fI\fIinterfaces\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4580.sp
     4581Example:
     4582\fI\fIinterfaces\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCeth0 192\&.168\&.2\&.10/24 192\&.168\&.3\&.10/255\&.255\&.255\&.0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    42454583.RE
    42464584
     
    42654603.sp
    42664604Default:
    4267 \fI\fIinvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # no invalid users\fR\fI \fR
    4268 .sp
    4269 Example:
    4270 \fI\fIinvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIroot fred admin @wheel\fR\fI \fR
     4605\fI\fIinvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # no invalid users\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4606.sp
     4607Example:
     4608\fI\fIinvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCroot fred admin @wheel\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    42714609.RE
    42724610
     
    42814619.sp
    42824620If set, this option overrides the ServerName option in the CUPS
    4283 client\&.conf\&. This is necessary if you have virtual samba servers that connect to different CUPS daemons\&.
    4284 .sp
    4285 Default:
    4286 \fI\fIiprint server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI""\fR\fI \fR
    4287 .sp
    4288 Example:
    4289 \fI\fIiprint server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIMYCUPSSERVER\fR\fI \fR
     4621\FCclient\&.conf\F[]\&. This is necessary if you have virtual samba servers that connect to different CUPS daemons\&.
     4622.sp
     4623Default:
     4624\fI\fIiprint server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC""\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4625.sp
     4626Example:
     4627\fI\fIiprint server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCMYCUPSSERVER\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    42904628.RE
    42914629
     
    43024640.sp
    43034641Default:
    4304 \fI\fIkeepalive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI300\fR\fI \fR
    4305 .sp
    4306 Example:
    4307 \fI\fIkeepalive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI600\fR\fI \fR
     4642\fI\fIkeepalive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC300\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4643.sp
     4644Example:
     4645\fI\fIkeepalive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC600\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    43084646.RE
    43094647
     
    43674705.sp
    43684706Default:
    4369 \fI\fIkerberos method\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIsecrets only\fR\fI \fR
     4707\fI\fIkerberos method\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCsecrets only\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    43704708.RE
    43714709
     
    43794717.sp
    43804718Default:
    4381 \fI\fIkernel change notify\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     4719\fI\fIkernel change notify\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    43824720.RE
    43834721
     
    44024740.sp
    44034741Default:
    4404 \fI\fIkernel oplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     4742\fI\fIkernel oplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    44054743.RE
    44064744
     
    44164754.sp
    44174755When this parameter is set to
    4418 no
     4756\FCno\F[]
    44194757this will also result in sambaLMPassword in Samba\'s passdb being blanked after the next password change\&. As a result of that lanman clients won\'t be able to authenticate, even if lanman auth is reenabled later on\&.
    44204758.sp
    44214759Unlike the
    4422 encrypt passwords
     4760\FCencrypt passwords\F[]
    44234761option, this parameter cannot alter client behaviour, and the LANMAN response will still be sent over the network\&. See the
    4424 client lanman auth
     4762\FCclient lanman auth\F[]
    44254763to disable this for Samba\'s clients (such as smbclient)
    44264764.sp
    44274765If this option, and
    4428 ntlm auth
     4766\FCntlm auth\F[]
    44294767are both disabled, then only NTLMv2 logins will be permited\&. Not all clients support NTLMv2, and most will require special configuration to use it\&.
    44304768.sp
    44314769Default:
    4432 \fI\fIlanman auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     4770\fI\fIlanman auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    44334771.RE
    44344772
     
    44424780.sp
    44434781Default:
    4444 \fI\fIlarge readwrite\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     4782\fI\fIlarge readwrite\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    44454783.RE
    44464784
     
    44544792\m[blue]\fBldap admin dn\fR\m[]
    44554793is used in conjunction with the admin dn password stored in the
    4456 private/secrets\&.tdb
     4794\FCprivate/secrets\&.tdb\F[]
    44574795file\&. See the
    44584796\fBsmbpasswd\fR(8)
     
    44804818.sp
    44814819Default:
    4482 \fI\fIldap connection timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI2\fR\fI \fR
     4820\fI\fIldap connection timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC2\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    44834821.RE
    44844822
     
    44974835.sp
    44984836Default:
    4499 \fI\fIldap debug level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    4500 .sp
    4501 Example:
    4502 \fI\fIldap debug level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1\fR\fI \fR
     4837\fI\fIldap debug level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4838.sp
     4839Example:
     4840\fI\fIldap debug level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    45034841.RE
    45044842
     
    45124850.sp
    45134851Default:
    4514 \fI\fIldap debug threshold\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI10\fR\fI \fR
    4515 .sp
    4516 Example:
    4517 \fI\fIldap debug threshold\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI5\fR\fI \fR
     4852\fI\fIldap debug threshold\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC10\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4853.sp
     4854Example:
     4855\fI\fIldap debug threshold\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC5\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    45184856.RE
    45194857
     
    45254863.sp
    45264864Default:
    4527 \fI\fIldap delete dn\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     4865\fI\fIldap delete dn\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    45284866.RE
    45294867
     
    45414879.sp
    45424880Default:
    4543 \fI\fIldap deref\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
    4544 .sp
    4545 Example:
    4546 \fI\fIldap deref\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIsearching\fR\fI \fR
     4881\fI\fIldap deref\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4882.sp
     4883Example:
     4884\fI\fIldap deref\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCsearching\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    45474885.RE
    45484886
     
    45594897.sp
    45604898Default:
    4561 \fI\fIldap follow referral\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
    4562 .sp
    4563 Example:
    4564 \fI\fIldap follow referral\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIoff\fR\fI \fR
     4899\fI\fIldap follow referral\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4900.sp
     4901Example:
     4902\fI\fIldap follow referral\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCoff\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    45654903.RE
    45664904
     
    45764914.sp
    45774915Default:
    4578 \fI\fIldap group suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    4579 .sp
    4580 Example:
    4581 \fI\fIldap group suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIou=Groups\fR\fI \fR
     4916\fI\fIldap group suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4917.sp
     4918Example:
     4919\fI\fIldap group suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCou=Groups\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    45824920.RE
    45834921
     
    45934931.sp
    45944932Default:
    4595 \fI\fIldap idmap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    4596 .sp
    4597 Example:
    4598 \fI\fIldap idmap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIou=Idmap\fR\fI \fR
     4933\fI\fIldap idmap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4934.sp
     4935Example:
     4936\fI\fIldap idmap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCou=Idmap\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    45994937.RE
    46004938
     
    46104948.sp
    46114949Default:
    4612 \fI\fIldap machine suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    4613 .sp
    4614 Example:
    4615 \fI\fIldap machine suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIou=Computers\fR\fI \fR
     4950\fI\fIldap machine suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4951.sp
     4952Example:
     4953\fI\fIldap machine suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCou=Computers\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    46164954.RE
    46174955
     
    46254963.sp
    46264964Default:
    4627 \fI\fIldap page size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1024\fR\fI \fR
    4628 .sp
    4629 Example:
    4630 \fI\fIldap page size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI512\fR\fI \fR
     4965\fI\fIldap page size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1024\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4966.sp
     4967Example:
     4968\fI\fIldap page size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC512\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    46314969.RE
    46324970
     
    46785016.RE
    46795017Default:
    4680 \fI\fIldap passwd sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     5018\fI\fIldap passwd sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    46815019.RE
    46825020
     
    46925030.sp
    46935031Default:
    4694 \fI\fIldap replication sleep\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1000\fR\fI \fR
     5032\fI\fIldap replication sleep\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    46955033.RE
    46965034
     
    47025040.sp
    47035041To use this option, a basic ldap tree must be provided and the ldap suffix parameters must be properly configured\&. On virgin servers the default users and groups (Administrator, Guest, Domain Users, Domain Admins, Domain Guests) can be precreated with the command
    4704 net sam provision\&. To run this command the ldap server must be running, Winindd must be running and the smb\&.conf ldap options must be properly configured\&. The typical ldap setup used with the
     5042\FCnet sam provision\F[]\&. To run this command the ldap server must be running, Winindd must be running and the smb\&.conf ldap options must be properly configured\&. The typical ldap setup used with the
    47055043\m[blue]\fBldapsam:trusted = yes\fR\m[]
    47065044option is usually sufficient to use
     
    47135051.RS 4
    47145052.\}
     5053.fam C
     5054.ps -1
    47155055.nf
     5056.if t \{\
     5057.sp -1
     5058.\}
     5059.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     5060.sp -1
     5061
    47165062        encrypt passwords = true
    47175063        passdb backend = ldapsam
     
    47335079        idmap gid = 5000\-50000
    47345080       
     5081.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     5082.if t \{\
     5083.sp 1
     5084.\}
    47355085.fi
     5086.fam
     5087.ps +1
    47365088.if n \{\
    47375089.RE
     
    47435095.RS 4
    47445096.\}
     5097.fam C
     5098.ps -1
    47455099.nf
     5100.if t \{\
     5101.sp -1
     5102.\}
     5103.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     5104.sp -1
     5105
    47465106        dn: dc=samba,dc=org
    47475107        objectClass: top
     
    47785138        ou: computers
    47795139       
     5140.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     5141.if t \{\
     5142.sp 1
     5143.\}
    47805144.fi
     5145.fam
     5146.ps +1
    47815147.if n \{\
    47825148.RE
     
    47845150.sp
    47855151Default:
    4786 \fI\fIldapsam:editposix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     5152\fI\fIldapsam:editposix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    47875153.RE
    47885154
     
    48005166.sp
    48015167Default:
    4802 \fI\fIldapsam:trusted\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     5168\fI\fIldapsam:trusted\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    48035169.RE
    48045170
     
    48205186.sp
    48215187Default:
    4822 \fI\fIldap ssl ads\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     5188\fI\fIldap ssl ads\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    48235189.RE
    48245190
     
    48305196\fINOT\fR
    48315197related to Samba\'s previous SSL support which was enabled by specifying the
    4832 \-\-with\-ssl
     5198\FC\-\-with\-ssl\F[]
    48335199option to the
    4834 configure
     5200\FCconfigure\F[]
    48355201script\&.
    48365202.sp
     
    48855251.sp
    48865252Default:
    4887 \fI\fIldap ssl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIstart tls\fR\fI \fR
     5253\fI\fIldap ssl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCstart tls\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    48885254.RE
    48895255
     
    49025268.sp
    49035269Default:
    4904 \fI\fIldap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    4905 .sp
    4906 Example:
    4907 \fI\fIldap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIdc=samba,dc=org\fR\fI \fR
     5270\fI\fIldap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5271.sp
     5272Example:
     5273\fI\fIldap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCdc=samba,dc=org\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    49085274.RE
    49095275
     
    49155281.sp
    49165282Default:
    4917 \fI\fIldap timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI15\fR\fI \fR
     5283\fI\fIldap timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC15\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    49185284.RE
    49195285
     
    49295295.sp
    49305296Default:
    4931 \fI\fIldap user suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    4932 .sp
    4933 Example:
    4934 \fI\fIldap user suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIou=people\fR\fI \fR
     5297\fI\fIldap user suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5298.sp
     5299Example:
     5300\fI\fIldap user suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCou=people\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    49355301.RE
    49365302
     
    49595325.sp
    49605326Default:
    4961 \fI\fIlevel2 oplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     5327\fI\fIlevel2 oplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    49625328.RE
    49635329
     
    49835349.sp
    49845350Default:
    4985 \fI\fIlm announce\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
    4986 .sp
    4987 Example:
    4988 \fI\fIlm announce\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     5351\fI\fIlm announce\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5352.sp
     5353Example:
     5354\fI\fIlm announce\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    49895355.RE
    49905356
     
    50005366.sp
    50015367Default:
    5002 \fI\fIlm interval\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI60\fR\fI \fR
    5003 .sp
    5004 Example:
    5005 \fI\fIlm interval\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI120\fR\fI \fR
     5368\fI\fIlm interval\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC60\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5369.sp
     5370Example:
     5371\fI\fIlm interval\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC120\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    50065372.RE
    50075373
     
    50155381.sp
    50165382Default:
    5017 \fI\fIload printers\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     5383\fI\fIload printers\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    50185384.RE
    50195385
     
    50275393\fBno\fR
    50285394then
    5029 nmbd
     5395\FC nmbd\F[]
    50305396will not attempt to become a local master browser on a subnet and will also lose in all browsing elections\&. By default this value is set to
    50315397\fByes\fR\&. Setting this value to
     
    50345400\fIbecome\fR
    50355401the local master browser on a subnet, just that
    5036 nmbd
     5402\FCnmbd\F[]
    50375403will
    50385404\fIparticipate\fR
     
    50425408\fBno\fR
    50435409will cause
    5044 nmbd
     5410\FCnmbd\F[]
    50455411\fInever\fR
    50465412to become a local master browser\&.
    50475413.sp
    50485414Default:
    5049 \fI\fIlocal master\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     5415\fI\fIlocal master\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    50505416.RE
    50515417
     
    50695435.sp
    50705436Default:
    5071 \fI\fIlock directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI${prefix}/var/locks\fR\fI \fR
    5072 .sp
    5073 Example:
    5074 \fI\fIlock directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/var/run/samba/locks\fR\fI \fR
     5437\fI\fIlock directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC${prefix}/var/locks\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5438.sp
     5439Example:
     5440\fI\fIlock directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/var/run/samba/locks\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    50755441.RE
    50765442
     
    50825448.sp
    50835449If
    5084 locking = no, all lock and unlock requests will appear to succeed and all lock queries will report that the file in question is available for locking\&.
     5450\FClocking = no\F[], all lock and unlock requests will appear to succeed and all lock queries will report that the file in question is available for locking\&.
    50855451.sp
    50865452If
    5087 locking = yes, real locking will be performed by the server\&.
     5453\FClocking = yes\F[], real locking will be performed by the server\&.
    50885454.sp
    50895455This option
     
    51085474.sp
    51095475Default:
    5110 \fI\fIlock spin count\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     5476\fI\fIlock spin count\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    51115477.RE
    51125478
     
    51205486.sp
    51215487Default:
    5122 \fI\fIlock spin time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI200\fR\fI \fR
     5488\fI\fIlock spin time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC200\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    51235489.RE
    51245490
     
    51345500.sp
    51355501Example:
    5136 \fI\fIlog file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/var/log\&.%m\fR\fI \fR
     5502\fI\fIlog file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/var/log\&.%m\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    51375503.RE
    51385504
     
    51505516.RS 4
    51515517The value of the parameter (a astring) allows the debug level (logging level) to be specified in the
    5152 smb\&.conf
     5518\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    51535519file\&.
    51545520.sp
     
    53765742.RE
    53775743Default:
    5378 \fI\fIlog level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    5379 .sp
    5380 Example:
    5381 \fI\fIlog level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2\fR\fI \fR
     5744\fI\fIlog level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5745.sp
     5746Example:
     5747\fI\fIlog level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    53825748.RE
    53835749
     
    53925758.sp
    53935759Default:
    5394 \fI\fIlogon drive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    5395 .sp
    5396 Example:
    5397 \fI\fIlogon drive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIh:\fR\fI \fR
     5760\fI\fIlogon drive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5761.sp
     5762Example:
     5763\fI\fIlogon drive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCh:\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    53985764.RE
    53995765
     
    54055771.sp
    54065772
    5407 C:\e>\fBNET USE H: /HOME\fR
     5773\FCC:\e>\F[]\fBNET USE H: /HOME\fR
    54085774.sp
    54095775from a command prompt, for example\&.
     
    54145780.sp
    54155781
    5416 logon home = \e\e%N\e%U\eprofile
     5782\FClogon home = \e\e%N\e%U\eprofile\F[]
    54175783.sp
    54185784This tells Samba to return the above string, with substitutions made when a client requests the info, generally in a NetUserGetInfo request\&. Win9X clients truncate the info to \e\eserver\eshare when a user does
    5419 net use /home
     5785\FCnet use /home\F[]
    54205786but use the whole string when dealing with profiles\&.
    54215787.sp
     
    54245790was returned rather than
    54255791\fIlogon home\fR\&. This broke
    5426 net use /home
     5792\FCnet use /home\F[]
    54275793but allowed profiles outside the home directory\&. The current implementation is correct, and can be used for profiles if you use the above trick\&.
    54285794.sp
     
    54345800.sp
    54355801Default:
    5436 \fI\fIlogon home\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\e\e%N\e%U\fR\fI \fR
    5437 .sp
    5438 Example:
    5439 \fI\fIlogon home\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\e\eremote_smb_server\e%U\fR\fI \fR
     5802\fI\fIlogon home\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\e\e%N\e%U\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5803.sp
     5804Example:
     5805\fI\fIlogon home\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\e\eremote_smb_server\e%U\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    54405806.RE
    54415807
     
    54495815.sp
    54505816This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have separate logon scripts for each user or machine\&. It also specifies the directory from which the "Application Data",
    5451 desktop,
    5452 start menu,
    5453 network neighborhood,
    5454 programs
     5817\FCdesktop\F[],
     5818\FCstart menu\F[],
     5819\FCnetwork neighborhood\F[],
     5820\FCprograms\F[]
    54555821and other folders, and their contents, are loaded and displayed on your Windows NT client\&.
    54565822.sp
     
    54655831.\}
    54665832.RS 4
     5833.BM yellow
    54675834.it 1 an-trap
    54685835.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    54775844will break profile handling\&. Where the tdbsam or ldapsam passdb backend is used, at the time the user account is created the value configured for this parameter is written to the passdb backend and that value will over\-ride the parameter value present in the smb\&.conf file\&. Any error present in the passdb backend account record must be editted using the appropriate tool (pdbedit on the command\-line, or any other locally provided system tool)\&.
    54785845.sp .5v
     5846.EM yellow
    54795847.RE
    54805848Note that this option is only useful if Samba is set up as a domain controller\&.
     
    54885856.RS 4
    54895857.\}
     5858.fam C
     5859.ps -1
    54905860.nf
     5861.if t \{\
     5862.sp -1
     5863.\}
     5864.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     5865.sp -1
     5866
    54915867logon path = \e\ePROFILESERVER\ePROFILE\e%U
     5868.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     5869.if t \{\
     5870.sp 1
     5871.\}
    54925872.fi
     5873.fam
     5874.ps +1
    54935875.if n \{\
    54945876.RE
     
    54965878.sp
    54975879Default:
    5498 \fI\fIlogon path\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\e\e%N\e%U\eprofile\fR\fI \fR
     5880\fI\fIlogon path\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\e\e%N\e%U\eprofile\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    54995881.RE
    55005882
     
    55035885.PP
    55045886.RS 4
    5505 This parameter specifies the batch file (\&.bat) or NT command file (\&.cmd) to be downloaded and run on a machine when a user successfully logs in\&. The file must contain the DOS style CR/LF line endings\&. Using a DOS\-style editor to create the file is recommended\&.
     5887This parameter specifies the batch file (\FC\&.bat\F[]) or NT command file (\FC\&.cmd\F[]) to be downloaded and run on a machine when a user successfully logs in\&. The file must contain the DOS style CR/LF line endings\&. Using a DOS\-style editor to create the file is recommended\&.
    55065888.sp
    55075889The script must be a relative path to the
     
    55105892\m[blue]\fBpath\fR\m[]
    55115893of
    5512 /usr/local/samba/netlogon, and
     5894\FC/usr/local/samba/netlogon\F[], and
    55135895\m[blue]\fBlogon script = STARTUP\&.BAT\fR\m[], then the file that will be downloaded is:
    55145896.sp
     
    55165898.RS 4
    55175899.\}
     5900.fam C
     5901.ps -1
    55185902.nf
     5903.if t \{\
     5904.sp -1
     5905.\}
     5906.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     5907.sp -1
     5908
    55195909        /usr/local/samba/netlogon/STARTUP\&.BAT
     5910.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     5911.if t \{\
     5912.sp 1
     5913.\}
    55205914.fi
     5915.fam
     5916.ps +1
    55215917.if n \{\
    55225918.RE
     
    55245920.sp
    55255921The contents of the batch file are entirely your choice\&. A suggested command would be to add
    5526 NET TIME \e\eSERVER /SET /YES, to force every machine to synchronize clocks with the same time server\&. Another use would be to add
    5527 NET USE U: \e\eSERVER\eUTILS
     5922\FCNET TIME \e\eSERVER /SET /YES\F[], to force every machine to synchronize clocks with the same time server\&. Another use would be to add
     5923\FCNET USE U: \e\eSERVER\eUTILS\F[]
    55285924for commonly used utilities, or
    55295925.sp
     
    55315927.RS 4
    55325928.\}
     5929.fam C
     5930.ps -1
    55335931.nf
     5932.if t \{\
     5933.sp -1
     5934.\}
     5935.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     5936.sp -1
     5937
    55345938\fBNET USE Q: \e\eSERVER\eISO9001_QA\fR
     5939.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     5940.if t \{\
     5941.sp 1
     5942.\}
    55355943.fi
     5944.fam
     5945.ps +1
    55365946.if n \{\
    55375947.RE
     
    55475957.sp
    55485958Default:
    5549 \fI\fIlogon script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    5550 .sp
    5551 Example:
    5552 \fI\fIlogon script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIscripts\e%U\&.bat\fR\fI \fR
     5959\fI\fIlogon script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5960.sp
     5961Example:
     5962\fI\fIlogon script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCscripts\e%U\&.bat\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    55535963.RE
    55545964
     
    55735983.sp
    55745984Default:
    5575 \fI\fIlppause command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # Currently no default value is given to this string, unless the value of the \m[blue]\fBprinting\fR\m[] parameter is \fBSYSV\fR, in which case the default is : lp \-i %p\-%j \-H hold or if the value of the \fIprinting\fR parameter is \fBSOFTQ\fR, then the default is: qstat \-s \-j%j \-h\&. \fR\fI \fR
    5576 .sp
    5577 Example:
    5578 \fI\fIlppause command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/bin/lpalt %p\-%j \-p0\fR\fI \fR
     5985\fI\fIlppause command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # Currently no default value is given to this string, unless the value of the \m[blue]\fBprinting\fR\m[] parameter is \fBSYSV\fR, in which case the default is : \FClp \-i %p\-%j \-H hold\F[] or if the value of the \fIprinting\fR parameter is \fBSOFTQ\fR, then the default is: \FCqstat \-s \-j%j \-h\F[]\&. \F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5986.sp
     5987Example:
     5988\fI\fIlppause command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/bin/lpalt %p\-%j \-p0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    55795989.RE
    55805990
     
    55845994.RS 4
    55855995This controls how long lpq info will be cached for to prevent the
    5586 lpq
     5996\FClpq\F[]
    55875997command being called too often\&. A separate cache is kept for each variation of the
    5588 lpq
     5998\FC lpq\F[]
    55895999command used by the system, so if you use different
    5590 lpq
     6000\FClpq\F[]
    55916001commands for different users then they won\'t share cache information\&.
    55926002.sp
    55936003The cache files are stored in
    5594 /tmp/lpq\&.xxxx
     6004\FC/tmp/lpq\&.xxxx\F[]
    55956005where xxxx is a hash of the
    5596 lpq
     6006\FClpq\F[]
    55976007command in use\&.
    55986008.sp
    55996009The default is 30 seconds, meaning that the cached results of a previous identical
    5600 lpq
     6010\FClpq\F[]
    56016011command will be used if the cached data is less than 30 seconds old\&. A large value may be advisable if your
    5602 lpq
     6012\FClpq\F[]
    56036013command is very slow\&.
    56046014.sp
     
    56066016.sp
    56076017Default:
    5608 \fI\fIlpq cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI30\fR\fI \fR
    5609 .sp
    5610 Example:
    5611 \fI\fIlpq cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI10\fR\fI \fR
     6018\fI\fIlpq cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC30\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6019.sp
     6020Example:
     6021\fI\fIlpq cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC10\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    56126022.RE
    56136023
     
    56176027.RS 4
    56186028This parameter specifies the command to be executed on the server host in order to obtain
    5619 lpq\-style printer status information\&.
     6029\FClpq \F[]\-style printer status information\&.
    56206030.sp
    56216031This command should be a program or script which takes a printer name as its only parameter and outputs printer status information\&.
     
    56406050.sp
    56416051Default:
    5642 \fI\fIlpq command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    5643 .sp
    5644 Example:
    5645 \fI\fIlpq command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/bin/lpq \-P%p\fR\fI \fR
     6052\fI\fIlpq command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6053.sp
     6054Example:
     6055\fI\fIlpq command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/bin/lpq \-P%p\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    56466056.RE
    56476057
     
    56756085\fBSYSV\fR, in which case the default is:
    56766086.sp
    5677 lp \-i %p\-%j \-H resume
     6087\FClp \-i %p\-%j \-H resume\F[]
    56786088.sp
    56796089or if the value of the
     
    56826092\fBSOFTQ\fR, then the default is:
    56836093.sp
    5684 qstat \-s \-j%j \-r
     6094\FCqstat \-s \-j%j \-r\F[]
    56856095.sp
    56866096\fINo default\fR
    56876097.sp
    56886098Example:
    5689 \fI\fIlpresume command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/bin/lpalt %p\-%j \-p2\fR\fI \fR
     6099\fI\fIlpresume command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/bin/lpalt %p\-%j \-p2\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    56906100.RE
    56916101
     
    57136123.RS 4
    57146124.\}
     6125.fam C
     6126.ps -1
    57156127.nf
     6128.if t \{\
     6129.sp -1
     6130.\}
     6131.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     6132.sp -1
     6133
    57166134lprm command = /usr/bin/lprm \-P%p %j
    57176135
     
    57196137
    57206138lprm command = /usr/bin/cancel %p\-%j
     6139.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     6140.if t \{\
     6141.sp 1
     6142.\}
    57216143.fi
     6144.fam
     6145.ps +1
    57226146.if n \{\
    57236147.RE
     
    57256149.sp
    57266150Default:
    5727 \fI\fIlprm command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI determined by printing parameter\fR\fI \fR
     6151\fI\fIlprm command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC determined by printing parameter\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    57286152.RE
    57296153
     
    57356159\m[blue]\fBsecurity = domain\fR\m[]
    57366160parameter) then periodically a running smbd process will try and change the MACHINE ACCOUNT PASSWORD stored in the TDB called
    5737 private/secrets\&.tdb\&. This parameter specifies how often this password will be changed, in seconds\&. The default is one week (expressed in seconds), the same as a Windows NT Domain member server\&.
     6161\FCprivate/secrets\&.tdb \F[]\&. This parameter specifies how often this password will be changed, in seconds\&. The default is one week (expressed in seconds), the same as a Windows NT Domain member server\&.
    57386162.sp
    57396163See also
     
    57436167.sp
    57446168Default:
    5745 \fI\fImachine password timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI604800\fR\fI \fR
     6169\fI\fImachine password timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC604800\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    57466170.RE
    57476171
     
    57576181.\}
    57586182.RS 4
     6183.BM yellow
    57596184.it 1 an-trap
    57606185.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    57696194in the same directory the output file content is undefined\&.
    57706195.sp .5v
    5771 .RE
    5772 Default:
    5773 \fI\fImagic output\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI<magic script name>\&.out\fR\fI \fR
    5774 .sp
    5775 Example:
    5776 \fI\fImagic output\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fImyfile\&.txt\fR\fI \fR
     6196.EM yellow
     6197.RE
     6198Default:
     6199\fI\fImagic output\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC<magic script name>\&.out\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6200.sp
     6201Example:
     6202\fI\fImagic output\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCmyfile\&.txt\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    57776203.RE
    57786204
     
    58006226.sp
    58016227Default:
    5802 \fI\fImagic script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    5803 .sp
    5804 Example:
    5805 \fI\fImagic script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIuser\&.csh\fR\fI \fR
     6228\fI\fImagic script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6229.sp
     6230Example:
     6231\fI\fImagic script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCuser\&.csh\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    58066232.RE
    58076233
     
    58626288.sp
    58636289Default:
    5864 \fI\fImangled names\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     6290\fI\fImangled names\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    58656291.RE
    58666292
     
    58746300.sp
    58756301Default:
    5876 \fI\fImangle prefix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1\fR\fI \fR
    5877 .sp
    5878 Example:
    5879 \fI\fImangle prefix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI4\fR\fI \fR
     6302\fI\fImangle prefix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6303.sp
     6304Example:
     6305\fI\fImangle prefix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC4\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    58806306.RE
    58816307
     
    58906316.sp
    58916317Default:
    5892 \fI\fImangling char\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI~\fR\fI \fR
    5893 .sp
    5894 Example:
    5895 \fI\fImangling char\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI^\fR\fI \fR
     6318\fI\fImangling char\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC~\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6319.sp
     6320Example:
     6321\fI\fImangling char\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC^\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    58966322.RE
    58976323
     
    59036329.sp
    59046330Default:
    5905 \fI\fImangling method\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIhash2\fR\fI \fR
    5906 .sp
    5907 Example:
    5908 \fI\fImangling method\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIhash\fR\fI \fR
     6331\fI\fImangling method\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FChash2\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6332.sp
     6333Example:
     6334\fI\fImangling method\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FChash\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    59096335.RE
    59106336
     
    59186344.sp
    59196345Default:
    5920 \fI\fImap acl inherit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     6346\fI\fImap acl inherit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    59216347.RE
    59226348
     
    59346360.sp
    59356361Default:
    5936 \fI\fImap archive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     6362\fI\fImap archive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    59376363.RE
    59386364
     
    60166442.RE
    60176443Default:
    6018 \fI\fImap readonly\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     6444\fI\fImap readonly\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    60196445.RE
    60206446
     
    60326458.sp
    60336459Default:
    6034 \fI\fImap system\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     6460\fI\fImap system\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    60356461.RE
    60366462
     
    61226548.sp
    61236549Default:
    6124 \fI\fImap to guest\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINever\fR\fI \fR
    6125 .sp
    6126 Example:
    6127 \fI\fImap to guest\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIBad User\fR\fI \fR
     6550\fI\fImap to guest\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNever\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6551.sp
     6552Example:
     6553\fI\fImap to guest\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCBad User\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    61286554.RE
    61296555
     
    61416567.sp
    61426568Default:
    6143 \fI\fImap untrusted to domain\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     6569\fI\fImap untrusted to domain\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    61446570.RE
    61456571
     
    61576583.sp
    61586584Default:
    6159 \fI\fImax connections\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    6160 .sp
    6161 Example:
    6162 \fI\fImax connections\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI10\fR\fI \fR
     6585\fI\fImax connections\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6586.sp
     6587Example:
     6588\fI\fImax connections\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC10\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    61636589.RE
    61646590
     
    61796605.sp
    61806606Default:
    6181 \fI\fImax disk size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    6182 .sp
    6183 Example:
    6184 \fI\fImax disk size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1000\fR\fI \fR
     6607\fI\fImax disk size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6608.sp
     6609Example:
     6610\fI\fImax disk size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    61856611.RE
    61866612
     
    61906616.RS 4
    61916617This option (an integer in kilobytes) specifies the max size the log file should grow to\&. Samba periodically checks the size and if it is exceeded it will rename the file, adding a
    6192 \&.old
     6618\FC\&.old\F[]
    61936619extension\&.
    61946620.sp
     
    61966622.sp
    61976623Default:
    6198 \fI\fImax log size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI5000\fR\fI \fR
    6199 .sp
    6200 Example:
    6201 \fI\fImax log size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1000\fR\fI \fR
     6624\fI\fImax log size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC5000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6625.sp
     6626Example:
     6627\fI\fImax log size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    62026628.RE
    62036629
     
    62096635.sp
    62106636Default:
    6211 \fI\fImax mux\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI50\fR\fI \fR
     6637\fI\fImax mux\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC50\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    62126638.RE
    62136639
     
    62236649.sp
    62246650Default:
    6225 \fI\fImax open files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI16404\fR\fI \fR
     6651\fI\fImax open files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC16404\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    62266652.RE
    62276653
     
    62356661.sp
    62366662Default:
    6237 \fI\fImax print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1000\fR\fI \fR
    6238 .sp
    6239 Example:
    6240 \fI\fImax print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI5000\fR\fI \fR
     6663\fI\fImax print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6664.sp
     6665Example:
     6666\fI\fImax print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC5000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    62416667.RE
    62426668
     
    63286754.sp
    63296755Default:
    6330 \fI\fImax protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINT1\fR\fI \fR
    6331 .sp
    6332 Example:
    6333 \fI\fImax protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fILANMAN1\fR\fI \fR
     6756\fI\fImax protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNT1\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6757.sp
     6758Example:
     6759\fI\fImax protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCLANMAN1\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    63346760.RE
    63356761
     
    63416767.sp
    63426768Default:
    6343 \fI\fImax reported print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    6344 .sp
    6345 Example:
    6346 \fI\fImax reported print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1000\fR\fI \fR
     6769\fI\fImax reported print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6770.sp
     6771Example:
     6772\fI\fImax reported print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    63476773.RE
    63486774
     
    63586784.sp
    63596785Default:
    6360 \fI\fImax smbd processes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    6361 .sp
    6362 Example:
    6363 \fI\fImax smbd processes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1000\fR\fI \fR
     6786\fI\fImax smbd processes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6787.sp
     6788Example:
     6789\fI\fImax smbd processes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    63646790.RE
    63656791
     
    63736799.sp
    63746800Default:
    6375 \fI\fImax stat cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI256\fR\fI \fR
    6376 .sp
    6377 Example:
    6378 \fI\fImax stat cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI100\fR\fI \fR
     6801\fI\fImax stat cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC256\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6802.sp
     6803Example:
     6804\fI\fImax stat cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC100\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    63796805.RE
    63806806
     
    63866812\fBnmbd\fR(8)
    63876813what the default \'time to live\' of NetBIOS names should be (in seconds) when
    6388 nmbd
     6814\FCnmbd\F[]
    63896815is requesting a name using either a broadcast packet or from a WINS server\&. You should never need to change this parameter\&. The default is 3 days\&.
    63906816.sp
    63916817Default:
    6392 \fI\fImax ttl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI259200\fR\fI \fR
     6818\fI\fImax ttl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC259200\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    63936819.RE
    63946820
     
    64006826\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    64016827when acting as a WINS server (\m[blue]\fBwins support = yes\fR\m[]) what the maximum \'time to live\' of NetBIOS names that
    6402 nmbd
     6828\FCnmbd\F[]
    64036829will grant will be (in seconds)\&. You should never need to change this parameter\&. The default is 6 days (518400 seconds)\&.
    64046830.sp
    64056831Default:
    6406 \fI\fImax wins ttl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI518400\fR\fI \fR
     6832\fI\fImax wins ttl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC518400\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    64076833.RE
    64086834
     
    64146840.sp
    64156841Default:
    6416 \fI\fImax xmit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI16644\fR\fI \fR
    6417 .sp
    6418 Example:
    6419 \fI\fImax xmit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI8192\fR\fI \fR
     6842\fI\fImax xmit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC16644\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6843.sp
     6844Example:
     6845\fI\fImax xmit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC8192\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    64206846.RE
    64216847
     
    64336859.RS 4
    64346860.\}
     6861.fam C
     6862.ps -1
    64356863.nf
    6436 message command = csh \-c \'xedit %s;rm %s\' &
     6864.if t \{\
     6865.sp -1
     6866.\}
     6867.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     6868.sp -1
     6869
     6870\FCmessage command = csh \-c \'xedit %s;rm %s\' &\F[]
     6871.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     6872.if t \{\
     6873.sp 1
     6874.\}
    64376875.fi
     6876.fam
     6877.ps +1
    64386878.if n \{\
    64396879.RE
     
    64416881.sp
    64426882This delivers the message using
    6443 xedit, then removes it afterwards\&.
     6883\FCxedit\F[], then removes it afterwards\&.
    64446884\fINOTE THAT IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT THIS COMMAND RETURN IMMEDIATELY\fR\&. That\'s why I have the \'&\' on the end\&. If it doesn\'t return immediately then your PCs may freeze when sending messages (they should recover after 30 seconds, hopefully)\&.
    64456885.sp
     
    64946934.RS 4
    64956935.\}
     6936.fam C
     6937.ps -1
    64966938.nf
    6497 message command = /bin/mail \-s \'message from %f on %m\' root < %s; rm %s
     6939.if t \{\
     6940.sp -1
     6941.\}
     6942.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     6943.sp -1
     6944
     6945\FCmessage command = /bin/mail \-s \'message from %f on %m\' root < %s; rm %s\F[]
     6946.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     6947.if t \{\
     6948.sp 1
     6949.\}
    64986950.fi
     6951.fam
     6952.ps +1
    64996953.if n \{\
    65006954.RE
     
    65086962.RS 4
    65096963.\}
     6964.fam C
     6965.ps -1
    65106966.nf
    6511 message command = rm %s
     6967.if t \{\
     6968.sp -1
     6969.\}
     6970.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     6971.sp -1
     6972
     6973\FCmessage command = rm %s\F[]
     6974.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     6975.if t \{\
     6976.sp 1
     6977.\}
    65126978.fi
     6979.fam
     6980.ps +1
    65136981.if n \{\
    65146982.RE
     
    65166984.sp
    65176985Default:
    6518 \fI\fImessage command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    6519 .sp
    6520 Example:
    6521 \fI\fImessage command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIcsh \-c \'xedit %s; rm %s\' &\fR\fI \fR
     6986\fI\fImessage command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6987.sp
     6988Example:
     6989\fI\fImessage command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCcsh \-c \'xedit %s; rm %s\' &\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    65226990.RE
    65236991
     
    65296997.sp
    65306998Default:
    6531 \fI\fImin print space\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    6532 .sp
    6533 Example:
    6534 \fI\fImin print space\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI2000\fR\fI \fR
     6999\fI\fImin print space\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7000.sp
     7001Example:
     7002\fI\fImin print space\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC2000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    65357003.RE
    65367004
     
    65427010\m[blue]\fBmax protocol\fR\m[]
    65437011parameter for a list of valid protocol names and a brief description of each\&. You may also wish to refer to the C source code in
    6544 source/smbd/negprot\&.c
     7012\FCsource/smbd/negprot\&.c\F[]
    65457013for a listing of known protocol dialects supported by clients\&.
    65467014.sp
     
    65507018.sp
    65517019Default:
    6552 \fI\fImin protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fICORE\fR\fI \fR
    6553 .sp
    6554 Example:
    6555 \fI\fImin protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINT1\fR\fI \fR
     7020\fI\fImin protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCCORE\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7021.sp
     7022Example:
     7023\fI\fImin protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNT1\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    65567024.RE
    65577025
     
    65697037.sp
    65707038Default:
    6571 \fI\fImin receivefile size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     7039\fI\fImin receivefile size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    65727040.RE
    65737041
     
    65797047\fBnmbd\fR(8)
    65807048when acting as a WINS server (\m[blue]\fBwins support = yes\fR\m[]) what the minimum \'time to live\' of NetBIOS names that
    6581 nmbd
     7049\FCnmbd\F[]
    65827050will grant will be (in seconds)\&. You should never need to change this parameter\&. The default is 6 hours (21600 seconds)\&.
    65837051.sp
    65847052Default:
    6585 \fI\fImin wins ttl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI21600\fR\fI \fR
     7053\fI\fImin wins ttl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC21600\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    65867054.RE
    65877055
     
    66017069.sp
    66027070Example:
    6603 \fI\fImsdfs proxy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\eotherserver\esomeshare\fR\fI \fR
     7071\fI\fImsdfs proxy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\eotherserver\esomeshare\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    66047072.RE
    66057073
     
    66107078If set to
    66117079\fByes\fR, Samba treats the share as a Dfs root and allows clients to browse the distributed file system tree rooted at the share directory\&. Dfs links are specified in the share directory by symbolic links of the form
    6612 msdfs:serverA\e\eshareA,serverB\e\eshareB
     7080\FCmsdfs:serverA\e\eshareA,serverB\e\eshareB\F[]
    66137081and so on\&. For more information on setting up a Dfs tree on Samba, refer to the MSDFS chapter in the Samba3\-HOWTO book\&.
    66147082.sp
    66157083Default:
    6616 \fI\fImsdfs root\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     7084\fI\fImsdfs root\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    66177085.RE
    66187086
     
    66247092.sp
    66257093Default:
    6626 \fI\fIname cache timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI660\fR\fI \fR
    6627 .sp
    6628 Example:
    6629 \fI\fIname cache timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     7094\fI\fIname cache timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC660\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7095.sp
     7096Example:
     7097\fI\fIname cache timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    66307098.RE
    66317099
     
    66627130\fBhost\fR
    66637131: Do a standard host name to IP address resolution, using the system
    6664 /etc/hosts, NIS, or DNS lookups\&. This method of name resolution is operating system depended for instance on IRIX or Solaris this may be controlled by the
    6665 /etc/nsswitch\&.conf
     7132\FC/etc/hosts \F[], NIS, or DNS lookups\&. This method of name resolution is operating system depended for instance on IRIX or Solaris this may be controlled by the
     7133\FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\F[]
    66667134file\&. Note that this method is used only if the NetBIOS name type being queried is the 0x20 (server) name type or 0x1c (domain controllers)\&. The latter case is only useful for active directory domains and results in a DNS query for the SRV RR entry matching _ldap\&._tcp\&.domain\&.
    66677135.RE
     
    66977165The example below will cause the local lmhosts file to be examined first, followed by a broadcast attempt, followed by a normal system hostname lookup\&.
    66987166.sp
    6699 When Samba is functioning in ADS security mode (security = ads) it is advised to use following settings for
     7167When Samba is functioning in ADS security mode (\FCsecurity = ads\F[]) it is advised to use following settings for
    67007168\fIname resolve order\fR:
    67017169.sp
    6702 name resolve order = wins bcast
     7170\FCname resolve order = wins bcast\F[]
    67037171.sp
    67047172DC lookups will still be done via DNS, but fallbacks to netbios names will not inundate your DNS servers with needless querys for DOMAIN<0x1c> lookups\&.
    67057173.sp
    67067174Default:
    6707 \fI\fIname resolve order\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIlmhosts host wins bcast\fR\fI \fR
    6708 .sp
    6709 Example:
    6710 \fI\fIname resolve order\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIlmhosts bcast host\fR\fI \fR
     7175\fI\fIname resolve order\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FClmhosts host wins bcast\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7176.sp
     7177Example:
     7178\fI\fIname resolve order\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FClmhosts bcast host\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    67117179.RE
    67127180
     
    67187186.sp
    67197187Default:
    6720 \fI\fInetbios aliases\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # empty string (no additional names)\fR\fI \fR
    6721 .sp
    6722 Example:
    6723 \fI\fInetbios aliases\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fITEST TEST1 TEST2\fR\fI \fR
     7188\fI\fInetbios aliases\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # empty string (no additional names)\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7189.sp
     7190Example:
     7191\fI\fInetbios aliases\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCTEST TEST1 TEST2\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    67247192.RE
    67257193
     
    67317199.sp
    67327200There is a bug in Samba\-3 that breaks operation of browsing and access to shares if the netbios name is set to the literal name
    6733 PIPE\&. To avoid this problem, do not name your Samba\-3 server
    6734 PIPE\&.
    6735 .sp
    6736 Default:
    6737 \fI\fInetbios name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # machine DNS name\fR\fI \fR
    6738 .sp
    6739 Example:
    6740 \fI\fInetbios name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIMYNAME\fR\fI \fR
     7201\FCPIPE\F[]\&. To avoid this problem, do not name your Samba\-3 server
     7202\FCPIPE\F[]\&.
     7203.sp
     7204Default:
     7205\fI\fInetbios name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # machine DNS name\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7206.sp
     7207Example:
     7208\fI\fInetbios name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCMYNAME\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    67417209.RE
    67427210
     
    67487216.sp
    67497217Default:
    6750 \fI\fInetbios scope\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     7218\fI\fInetbios scope\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    67517219.RE
    67527220
     
    67667234.sp
    67677235Default:
    6768 \fI\fInis homedir\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     7236\fI\fInis homedir\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    67697237.RE
    67707238
     
    67807248.sp
    67817249Default:
    6782 \fI\fInmbd bind explicit broadcast\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     7250\fI\fInmbd bind explicit broadcast\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    67837251.RE
    67847252
     
    67927260.sp
    67937261Default:
    6794 \fI\fInt acl support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     7262\fI\fInt acl support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    67957263.RE
    67967264
     
    68047272.sp
    68057273If this option, and
    6806 lanman auth
     7274\FClanman auth\F[]
    68077275are both disabled, then only NTLMv2 logins will be permited\&. Not all clients support NTLMv2, and most will require special configuration to use it\&.
    68087276.sp
    68097277Default:
    6810 \fI\fIntlm auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     7278\fI\fIntlm auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    68117279.RE
    68127280
     
    68227290.sp
    68237291Default:
    6824 \fI\fInt pipe support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     7292\fI\fInt pipe support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    68257293.RE
    68267294
     
    68387306.sp
    68397307Default:
    6840 \fI\fInt status support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     7308\fI\fInt status support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    68417309.RE
    68427310
     
    68517319.sp
    68527320Default:
    6853 \fI\fInull passwords\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     7321\fI\fInull passwords\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    68547322.RE
    68557323
     
    68627330.sp
    68637331Default:
    6864 \fI\fIobey pam restrictions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     7332\fI\fIobey pam restrictions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    68657333.RE
    68667334
     
    68787346.sp
    68797347Note that this also means Samba won\'t try to deduce usernames from the service name\&. This can be annoying for the [homes] section\&. To get around this you could use
    6880 user = %S
     7348\FCuser = %S\F[]
    68817349which means your
    68827350\fIuser\fR
     
    68847352.sp
    68857353Default:
    6886 \fI\fIonly user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     7354\fI\fIonly user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    68877355.RE
    68887356
     
    68967364.\}
    68977365.RS 4
     7366.BM yellow
    68987367.it 1 an-trap
    68997368.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    69067375DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE\&.
    69077376.sp .5v
    6908 .RE
    6909 Default:
    6910 \fI\fIoplock break wait time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     7377.EM yellow
     7378.RE
     7379Default:
     7380\fI\fIoplock break wait time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    69117381.RE
    69127382
     
    69237393In brief it specifies a number, which causes
    69247394\fBsmbd\fR(8)not to grant an oplock even when requested if the approximate number of clients contending for an oplock on the same file goes over this limit\&. This causes
    6925 smbd
     7395\FCsmbd\F[]
    69267396to behave in a similar way to Windows NT\&.
    69277397.if n \{\
     
    69297399.\}
    69307400.RS 4
     7401.BM yellow
    69317402.it 1 an-trap
    69327403.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    69397410DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE\&.
    69407411.sp .5v
    6941 .RE
    6942 Default:
    6943 \fI\fIoplock contention limit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI2\fR\fI \fR
     7412.EM yellow
     7413.RE
     7414Default:
     7415\fI\fIoplock contention limit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC2\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    69447416.RE
    69457417
     
    69497421.RS 4
    69507422This boolean option tells
    6951 smbd
     7423\FCsmbd\F[]
    69527424whether to issue oplocks (opportunistic locks) to file open requests on this share\&. The oplock code can dramatically (approx\&. 30% or more) improve the speed of access to files on Samba servers\&. It allows the clients to aggressively cache files locally and you may want to disable this option for unreliable network environments (it is turned on by default in Windows NT Servers)\&.
    69537425.sp
     
    69597431.sp
    69607432Default:
    6961 \fI\fIoplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     7433\fI\fIoplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    69627434.RE
    69637435
     
    69717443.sp
    69727444For example, a valid entry using the HP LaserJet 5 printer driver would appear as
    6973 HP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET\&.HP LaserJet 5L\&.
     7445\FCHP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET\&.HP LaserJet 5L\F[]\&.
    69747446.sp
    69757447The need for the file is due to the printer driver namespace problem described in the chapter on Classical Printing in the Samba3\-HOWTO book\&. For more details on OS/2 clients, please refer to chapter on other clients in the Samba3\-HOWTO book\&.
    69767448.sp
    69777449Default:
    6978 \fI\fIos2 driver map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     7450\fI\fIos2 driver map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    69797451.RE
    69807452
     
    69957467.sp
    69967468Default:
    6997 \fI\fIos level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI20\fR\fI \fR
    6998 .sp
    6999 Example:
    7000 \fI\fIos level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI65\fR\fI \fR
     7469\fI\fIos level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC20\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7470.sp
     7471Example:
     7472\fI\fIos level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC65\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    70017473.RE
    70027474
     
    70117483.sp
    70127484Default:
    7013 \fI\fIpam password change\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     7485\fI\fIpam password change\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    70147486.RE
    70157487
     
    70257497.sp
    70267498Default:
    7027 \fI\fIpanic action\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    7028 .sp
    7029 Example:
    7030 \fI\fIpanic action\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI"/bin/sleep 90000"\fR\fI \fR
     7499\fI\fIpanic action\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7500.sp
     7501Example:
     7502\fI\fIpanic action\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC"/bin/sleep 90000"\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    70317503.RE
    70327504
     
    70407512.sp
    70417513Default:
    7042 \fI\fIparanoid server security\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     7514\fI\fIparanoid server security\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    70437515.RE
    70447516
     
    70617533.IP \(bu 2.3
    70627534.\}
    7063 smbpasswd
     7535\FCsmbpasswd\F[]
    70647536\- The old plaintext passdb backend\&. Some Samba features will not work if this passdb backend is used\&. Takes a path to the smbpasswd file as an optional argument\&.
    70657537.RE
     
    70737545.IP \(bu 2.3
    70747546.\}
    7075 tdbsam
     7547\FCtdbsam\F[]
    70767548\- The TDB based password storage backend\&. Takes a path to the TDB as an optional argument (defaults to passdb\&.tdb in the
    70777549\m[blue]\fBprivate dir\fR\m[]
     
    70877559.IP \(bu 2.3
    70887560.\}
    7089 ldapsam
     7561\FCldapsam\F[]
    70907562\- The LDAP based passdb backend\&. Takes an LDAP URL as an optional argument (defaults to
    7091 ldap://localhost)
     7563\FCldap://localhost\F[])
    70927564.sp
    70937565LDAP connections should be secured where possible\&. This may be done using either Start\-TLS (see
     
    71057577.RS 4
    71067578.\}
     7579.fam C
     7580.ps -1
    71077581.nf
     7582.if t \{\
     7583.sp -1
     7584.\}
     7585.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     7586.sp -1
     7587
    71087588passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/private/passdb\&.tdb
    71097589
     
    71157595
    71167596passdb backend = ldapsam:"ldap://ldap\-1\&.example\&.com ldap\-2\&.example\&.com"
     7597.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     7598.if t \{\
     7599.sp 1
     7600.\}
    71177601.fi
     7602.fam
     7603.ps +1
    71187604.if n \{\
    71197605.RE
     
    71217607.sp
    71227608Default:
    7123 \fI\fIpassdb backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fItdbsam\fR\fI \fR
     7609\fI\fIpassdb backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCtdbsam\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    71247610.RE
    71257611
     
    71317617.sp
    71327618Default:
    7133 \fI\fIpassdb expand explicit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     7619\fI\fIpassdb expand explicit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    71347620.RE
    71357621
     
    71457631\m[blue]\fBdebug level\fR\m[]
    71467632of 100\&. This is a dangerous option as it will allow plaintext passwords to be seen in the
    7147 smbd
     7633\FCsmbd\F[]
    71487634log\&. It is available to help Samba admins debug their
    71497635\fIpasswd chat\fR
     
    71557641.sp
    71567642Default:
    7157 \fI\fIpasswd chat debug\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     7643\fI\fIpasswd chat debug\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    71587644.RE
    71597645
     
    71657651.sp
    71667652Default:
    7167 \fI\fIpasswd chat timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI2\fR\fI \fR
     7653\fI\fIpasswd chat timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC2\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    71687654.RE
    71697655
     
    72077693.sp
    72087694Default:
    7209 \fI\fIpasswd chat\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI*new*password* %n\en*new*password* %n\en *changed*\fR\fI \fR
    7210 .sp
    7211 Example:
    7212 \fI\fIpasswd chat\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI"*Enter NEW password*" %n\en "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\en "*Password changed*"\fR\fI \fR
     7695\fI\fIpasswd chat\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC*new*password* %n\en*new*password* %n\en *changed*\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7696.sp
     7697Example:
     7698\fI\fIpasswd chat\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC"*Enter NEW password*" %n\en "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\en "*Password changed*"\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    72137699.RE
    72147700
     
    72337719\fIAS ROOT\fR
    72347720before the SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed\&. If this UNIX password change fails, then
    7235 smbd
     7721\FCsmbd\F[]
    72367722will fail to change the SMB password also (this is by design)\&.
    72377723.sp
     
    72487734.sp
    72497735Default:
    7250 \fI\fIpasswd program\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    7251 .sp
    7252 Example:
    7253 \fI\fIpasswd program\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/bin/passwd %u\fR\fI \fR
     7736\fI\fIpasswd program\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7737.sp
     7738Example:
     7739\fI\fIpasswd program\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/bin/passwd %u\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    72547740.RE
    72557741
     
    72847770.sp
    72857771Default:
    7286 \fI\fIpassword level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    7287 .sp
    7288 Example:
    7289 \fI\fIpassword level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI4\fR\fI \fR
     7772\fI\fIpassword level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7773.sp
     7774Example:
     7775\fI\fIpassword level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC4\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    72907776.RE
    72917777
     
    72957781.RS 4
    72967782By specifying the name of another SMB server or Active Directory domain controller with this option, and using
    7297 security = [ads|domain|server]
     7783\FCsecurity = [ads|domain|server]\F[]
    72987784it is possible to get Samba to do all its username/password validation using a specific remote server\&.
    72997785.sp
     
    73097795.\}
    73107796.RS 4
     7797.BM yellow
    73117798.it 1 an-trap
    73127799.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    73207807\fIDO NOT CHOOSE A PASSWORD SERVER THAT YOU DON\'T COMPLETELY TRUST\fR\&.
    73217808.sp .5v
     7809.EM yellow
    73227810.RE
    73237811Never point a Samba server at itself for password serving\&. This will cause a loop and could lock up your Samba server!
     
    73327820or
    73337821\fBads\fR, then the list of machines in this option must be a list of Primary or Backup Domain controllers for the Domain or the character \'*\', as the Samba server is effectively in that domain, and will use cryptographically authenticated RPC calls to authenticate the user logging on\&. The advantage of using
    7334 security = domain
     7822\FC security = domain\F[]
    73357823is that if you list several hosts in the
    73367824\fIpassword server\fR
    73377825option then
    7338 smbd
     7826\FCsmbd \F[]
    73397827will try each in turn till it finds one that responds\&. This is useful in case your primary server goes down\&.
    73407828.sp
     
    73517839parameter is set to
    73527840\fBserver\fR, then there are different restrictions that
    7353 security = domain
     7841\FCsecurity = domain\F[]
    73547842doesn\'t suffer from:
    73557843.sp
     
    73657853\fIpassword server\fR
    73667854parameter, however if an
    7367 smbd
     7855\FCsmbd\F[]
    73687856makes a connection to a password server, and then the password server fails, no more users will be able to be authenticated from this
    7369 smbd\&. This is a restriction of the SMB/CIFS protocol when in
    7370 security = server
     7857\FCsmbd\F[]\&. This is a restriction of the SMB/CIFS protocol when in
     7858\FCsecurity = server \F[]
    73717859mode and cannot be fixed in Samba\&.
    73727860.RE
     
    73817869.\}
    73827870If you are using a Windows NT server as your password server then you will have to ensure that your users are able to login from the Samba server, as when in
    7383 security = server
     7871\FC security = server\F[]
    73847872mode the network logon will appear to come from there rather than from the users workstation\&.
    73857873.sp
    73867874.RE
    73877875Default:
    7388 \fI\fIpassword server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI*\fR\fI \fR
    7389 .sp
    7390 Example:
    7391 \fI\fIpassword server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINT\-PDC, NT\-BDC1, NT\-BDC2, *\fR\fI \fR
    7392 .sp
    7393 Example:
    7394 \fI\fIpassword server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIwindc\&.mydomain\&.com:389 192\&.168\&.1\&.101 *\fR\fI \fR
     7876\fI\fIpassword server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC*\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7877.sp
     7878Example:
     7879\fI\fIpassword server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNT\-PDC, NT\-BDC1, NT\-BDC2, *\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7880.sp
     7881Example:
     7882\fI\fIpassword server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCwindc\&.mydomain\&.com:389 192\&.168\&.1\&.101 *\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    73957883.RE
    73967884
     
    74227910.sp
    74237911Default:
    7424 \fI\fIpath\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    7425 .sp
    7426 Example:
    7427 \fI\fIpath\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/home/fred\fR\fI \fR
     7912\fI\fIpath\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7913.sp
     7914Example:
     7915\fI\fIpath\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/home/fred\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    74287916.RE
    74297917
     
    74447932.sp
    74457933Default:
    7446 \fI\fIpid directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI${prefix}/var/locks\fR\fI \fR
    7447 .sp
    7448 Example:
    7449 \fI\fIpid directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIpid directory = /var/run/\fR\fI \fR
     7934\fI\fIpid directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC${prefix}/var/locks\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7935.sp
     7936Example:
     7937\fI\fIpid directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCpid directory = /var/run/\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    74507938.RE
    74517939
     
    74597947.sp
    74607948Default:
    7461 \fI\fIposix locking\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     7949\fI\fIposix locking\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    74627950.RE
    74637951
     
    74707958An interesting example may be to unmount server resources:
    74717959.sp
    7472 postexec = /etc/umount /cdrom
    7473 .sp
    7474 Default:
    7475 \fI\fIpostexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    7476 .sp
    7477 Example:
    7478 \fI\fIpostexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIecho \e"%u disconnected from %S from %m (%I)\e" >> /tmp/log\fR\fI \fR
     7960\FCpostexec = /etc/umount /cdrom\F[]
     7961.sp
     7962Default:
     7963\fI\fIpostexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7964.sp
     7965Example:
     7966\fI\fIpostexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCecho \e"%u disconnected from %S from %m (%I)\e" >> /tmp/log\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    74797967.RE
    74807968
     
    74887976.sp
    74897977Default:
    7490 \fI\fIpreexec close\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     7978\fI\fIpreexec close\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    74917979.RE
    74927980
     
    75087996.sp
    75097997
    7510 preexec = csh \-c \'echo \e"Welcome to %S!\e" | /usr/local/samba/bin/smbclient \-M %m \-I %I\' &
     7998\FCpreexec = csh \-c \'echo \e"Welcome to %S!\e" | /usr/local/samba/bin/smbclient \-M %m \-I %I\' & \F[]
    75117999.sp
    75128000Of course, this could get annoying after a while :\-)
     
    75188006.sp
    75198007Default:
    7520 \fI\fIpreexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    7521 .sp
    7522 Example:
    7523 \fI\fIpreexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIecho \e"%u connected to %S from %m (%I)\e" >> /tmp/log\fR\fI \fR
     8008\fI\fIpreexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8009.sp
     8010Example:
     8011\fI\fIpreexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCecho \e"%u connected to %S from %m (%I)\e" >> /tmp/log\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    75248012.RE
    75258013
     
    75428030If this is set to
    75438031\fByes\fR, on startup,
    7544 nmbd
     8032\FCnmbd\F[]
    75458033will force an election, and it will have a slight advantage in winning the election\&. It is recommended that this parameter is used in conjunction with
    75468034\m[blue]\fBdomain master = yes\fR\m[], so that
    7547 nmbd
     8035\FCnmbd\F[]
    75488036can guarantee becoming a domain master\&.
    75498037.sp
     
    75518039.sp
    75528040Default:
    7553 \fI\fIpreferred master\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
     8041\fI\fIpreferred master\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    75548042.RE
    75558043
     
    75618049.sp
    75628050Default:
    7563 \fI\fIpreload modules\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    7564 .sp
    7565 Example:
    7566 \fI\fIpreload modules\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql\&.so\fR\fI \fR
     8051\fI\fIpreload modules\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8052.sp
     8053Example:
     8054\fI\fIpreload modules\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql\&.so\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    75678055.RE
    75688056
     
    75868074.sp
    75878075Default:
    7588 \fI\fIpreload\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    7589 .sp
    7590 Example:
    7591 \fI\fIpreload\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIfred lp colorlp\fR\fI \fR
     8076\fI\fIpreload\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8077.sp
     8078Example:
     8079\fI\fIpreload\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCfred lp colorlp\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    75928080.RE
    75938081
     
    76048092.sp
    76058093Default:
    7606 \fI\fIpreserve case\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     8094\fI\fIpreserve case\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    76078095.RE
    76088096
     
    76278115.sp
    76288116Default:
    7629 \fI\fIprintable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     8117\fI\fIprintable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    76308118.RE
    76318119
     
    76398127.sp
    76408128Default:
    7641 \fI\fIprintcap cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI750\fR\fI \fR
    7642 .sp
    7643 Example:
    7644 \fI\fIprintcap cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI600\fR\fI \fR
     8129\fI\fIprintcap cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC750\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8130.sp
     8131Example:
     8132\fI\fIprintcap cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC600\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    76458133.RE
    76468134
     
    76588146.RS 4
    76598147This parameter may be used to override the compiled\-in default printcap name used by the server (usually
    7660 /etc/printcap)\&. See the discussion of the
     8148\FC /etc/printcap\F[])\&. See the discussion of the
    76618149[printers]
    76628150section above for reasons why you might want to do this\&.
    76638151.sp
    76648152To use the CUPS printing interface set
    7665 printcap name = cups\&. This should be supplemented by an addtional setting
     8153\FCprintcap name = cups \F[]\&. This should be supplemented by an addtional setting
    76668154\m[blue]\fBprinting = cups\fR\m[]
    76678155in the [global] section\&.
    7668 printcap name = cups
     8156\FCprintcap name = cups\F[]
    76698157will use the "dummy" printcap created by CUPS, as specified in your CUPS configuration file\&.
    76708158.sp
    76718159On System V systems that use
    7672 lpstat
     8160\FClpstat\F[]
    76738161to list available printers you can use
    7674 printcap name = lpstat
     8162\FCprintcap name = lpstat \F[]
    76758163to automatically obtain lists of available printers\&. This is the default for systems that define SYSV at configure time in Samba (this includes most System V based systems)\&. If
    76768164\fI printcap name\fR
    76778165is set to
    7678 lpstat
     8166\FClpstat\F[]
    76798167on these systems then Samba will launch
    7680 lpstat \-v
     8168\FClpstat \-v\F[]
    76818169and attempt to parse the output to obtain a printer list\&.
    76828170.sp
     
    76868174.RS 4
    76878175.\}
     8176.fam C
     8177.ps -1
    76888178.nf
     8179.if t \{\
     8180.sp -1
     8181.\}
     8182.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     8183.sp -1
     8184
    76898185print1|My Printer 1
    76908186print2|My Printer 2
     
    76928188print4|My Printer 4
    76938189print5|My Printer 5
     8190.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     8191.if t \{\
     8192.sp 1
     8193.\}
    76948194.fi
     8195.fam
     8196.ps +1
    76958197.if n \{\
    76968198.RE
     
    77028204.\}
    77038205.RS 4
     8206.BM yellow
    77048207.it 1 an-trap
    77058208.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    77118214.br
    77128215Under AIX the default printcap name is
    7713 /etc/qconfig\&. Samba will assume the file is in AIX
    7714 qconfig
     8216\FC/etc/qconfig\F[]\&. Samba will assume the file is in AIX
     8217\FCqconfig\F[]
    77158218format if the string
    7716 qconfig
     8219\FCqconfig\F[]
    77178220appears in the printcap filename\&.
    77188221.sp .5v
    7719 .RE
    7720 Default:
    7721 \fI\fIprintcap name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/etc/printcap\fR\fI \fR
    7722 .sp
    7723 Example:
    7724 \fI\fIprintcap name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/etc/myprintcap\fR\fI \fR
     8222.EM yellow
     8223.RE
     8224Default:
     8225\fI\fIprintcap name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/etc/printcap\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8226.sp
     8227Example:
     8228\fI\fIprintcap name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/etc/myprintcap\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    77258229.RE
    77268230
     
    77308234.RS 4
    77318235After a print job has finished spooling to a service, this command will be used via a
    7732 system()
     8236\FCsystem()\F[]
    77338237call to process the spool file\&. Typically the command specified will submit the spool file to the host\'s printing subsystem, but there is no requirement that this be the case\&. The server will not remove the spool file, so whatever command you specify should remove the spool file when it has been processed, otherwise you will need to manually remove old spool files\&.
    77348238.sp
     
    77698273You can form quite complex print commands by realizing that they are just passed to a shell\&. For example the following will log a print job, print the file, then remove it\&. Note that \';\' is the usual separator for command in shell scripts\&.
    77708274.sp
    7771 print command = echo Printing %s >> /tmp/print\&.log; lpr \-P %p %s; rm %s
     8275\FCprint command = echo Printing %s >> /tmp/print\&.log; lpr \-P %p %s; rm %s\F[]
    77728276.sp
    77738277You may have to vary this command considerably depending on how you normally print files on your system\&. The default for the parameter varies depending on the setting of the
     
    77768280.sp
    77778281Default: For
    7778 printing = BSD, AIX, QNX, LPRNG or PLP :
    7779 .sp
    7780 print command = lpr \-r \-P%p %s
     8282\FCprinting = BSD, AIX, QNX, LPRNG or PLP :\F[]
     8283.sp
     8284\FCprint command = lpr \-r \-P%p %s\F[]
    77818285.sp
    77828286For
    7783 printing = SYSV or HPUX :
    7784 .sp
    7785 print command = lp \-c \-d%p %s; rm %s
     8287\FCprinting = SYSV or HPUX :\F[]
     8288.sp
     8289\FCprint command = lp \-c \-d%p %s; rm %s\F[]
    77868290.sp
    77878291For
    7788 printing = SOFTQ :
    7789 .sp
    7790 print command = lp \-d%p \-s %s; rm %s
     8292\FCprinting = SOFTQ :\F[]
     8293.sp
     8294\FCprint command = lp \-d%p \-s %s; rm %s\F[]
    77918295.sp
    77928296For printing = CUPS : If SAMBA is compiled against libcups, then
    77938297\m[blue]\fBprintcap = cups\fR\m[]
    77948298uses the CUPS API to submit jobs, etc\&. Otherwise it maps to the System V commands with the \-oraw option for printing, i\&.e\&. it uses
    7795 lp \-c \-d%p \-oraw; rm %s\&. With
    7796 printing = cups, and if SAMBA is compiled against libcups, any manually set print command will be ignored\&.
     8299\FClp \-c \-d%p \-oraw; rm %s\F[]\&. With
     8300\FCprinting = cups\F[], and if SAMBA is compiled against libcups, any manually set print command will be ignored\&.
    77978301.sp
    77988302\fINo default\fR
    77998303.sp
    78008304Example:
    7801 \fI\fIprint command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s\fR\fI \fR
     8305\fI\fIprint command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    78028306.RE
    78038307
     
    78118315.sp
    78128316Default:
    7813 \fI\fIprinter admin\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    7814 .sp
    7815 Example:
    7816 \fI\fIprinter admin\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIadmin, @staff\fR\fI \fR
     8317\fI\fIprinter admin\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8318.sp
     8319Example:
     8320\fI\fIprinter admin\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCadmin, @staff\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    78178321.RE
    78188322
     
    78368340\m[blue]\fBprinter name\fR\m[]
    78378341may be
    7838 lp
     8342\FClp\F[]
    78398343on many systems\&.
    78408344.sp
    78418345Default:
    7842 \fI\fIprinter name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fInone\fR\fI \fR
    7843 .sp
    7844 Example:
    7845 \fI\fIprinter name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIlaserwriter\fR\fI \fR
     8346\fI\fIprinter name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCnone\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8347.sp
     8348Example:
     8349\fI\fIprinter name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FClaserwriter\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    78468350.RE
    78478351
     
    78828386.sp
    78838387Default:
    7884 \fI\fIprinting\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIDepends on the operating system, see testparm \-v\&.\fR\fI \fR
     8388\fI\fIprinting\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCDepends on the operating system, see \FCtestparm \-v\&.\F[]\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    78858389.RE
    78868390
     
    78928396.sp
    78938397Default:
    7894 \fI\fIprintjob username\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI%U\fR\fI \fR
    7895 .sp
    7896 Example:
    7897 \fI\fIprintjob username\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI%D\e%U\fR\fI \fR
     8398\fI\fIprintjob username\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC%U\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8399.sp
     8400Example:
     8401\fI\fIprintjob username\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC%D\e%U\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    78988402.RE
    78998403
     
    79038407.RS 4
    79048408This parameters defines the directory smbd will use for storing such files as
    7905 smbpasswd
     8409\FCsmbpasswd\F[]
    79068410and
    7907 secrets\&.tdb\&.
    7908 .sp
    7909 Default:
    7910 \fI\fIprivate dir\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI${prefix}/private\fR\fI \fR
     8411\FCsecrets\&.tdb\F[]\&.
     8412.sp
     8413Default:
     8414\fI\fIprivate dir\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC${prefix}/private\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    79118415.RE
    79128416
     
    79228426.sp
    79238427Default:
    7924 \fI\fIprofile acls\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     8428\fI\fIprofile acls\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    79258429.RE
    79268430
     
    79448448.sp
    79458449Example:
    7946 \fI\fIqueuepause command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIdisable %p\fR\fI \fR
     8450\fI\fIqueuepause command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCdisable %p\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    79478451.RE
    79488452
     
    79648468.sp
    79658469Default:
    7966 \fI\fIqueueresume command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    7967 .sp
    7968 Example:
    7969 \fI\fIqueueresume command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIenable %p\fR\fI \fR
     8470\fI\fIqueueresume command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8471.sp
     8472Example:
     8473\fI\fIqueueresume command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCenable %p\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    79708474.RE
    79718475
     
    79858489.sp
    79868490Default:
    7987 \fI\fIread list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    7988 .sp
    7989 Example:
    7990 \fI\fIread list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fImary, @students\fR\fI \fR
     8491\fI\fIread list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8492.sp
     8493Example:
     8494\fI\fIread list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCmary, @students\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    79918495.RE
    79928496
     
    80018505\fByes\fR, then users of a service may not create or modify files in the service\'s directory\&.
    80028506.sp
    8003 Note that a printable service (printable = yes) will
     8507Note that a printable service (\FCprintable = yes\F[]) will
    80048508\fIALWAYS\fR
    80058509allow writing to the directory (user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations\&.
    80068510.sp
    80078511Default:
    8008 \fI\fIread only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     8512\fI\fIread only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    80098513.RE
    80108514
     
    80228526.sp
    80238527Default:
    8024 \fI\fIread raw\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     8528\fI\fIread raw\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    80258529.RE
    80268530
     
    80308534.RS 4
    80318535This option specifies the kerberos realm to use\&. The realm is used as the ADS equivalent of the NT4
    8032 domain\&. It is usually set to the DNS name of the kerberos server\&.
    8033 .sp
    8034 Default:
    8035 \fI\fIrealm\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    8036 .sp
    8037 Example:
    8038 \fI\fIrealm\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fImysambabox\&.mycompany\&.com\fR\fI \fR
     8536\FCdomain\F[]\&. It is usually set to the DNS name of the kerberos server\&.
     8537.sp
     8538Default:
     8539\fI\fIrealm\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8540.sp
     8541Example:
     8542\fI\fIrealm\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCmysambabox\&.mycompany\&.com\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    80398543.RE
    80408544
     
    80568560.sp
    80578561Default:
    8058 \fI\fIregistry shares\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    8059 .sp
    8060 Example:
    8061 \fI\fIregistry shares\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     8562\fI\fIregistry shares\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8563.sp
     8564Example:
     8565\fI\fIregistry shares\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    80628566.RE
    80638567
     
    80778581.RS 4
    80788582.\}
     8583.fam C
     8584.ps -1
    80798585.nf
    8080 remote announce = 192\&.168\&.2\&.255/SERVERS 192\&.168\&.4\&.255/STAFF
     8586.if t \{\
     8587.sp -1
     8588.\}
     8589.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     8590.sp -1
     8591
     8592\FCremote announce = 192\&.168\&.2\&.255/SERVERS 192\&.168\&.4\&.255/STAFF\F[]
     8593.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     8594.if t \{\
     8595.sp 1
     8596.\}
    80818597.fi
     8598.fam
     8599.ps +1
    80828600.if n \{\
    80838601.RE
     
    80858603.sp
    80868604the above line would cause
    8087 nmbd
     8605\FCnmbd\F[]
    80888606to announce itself to the two given IP addresses using the given workgroup names\&. If you leave out the workgroup name, then the one given in the
    80898607\m[blue]\fBworkgroup\fR\m[]
     
    80958613.sp
    80968614Default:
    8097 \fI\fIremote announce\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     8615\fI\fIremote announce\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    80988616.RE
    80998617
     
    81138631.RS 4
    81148632.\}
     8633.fam C
     8634.ps -1
    81158635.nf
     8636.if t \{\
     8637.sp -1
     8638.\}
     8639.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     8640.sp -1
     8641
    81168642\fIremote browse sync = 192\&.168\&.2\&.255 192\&.168\&.4\&.255\fR
     8643.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     8644.if t \{\
     8645.sp 1
     8646.\}
    81178647.fi
     8648.fam
     8649.ps +1
    81188650.if n \{\
    81198651.RE
     
    81218653.sp
    81228654the above line would cause
    8123 nmbd
     8655\FCnmbd\F[]
    81248656to request the master browser on the specified subnets or addresses to synchronize their browse lists with the local server\&.
    81258657.sp
     
    81318663.sp
    81328664Default:
    8133 \fI\fIremote browse sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     8665\fI\fIremote browse sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    81348666.RE
    81358667
     
    81438675.sp
    81448676When a user with admin authority or SeAddUserPrivilege rights renames a user (e\&.g\&.: from the NT4 User Manager for Domains), this script will be run to rename the POSIX user\&. Two variables,
    8145 %uold
     8677\FC%uold\F[]
    81468678and
    8147 %unew, will be substituted with the old and new usernames, respectively\&. The script should return 0 upon successful completion, and nonzero otherwise\&.
     8679\FC%unew\F[], will be substituted with the old and new usernames, respectively\&. The script should return 0 upon successful completion, and nonzero otherwise\&.
    81488680.if n \{\
    81498681.sp
    81508682.\}
    81518683.RS 4
     8684.BM yellow
    81528685.it 1 an-trap
    81538686.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    81608693The script has all responsibility to rename all the necessary data that is accessible in this posix method\&. This can mean different requirements for different backends\&. The tdbsam and smbpasswd backends will take care of the contents of their respective files, so the script is responsible only for changing the POSIX username, and other data that may required for your circumstances, such as home directory\&. Please also consider whether or not you need to rename the actual home directories themselves\&. The ldapsam backend will not make any changes, because of the potential issues with renaming the LDAP naming attribute\&. In this case the script is responsible for changing the attribute that samba uses (uid) for locating users, as well as any data that needs to change for other applications using the same directory\&.
    81618694.sp .5v
    8162 .RE
    8163 Default:
    8164 \fI\fIrename user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     8695.EM yellow
     8696.RE
     8697Default:
     8698\fI\fIrename user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    81658699.RE
    81668700
     
    81728706.sp
    81738707Default:
    8174 \fI\fIreset on zero vc\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     8708\fI\fIreset on zero vc\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    81758709.RE
    81768710
     
    81848718.RS 4
    81858719.\}
     8720.fam C
     8721.ps -1
    81868722.nf
     8723.if t \{\
     8724.sp -1
     8725.\}
     8726.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     8727.sp -1
     8728
    81878729HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\eSYSTEM\eCurrentControlSet\e
    81888730           Control\eLSA\eRestrictAnonymous
     8731.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     8732.if t \{\
     8733.sp 1
     8734.\}
    81898735.fi
     8736.fam
     8737.ps +1
    81908738.if n \{\
    81918739.RE
     
    81998747.\}
    82008748.RS 4
     8749.BM yellow
    82018750.it 1 an-trap
    82028751.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    82118760on any share\&.
    82128761.sp .5v
    8213 .RE
    8214 Default:
    8215 \fI\fIrestrict anonymous\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     8762.EM yellow
     8763.RE
     8764Default:
     8765\fI\fIrestrict anonymous\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    82168766.RE
    82178767
     
    82378787.RS 4
    82388788The server will
    8239 chroot()
     8789\FCchroot()\F[]
    82408790(i\&.e\&. Change its root directory) to this directory on startup\&. This is not strictly necessary for secure operation\&. Even without it the server will deny access to files not in one of the service entries\&. It may also check for, and deny access to, soft links to other parts of the filesystem, or attempts to use "\&.\&." in file names to access other directories (depending on the setting of the
    82418791\m[blue]\fBwide smbconfoptions\fR\m[]
     
    82518801\fIroot directory\fR
    82528802tree\&. In particular you will need to mirror
    8253 /etc/passwd
     8803\FC/etc/passwd\F[]
    82548804(or a subset of it), and any binaries or configuration files needed for printing (if required)\&. The set of files that must be mirrored is operating system dependent\&.
    82558805.sp
    82568806Default:
    8257 \fI\fIroot directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/\fR\fI \fR
    8258 .sp
    8259 Example:
    8260 \fI\fIroot directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/homes/smb\fR\fI \fR
     8807\fI\fIroot directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8808.sp
     8809Example:
     8810\fI\fIroot directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/homes/smb\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    82618811.RE
    82628812
     
    82708820.sp
    82718821Default:
    8272 \fI\fIroot postexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     8822\fI\fIroot postexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    82738823.RE
    82748824
     
    82828832.sp
    82838833Default:
    8284 \fI\fIroot preexec close\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     8834\fI\fIroot preexec close\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    82858835.RE
    82868836
     
    82948844.sp
    82958845Default:
    8296 \fI\fIroot preexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     8846\fI\fIroot preexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    82978847.RE
    82988848
     
    83158865.sp
    83168866Default:
    8317 \fI\fIsecurity mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0777\fR\fI \fR
    8318 .sp
    8319 Example:
    8320 \fI\fIsecurity mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0770\fR\fI \fR
     8867\fI\fIsecurity mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0777\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8868.sp
     8869Example:
     8870\fI\fIsecurity mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0770\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    83218871.RE
    83228872
     
    83268876.RS 4
    83278877This option affects how clients respond to Samba and is one of the most important settings in the
    8328 smb\&.conf
     8878\FC smb\&.conf\F[]
    83298879file\&.
    83308880.sp
     
    83348884.sp
    83358885The default is
    8336 security = user, as this is the most common setting needed when talking to Windows 98 and Windows NT\&.
     8886\FCsecurity = user\F[], as this is the most common setting needed when talking to Windows 98 and Windows NT\&.
    83378887.sp
    83388888The alternatives are
    8339 security = share,
    8340 security = server
     8889\FCsecurity = share\F[],
     8890\FCsecurity = server\F[]
    83418891or
    8342 security = domain\&.
     8892\FCsecurity = domain \F[]\&.
    83438893.sp
    83448894In versions of Samba prior to 2\&.0\&.0, the default was
    8345 security = share
     8895\FCsecurity = share\F[]
    83468896mainly because that was the only option at one stage\&.
    83478897.sp
     
    83498899.sp
    83508900If your PCs use usernames that are the same as their usernames on the UNIX machine then you will want to use
    8351 security = user\&. If you mostly use usernames that don\'t exist on the UNIX box then use
    8352 security = share\&.
     8901\FCsecurity = user\F[]\&. If you mostly use usernames that don\'t exist on the UNIX box then use
     8902\FCsecurity = share\F[]\&.
    83538903.sp
    83548904You should also use
    8355 security = share
     8905\FCsecurity = share\F[]
    83568906if you want to mainly setup shares without a password (guest shares)\&. This is commonly used for a shared printer server\&. It is more difficult to setup guest shares with
    8357 security = user, see the
     8907\FCsecurity = user\F[], see the
    83588908\m[blue]\fBmap to guest\fR\m[]
    83598909parameter for details\&.
    83608910.sp
    83618911It is possible to use
    8362 smbd
     8912\FCsmbd\F[]
    83638913in a
    83648914\fI hybrid mode\fR
     
    83718921.sp
    83728922When clients connect to a share level security server, they need not log onto the server with a valid username and password before attempting to connect to a shared resource (although modern clients such as Windows 95/98 and Windows NT will send a logon request with a username but no password when talking to a
    8373 security = share
     8923\FCsecurity = share \F[]
    83748924server)\&. Instead, the clients send authentication information (passwords) on a per\-share basis, at the time they attempt to connect to that share\&.
    83758925.sp
    83768926Note that
    8377 smbd
     8927\FCsmbd\F[]
    83788928\fIALWAYS\fR
    83798929uses a valid UNIX user to act on behalf of the client, even in
    8380 security = share
     8930\FCsecurity = share\F[]
    83818931level security\&.
    83828932.sp
    83838933As clients are not required to send a username to the server in share level security,
    8384 smbd
     8934\FCsmbd\F[]
    83858935uses several techniques to determine the correct UNIX user to use on behalf of the client\&.
    83868936.sp
     
    85159065\fINote\fR
    85169066that from the client\'s point of view
    8517 security = domain
     9067\FCsecurity = domain\F[]
    85189068is the same as
    8519 security = user\&. It only affects how the server deals with the authentication, it does not in any way affect what the client sees\&.
     9069\FCsecurity = user\F[]\&. It only affects how the server deals with the authentication, it does not in any way affect what the client sees\&.
    85209070.sp
    85219071\fINote\fR
     
    85399089.sp
    85409090In this mode Samba will try to validate the username/password by passing it to another SMB server, such as an NT box\&. If this fails it will revert to
    8541 security = user\&. It expects the
     9091\FCsecurity = user\F[]\&. It expects the
    85429092\m[blue]\fBencrypted passwords\fR\m[]
    85439093parameter to be set to
    85449094\fByes\fR, unless the remote server does not support them\&. However note that if encrypted passwords have been negotiated then Samba cannot revert back to checking the UNIX password file, it must have a valid
    8545 smbpasswd
     9095\FCsmbpasswd\F[]
    85469096file to check users against\&. See the chapter about the User Database in the Samba HOWTO Collection for details on how to set this up\&.
    85479097.if n \{\
     
    85499099.\}
    85509100.RS 4
     9101.BM yellow
    85519102.it 1 an-trap
    85529103.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    85599110This mode of operation has significant pitfalls since it is more vulnerable to man\-in\-the\-middle attacks and server impersonation\&. In particular, this mode of operation can cause significant resource consuption on the PDC, as it must maintain an active connection for the duration of the user\'s session\&. Furthermore, if this connection is lost, there is no way to reestablish it, and futher authentications to the Samba server may fail (from a single client, till it disconnects)\&.
    85609111.sp .5v
     9112.EM yellow
    85619113.RE
    85629114.if n \{\
     
    85649116.\}
    85659117.RS 4
     9118.BM yellow
    85669119.it 1 an-trap
    85679120.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    85739126.br
    85749127From the client\'s point of view,
    8575 security = server
     9128\FCsecurity = server\F[]
    85769129is the same as
    8577 security = user\&. It only affects how the server deals with the authentication, it does not in any way affect what the client sees\&.
     9130\FCsecurity = user\F[]\&. It only affects how the server deals with the authentication, it does not in any way affect what the client sees\&.
    85789131.sp .5v
     9132.EM yellow
    85799133.RE
    85809134\fINote\fR
     
    86049158.sp
    86059159Default:
    8606 \fI\fIsecurity\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIUSER\fR\fI \fR
    8607 .sp
    8608 Example:
    8609 \fI\fIsecurity\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIDOMAIN\fR\fI \fR
     9160\fI\fIsecurity\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCUSER\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9161.sp
     9162Example:
     9163\fI\fIsecurity\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCDOMAIN\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    86109164.RE
    86119165
     
    86239177.sp
    86249178Please note that with this set to
    8625 no, you will have to apply the WindowsXP
    8626 WinXP_SignOrSeal\&.reg
     9179\FCno\F[], you will have to apply the WindowsXP
     9180\FCWinXP_SignOrSeal\&.reg\F[]
    86279181registry patch found in the docs/registry subdirectory of the Samba distribution tarball\&.
    86289182.sp
    86299183Default:
    8630 \fI\fIserver schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
    8631 .sp
    8632 Example:
    8633 \fI\fIserver schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     9184\fI\fIserver schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9185.sp
     9186Example:
     9187\fI\fIserver schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    86349188.RE
    86359189
     
    86479201.sp
    86489202Default:
    8649 \fI\fIserver signing\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIDisabled\fR\fI \fR
     9203\fI\fIserver signing\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCDisabled\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    86509204.RE
    86519205
     
    86559209.RS 4
    86569210This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print manager and next to the IPC connection in
    8657 net view\&. It can be any string that you wish to show to your users\&.
     9211\FCnet view\F[]\&. It can be any string that you wish to show to your users\&.
    86589212.sp
    86599213It also sets what will appear in browse lists next to the machine name\&.
     
    86689222.sp
    86699223Default:
    8670 \fI\fIserver string\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fISamba %v\fR\fI \fR
    8671 .sp
    8672 Example:
    8673 \fI\fIserver string\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIUniversity of GNUs Samba Server\fR\fI \fR
     9224\fI\fIserver string\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCSamba %v\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9225.sp
     9226Example:
     9227\fI\fIserver string\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCUniversity of GNUs Samba Server\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    86749228.RE
    86759229
     
    86799233.RS 4
    86809234If
    8681 set directory = no, then users of the service may not use the setdir command to change directory\&.
     9235\FCset directory = no\F[], then users of the service may not use the setdir command to change directory\&.
    86829236.sp
    86839237The
    8684 setdir
     9238\FCsetdir\F[]
    86859239command is only implemented in the Digital Pathworks client\&. See the Pathworks documentation for details\&.
    86869240.sp
    86879241Default:
    8688 \fI\fIset directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     9242\fI\fIset directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    86899243.RE
    86909244
     
    86949248.RS 4
    86959249Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a primary group in addition to the auxiliary groups\&. This script sets the primary group in the unix userdatase when an administrator sets the primary group from the windows user manager or when fetching a SAM with
    8696 net rpc vampire\&.
     9250\FCnet rpc vampire\F[]\&.
    86979251\fI%u\fR
    86989252will be replaced with the user whose primary group is to be set\&.
     
    87019255.sp
    87029256Default:
    8703 \fI\fIset primary group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    8704 .sp
    8705 Example:
    8706 \fI\fIset primary group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/sbin/usermod \-g \'%g\' \'%u\'\fR\fI \fR
     9257\fI\fIset primary group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9258.sp
     9259Example:
     9260\fI\fIset primary group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/sbin/usermod \-g \'%g\' \'%u\'\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    87079261.RE
    87089262
     
    87129266.RS 4
    87139267The
    8714 set quota command
     9268\FCset quota command\F[]
    87159269should only be used whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that samba can use\&.
    87169270.sp
    87179271This option is only available if Samba was configured with the argument
    8718 \-\-with\-sys\-quotas
     9272\FC\-\-with\-sys\-quotas\F[]
    87199273or on linux when
    8720 \&./configure \-\-with\-quotas
     9274\FC\&./configure \-\-with\-quotas\F[]
    87219275was used and a working quota api was found in the system\&. Most packages are configured with these options already\&.
    87229276.sp
     
    88619415.sp
    88629416Default:
    8863 \fI\fIset quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    8864 .sp
    8865 Example:
    8866 \fI\fIset quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/sbin/set_quota\fR\fI \fR
     9417\fI\fIset quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9418.sp
     9419Example:
     9420\fI\fIset quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/sbin/set_quota\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    88679421.RE
    88689422
     
    88769430.sp
    88779431Default:
    8878 \fI\fIshare:fake_fscaps\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     9432\fI\fIshare:fake_fscaps\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    88799433.RE
    88809434
     
    89009454.sp
    89019455Default:
    8902 \fI\fIshare modes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     9456\fI\fIshare modes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    89039457.RE
    89049458
     
    89169470.sp
    89179471Default:
    8918 \fI\fIshort preserve case\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     9472\fI\fIshort preserve case\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    89199473.RE
    89209474
     
    89369490.\}
    89379491.RS 4
     9492.BM yellow
    89389493.it 1 an-trap
    89399494.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    89469501This does not prevent the same user from having administrative privilege on an individual printer\&.
    89479502.sp .5v
    8948 .RE
    8949 Default:
    8950 \fI\fIshow add printer wizard\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     9503.EM yellow
     9504.RE
     9505Default:
     9506\fI\fIshow add printer wizard\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    89519507.RE
    89529508
     
    90199575.RS 4
    90209576.\}
     9577.fam C
     9578.ps -1
    90219579.nf
     9580.if t \{\
     9581.sp -1
     9582.\}
     9583.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     9584.sp -1
     9585
    90229586#!/bin/bash
    90239587
     
    90289592/sbin/shutdown $3 $4 +$time $1 &
    90299593
     9594.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     9595.if t \{\
     9596.sp 1
     9597.\}
    90309598.fi
     9599.fam
     9600.ps +1
    90319601.if n \{\
    90329602.RE
     
    90369606.sp
    90379607Default:
    9038 \fI\fIshutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    9039 .sp
    9040 Example:
    9041 \fI\fIshutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/sbin/shutdown %m %t %r %f\fR\fI \fR
     9608\fI\fIshutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9609.sp
     9610Example:
     9611\fI\fIshutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/sbin/shutdown %m %t %r %f\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    90429612.RE
    90439613
     
    90639633.sp
    90649634Default:
    9065 \fI\fIsmb encrypt\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
     9635\fI\fIsmb encrypt\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    90669636.RE
    90679637
     
    90779647.RS 4
    90789648.\}
     9649.fam C
     9650.ps -1
    90799651.nf
     9652.if t \{\
     9653.sp -1
     9654.\}
     9655.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     9656.sp -1
     9657
    90809658smb passwd file = /etc/samba/smbpasswd
     9659.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     9660.if t \{\
     9661.sp 1
     9662.\}
    90819663.fi
     9664.fam
     9665.ps +1
    90829666.if n \{\
    90839667.RE
     
    90859669.sp
    90869670Default:
    9087 \fI\fIsmb passwd file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI${prefix}/private/smbpasswd\fR\fI \fR
     9671\fI\fIsmb passwd file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC${prefix}/private/smbpasswd\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    90889672.RE
    90899673
     
    90959679.sp
    90969680Default:
    9097 \fI\fIsmb ports\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI445 139\fR\fI \fR
     9681\fI\fIsmb ports\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC445 139\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    90989682.RE
    90999683
     
    91099693.sp
    91109694Default:
    9111 \fI\fIsocket address\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    9112 .sp
    9113 Example:
    9114 \fI\fIsocket address\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI192\&.168\&.2\&.20\fR\fI \fR
     9695\fI\fIsocket address\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9696.sp
     9697Example:
     9698\fI\fIsocket address\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC192\&.168\&.2\&.20\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    91159699.RE
    91169700
     
    91249708.sp
    91259709This option will typically be used to tune your Samba server for optimal performance for your local network\&. There is no way that Samba can know what the optimal parameters are for your net, so you must experiment and choose them yourself\&. We strongly suggest you read the appropriate documentation for your operating system first (perhaps
    9126 man setsockopt
     9710\FCman setsockopt\F[]
    91279711will help)\&.
    91289712.sp
     
    92499833.sp
    92509834To specify an argument use the syntax SOME_OPTION = VALUE for example
    9251 SO_SNDBUF = 8192\&. Note that you must not have any spaces before or after the = sign\&.
     9835\FCSO_SNDBUF = 8192\F[]\&. Note that you must not have any spaces before or after the = sign\&.
    92529836.sp
    92539837If you are on a local network then a sensible option might be:
    92549838.sp
    9255 socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY
     9839\FCsocket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY\F[]
    92569840.sp
    92579841If you have a local network then you could try:
    92589842.sp
    9259 socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY TCP_NODELAY
     9843\FCsocket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY TCP_NODELAY\F[]
    92609844.sp
    92619845If you are on a wide area network then perhaps try setting IPTOS_THROUGHPUT\&.
     
    92649848.sp
    92659849Default:
    9266 \fI\fIsocket options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fITCP_NODELAY\fR\fI \fR
    9267 .sp
    9268 Example:
    9269 \fI\fIsocket options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIIPTOS_LOWDELAY\fR\fI \fR
     9850\fI\fIsocket options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCTCP_NODELAY\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9851.sp
     9852Example:
     9853\fI\fIsocket options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCIPTOS_LOWDELAY\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    92709854.RE
    92719855
     
    92799863.sp
    92809864Default:
    9281 \fI\fIstat cache\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     9865\fI\fIstat cache\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    92829866.RE
    92839867
     
    92969880.sp
    92979881Default:
    9298 \fI\fIstate directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI${prefix}/var/locks\fR\fI \fR
    9299 .sp
    9300 Example:
    9301 \fI\fIstate directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/var/run/samba/locks/state\fR\fI \fR
     9882\fI\fIstate directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC${prefix}/var/locks\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9883.sp
     9884Example:
     9885\fI\fIstate directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/var/run/samba/locks/state\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    93029886.RE
    93039887
     
    93189902.sp
    93199903Default:
    9320 \fI\fIstore dos attributes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     9904\fI\fIstore dos attributes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    93219905.RE
    93229906
     
    93349918.sp
    93359919Default:
    9336 \fI\fIstrict allocate\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     9920\fI\fIstrict allocate\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    93379921.RE
    93389922
     
    93499933.sp
    93509934Well\-behaved clients always ask for lock checks when it is important\&. So in the vast majority of cases,
    9351 strict locking = Auto
     9935\FCstrict locking = Auto\F[]
    93529936or
    9353 strict locking = no
     9937\FCstrict locking = no\F[]
    93549938is acceptable\&.
    93559939.sp
    93569940Default:
    9357 \fI\fIstrict locking\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIAuto\fR\fI \fR
     9941\fI\fIstrict locking\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCAuto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    93589942.RE
    93599943
     
    93699953.sp
    93709954Default:
    9371 \fI\fIstrict sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     9955\fI\fIstrict sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    93729956.RE
    93739957
     
    93799963.sp
    93809964The administrator must create a directory name
    9381 svcctl
     9965\FCsvcctl\F[]
    93829966in Samba\'s $(libdir) and create symbolic links to the init scripts in
    9383 /etc/init\&.d/\&. The name of the links must match the names given as part of the
     9967\FC/etc/init\&.d/\F[]\&. The name of the links must match the names given as part of the
    93849968\fIsvcctl list\fR\&.
    93859969.sp
    93869970Default:
    9387 \fI\fIsvcctl list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    9388 .sp
    9389 Example:
    9390 \fI\fIsvcctl list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIcups postfix portmap httpd\fR\fI \fR
     9971\fI\fIsvcctl list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9972.sp
     9973Example:
     9974\fI\fIsvcctl list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCcups postfix portmap httpd\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    93919975.RE
    93929976
     
    94009984\fByes\fR
    94019985then every write will be followed by a
    9402 fsync()
     9986\FCfsync() \F[]
    94039987call to ensure the data is written to disk\&. Note that the
    94049988\fIstrict sync\fR
     
    94089992.sp
    94099993Default:
    9410 \fI\fIsync always\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     9994\fI\fIsync always\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    94119995.RE
    94129996
     
    942010004.sp
    942110005Default:
    9422 \fI\fIsyslog only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     10006\fI\fIsyslog only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    942310007.RE
    942410008
     
    943810022.sp
    943910023Default:
    9440 \fI\fIsyslog\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1\fR\fI \fR
     10024\fI\fIsyslog\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    944110025.RE
    944210026
     
    945410038.sp
    945510039Default:
    9456 \fI\fItemplate homedir\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/home/%D/%U\fR\fI \fR
     10040\fI\fItemplate homedir\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/home/%D/%U\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    945710041.RE
    945810042
     
    947510059.sp
    947610060Default:
    9477 \fI\fItime offset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    9478 .sp
    9479 Example:
    9480 \fI\fItime offset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI60\fR\fI \fR
     10061\fI\fItime offset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10062.sp
     10063Example:
     10064\fI\fItime offset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC60\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    948110065.RE
    948210066
     
    949010074.sp
    949110075Default:
    9492 \fI\fItime server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     10076\fI\fItime server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    949310077.RE
    949410078
     
    950210086.sp
    950310087Default:
    9504 \fI\fIunix charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIUTF8\fR\fI \fR
    9505 .sp
    9506 Example:
    9507 \fI\fIunix charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIASCII\fR\fI \fR
     10088\fI\fIunix charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCUTF8\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10089.sp
     10090Example:
     10091\fI\fIunix charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCASCII\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    950810092.RE
    950910093
     
    951910103.sp
    952010104Default:
    9521 \fI\fIunix extensions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     10105\fI\fIunix extensions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    952210106.RE
    952310107
     
    953510119.sp
    953610120Default:
    9537 \fI\fIunix password sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     10121\fI\fIunix password sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    953810122.RE
    953910123
     
    955610140.sp
    955710141Note that even when this parameter is set, a user authenticating to
    9558 smbd
     10142\FCsmbd\F[]
    955910143must still enter a valid password in order to connect correctly, and to update their hashed (smbpasswd) passwords\&.
    956010144.sp
    956110145Default:
    9562 \fI\fIupdate encrypted\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     10146\fI\fIupdate encrypted\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    956310147.RE
    956410148
     
    956810152.RS 4
    956910153This parameter applies only to Windows NT/2000 clients\&. It has no effect on Windows 95/98/ME clients\&. When serving a printer to Windows NT/2000 clients without first installing a valid printer driver on the Samba host, the client will be required to install a local printer driver\&. From this point on, the client will treat the print as a local printer and not a network printer connection\&. This is much the same behavior that will occur when
    9570 disable spoolss = yes\&.
     10154\FCdisable spoolss = yes\F[]\&.
    957110155.sp
    957210156The differentiating factor is that under normal circumstances, the NT/2000 client will attempt to open the network printer using MS\-RPC\&. The problem is that because the client considers the printer to be local, it will attempt to issue the OpenPrinterEx() call requesting access rights associated with the logged on user\&. If the user possesses local administator rights but not root privilege on the Samba host (often the case), the OpenPrinterEx() call will fail\&. The result is that the client will now display an "Access Denied; Unable to connect" message in the printer queue window (even though jobs may successfully be printed)\&.
     
    957610160.sp
    957710161Default:
    9578 \fI\fIuse client driver\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     10162\fI\fIuse client driver\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    957910163.RE
    958010164
     
    958810172.sp
    958910173Default:
    9590 \fI\fIuse mmap\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     10174\fI\fIuse mmap\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    959110175.RE
    959210176
     
    960310187.sp
    960410188Default:
    9605 \fI\fIusername level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    9606 .sp
    9607 Example:
    9608 \fI\fIusername level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI5\fR\fI \fR
     10189\fI\fIusername level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10190.sp
     10191Example:
     10192\fI\fIusername level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC5\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    960910193.RE
    961010194
     
    961810202.sp
    961910203Default:
    9620 \fI\fIusername map script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    9621 .sp
    9622 Example:
    9623 \fI\fIusername map script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/etc/samba/scripts/mapusers\&.sh\fR\fI \fR
     10204\fI\fIusername map script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10205.sp
     10206Example:
     10207\fI\fIusername map script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/etc/samba/scripts/mapusers\&.sh\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    962410208.RE
    962510209
     
    963110215.sp
    963210216Please note that for user or share mode security, the username map is applied prior to validating the user credentials\&. Domain member servers (domain or ads) apply the username map after the user has been successfully authenticated by the domain controller and require fully qualified enties in the map table (e\&.g\&. biddle =
    9633 DOMAIN\efoo)\&.
     10217\FCDOMAIN\efoo\F[])\&.
    963410218.sp
    963510219The map file is parsed line by line\&. Each line should contain a single UNIX username on the left then a \'=\' followed by a list of usernames on the right\&. The list of usernames on the right may contain names of the form @group in which case they will match any UNIX username in that group\&. The special client name \'*\' is a wildcard and matches any name\&. Each line of the map file may be up to 1023 characters long\&.
     
    965210236.RS 4
    965310237.\}
     10238.fam C
     10239.ps -1
    965410240.nf
    9655 root = admin administrator
     10241.if t \{\
     10242.sp -1
     10243.\}
     10244.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10245.sp -1
     10246
     10247\FCroot = admin administrator\F[]
     10248.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10249.if t \{\
     10250.sp 1
     10251.\}
    965610252.fi
     10253.fam
     10254.ps +1
    965710255.if n \{\
    965810256.RE
     
    966810266.RS 4
    966910267.\}
     10268.fam C
     10269.ps -1
    967010270.nf
    9671 sys = @system
     10271.if t \{\
     10272.sp -1
     10273.\}
     10274.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10275.sp -1
     10276
     10277\FCsys = @system\F[]
     10278.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10279.if t \{\
     10280.sp 1
     10281.\}
    967210282.fi
     10283.fam
     10284.ps +1
    967310285.if n \{\
    967410286.RE
     
    967810290.sp
    967910291If your system supports the NIS NETGROUP option then the netgroup database is checked before the
    9680 /etc/group
     10292\FC/etc/group \F[]
    968110293database for matching groups\&.
    968210294.sp
     
    968610298.RS 4
    968710299.\}
     10300.fam C
     10301.ps -1
    968810302.nf
    9689 tridge = "Andrew Tridgell"
     10303.if t \{\
     10304.sp -1
     10305.\}
     10306.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10307.sp -1
     10308
     10309\FCtridge = "Andrew Tridgell"\F[]
     10310.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10311.if t \{\
     10312.sp 1
     10313.\}
    969010314.fi
     10315.fam
     10316.ps +1
    969110317.if n \{\
    969210318.RE
     
    970010326.RS 4
    970110327.\}
     10328.fam C
     10329.ps -1
    970210330.nf
     10331.if t \{\
     10332.sp -1
     10333.\}
     10334.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10335.sp -1
     10336
    970310337!sys = mary fred
    970410338guest = *
     10339.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10340.if t \{\
     10341.sp 1
     10342.\}
    970510343.fi
     10344.fam
     10345.ps +1
    970610346.if n \{\
    970710347.RE
     
    972210362.sp
    972310363Samba versions prior to 3\&.0\&.8 would only support reading the fully qualified username (e\&.g\&.:
    9724 DOMAIN\euser) from the username map when performing a kerberos login from a client\&. However, when looking up a map entry for a user authenticated by NTLM[SSP], only the login name would be used for matches\&. This resulted in inconsistent behavior sometimes even on the same server\&.
     10364\FCDOMAIN\euser\F[]) from the username map when performing a kerberos login from a client\&. However, when looking up a map entry for a user authenticated by NTLM[SSP], only the login name would be used for matches\&. This resulted in inconsistent behavior sometimes even on the same server\&.
    972510365.sp
    972610366The following functionality is obeyed in version 3\&.0\&.8 and later:
     
    972910369.sp
    973010370When relying upon a external domain controller for validating authentication requests, smbd will apply the username map to the fully qualified username (i\&.e\&.
    9731 DOMAIN\euser) only after the user has been successfully authenticated\&.
     10371\FCDOMAIN\euser\F[]) only after the user has been successfully authenticated\&.
    973210372.sp
    973310373An example of use is:
     
    973610376.RS 4
    973710377.\}
     10378.fam C
     10379.ps -1
    973810380.nf
     10381.if t \{\
     10382.sp -1
     10383.\}
     10384.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10385.sp -1
     10386
    973910387username map = /usr/local/samba/lib/users\&.map
     10388.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10389.if t \{\
     10390.sp 1
     10391.\}
    974010392.fi
     10393.fam
     10394.ps +1
    974110395.if n \{\
    974210396.RE
     
    974410398.sp
    974510399Default:
    9746 \fI\fIusername map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # no username map\fR\fI \fR
     10400\fI\fIusername map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # no username map\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    974710401.RE
    974810402
     
    979810452.sp
    979910453Default:
    9800 \fI\fIusername\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # The guest account if a guest service, else <empty string>\&.\fR\fI \fR
    9801 .sp
    9802 Example:
    9803 \fI\fIusername\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIfred, mary, jack, jane, @users, @pcgroup\fR\fI \fR
     10454\fI\fIusername\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # The guest account if a guest service, else <empty string>\&.\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10455.sp
     10456Example:
     10457\fI\fIusername\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCfred, mary, jack, jane, @users, @pcgroup\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    980410458.RE
    980510459
     
    981310467.sp
    981410468Default:
    9815 \fI\fIusershare allow guests\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     10469\fI\fIusershare allow guests\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    981610470.RE
    981710471
     
    982310477.sp
    982410478Default:
    9825 \fI\fIusershare max shares\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     10479\fI\fIusershare max shares\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    982610480.RE
    982710481
     
    983310487.sp
    983410488Default:
    9835 \fI\fIusershare owner only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fITrue\fR\fI \fR
     10489\fI\fIusershare owner only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCTrue\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    983610490.RE
    983710491
     
    984910503.RS 4
    985010504.\}
     10505.fam C
     10506.ps -1
    985110507.nf
     10508.if t \{\
     10509.sp -1
     10510.\}
     10511.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10512.sp -1
     10513
    985210514        ls \-ld /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares/
    985310515        drwxrwx\-\-T  2 root power_users 4096 2006\-05\-05 12:27 /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares/
    985410516       
     10517.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10518.if t \{\
     10519.sp 1
     10520.\}
    985510521.fi
     10522.fam
     10523.ps +1
    985610524.if n \{\
    985710525.RE
     
    986110529.sp
    986210530Default:
    9863 \fI\fIusershare path\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINULL\fR\fI \fR
     10531\fI\fIusershare path\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNULL\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    986410532.RE
    986510533
     
    987310541.sp
    987410542Default:
    9875 \fI\fIusershare prefix allow list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINULL\fR\fI \fR
    9876 .sp
    9877 Example:
    9878 \fI\fIusershare prefix allow list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/home /data /space\fR\fI \fR
     10543\fI\fIusershare prefix allow list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNULL\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10544.sp
     10545Example:
     10546\fI\fIusershare prefix allow list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/home /data /space\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    987910547.RE
    988010548
     
    988810556.sp
    988910557Default:
    9890 \fI\fIusershare prefix deny list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINULL\fR\fI \fR
    9891 .sp
    9892 Example:
    9893 \fI\fIusershare prefix deny list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/etc /dev /private\fR\fI \fR
     10558\fI\fIusershare prefix deny list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNULL\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10559.sp
     10560Example:
     10561\fI\fIusershare prefix deny list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/etc /dev /private\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    989410562.RE
    989510563
     
    990310571.sp
    990410572Default:
    9905 \fI\fIusershare template share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINULL\fR\fI \fR
    9906 .sp
    9907 Example:
    9908 \fI\fIusershare template share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fItemplate_share\fR\fI \fR
     10573\fI\fIusershare template share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNULL\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10574.sp
     10575Example:
     10576\fI\fIusershare template share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCtemplate_share\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    990910577.RE
    991010578
     
    991910587.sp
    992010588Default:
    9921 \fI\fIuse sendfile\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIfalse\fR\fI \fR
     10589\fI\fIuse sendfile\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCfalse\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    992210590.RE
    992310591
     
    993110599.sp
    993210600Default:
    9933 \fI\fIuse spnego\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     10601\fI\fIuse spnego\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    993410602.RE
    993510603
     
    993910607.RS 4
    994010608This parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled with the option
    9941 \-\-with\-utmp\&. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the utmp or utmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that record user connections to a Samba server\&. By default this is not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the native system is set to use (usually
    9942 /var/run/utmp
     10609\FC \-\-with\-utmp\F[]\&. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the utmp or utmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that record user connections to a Samba server\&. By default this is not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the native system is set to use (usually
     10610\FC/var/run/utmp\F[]
    994310611on Linux)\&.
    994410612.sp
    994510613Default:
    9946 \fI\fIutmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # Determined automatically\fR\fI \fR
    9947 .sp
    9948 Example:
    9949 \fI\fIutmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/var/run/utmp\fR\fI \fR
     10614\fI\fIutmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # Determined automatically\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10615.sp
     10616Example:
     10617\fI\fIutmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/var/run/utmp\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    995010618.RE
    995110619
     
    995510623.RS 4
    995610624This boolean parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled with the option
    9957 \-\-with\-utmp\&. If set to
     10625\FC\-\-with\-utmp\F[]\&. If set to
    995810626\fByes\fR
    995910627then Samba will attempt to add utmp or utmpx records (depending on the UNIX system) whenever a connection is made to a Samba server\&. Sites may use this to record the user connecting to a Samba share\&.
     
    996210630.sp
    996310631Default:
    9964 \fI\fIutmp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     10632\fI\fIutmp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    996510633.RE
    996610634
     
    998110649.sp
    998210650Default:
    9983 \fI\fIvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # No valid users list (anyone can login) \fR\fI \fR
    9984 .sp
    9985 Example:
    9986 \fI\fIvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIgreg, @pcusers\fR\fI \fR
     10651\fI\fIvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # No valid users list (anyone can login) \F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10652.sp
     10653Example:
     10654\fI\fIvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCgreg, @pcusers\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    998710655.RE
    998810656
     
    999610664.sp
    999710665Default:
    9998 \fI\fI\-valid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     10666\fI\fI\-valid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    999910667.RE
    1000010668
     
    1002710695.RS 4
    1002810696.\}
     10697.fam C
     10698.ps -1
    1002910699.nf
     10700.if t \{\
     10701.sp -1
     10702.\}
     10703.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10704.sp -1
     10705
    1003010706; Veto any files containing the word Security,
    1003110707; any ending in \&.tmp, and any directory containing the
     
    1003610712; creates\&.
    1003710713veto files = /\&.AppleDouble/\&.bin/\&.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/
     10714.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10715.if t \{\
     10716.sp 1
     10717.\}
    1003810718.fi
     10719.fam
     10720.ps +1
    1003910721.if n \{\
    1004010722.RE
     
    1004210724.sp
    1004310725Default:
    10044 \fI\fIveto files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINo files or directories are vetoed\&.\fR\fI \fR
     10726\fI\fIveto files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNo files or directories are vetoed\&.\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1004510727.RE
    1004610728
     
    1005610738.sp
    1005710739You might want to do this on files that you know will be heavily contended for by clients\&. A good example of this is in the NetBench SMB benchmark program, which causes heavy client contention for files ending in
    10058 \&.SEM\&. To cause Samba not to grant oplocks on these files you would use the line (either in the [global] section or in the section for the particular NetBench share\&.
     10740\FC\&.SEM\F[]\&. To cause Samba not to grant oplocks on these files you would use the line (either in the [global] section or in the section for the particular NetBench share\&.
    1005910741.sp
    1006010742An example of use is:
     
    1006310745.RS 4
    1006410746.\}
     10747.fam C
     10748.ps -1
    1006510749.nf
     10750.if t \{\
     10751.sp -1
     10752.\}
     10753.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10754.sp -1
     10755
    1006610756veto oplock files = /\&.*SEM/
     10757.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10758.if t \{\
     10759.sp 1
     10760.\}
    1006710761.fi
     10762.fam
     10763.ps +1
    1006810764.if n \{\
    1006910765.RE
     
    1007110767.sp
    1007210768Default:
    10073 \fI\fIveto oplock files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # No files are vetoed for oplock grants\fR\fI \fR
     10769\fI\fIveto oplock files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # No files are vetoed for oplock grants\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1007410770.RE
    1007510771
     
    1008910785.sp
    1009010786Default:
    10091 \fI\fIvfs objects\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    10092 .sp
    10093 Example:
    10094 \fI\fIvfs objects\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIextd_audit recycle\fR\fI \fR
     10787\fI\fIvfs objects\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10788.sp
     10789Example:
     10790\fI\fIvfs objects\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCextd_audit recycle\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1009510791.RE
    1009610792
     
    1010210798.sp
    1010310799Default:
    10104 \fI\fIvolume\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # the name of the share\fR\fI \fR
     10800\fI\fIvolume\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # the name of the share\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1010510801.RE
    1010610802
     
    1011610812.sp
    1011710813Default:
    10118 \fI\fIwide links\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     10814\fI\fIwide links\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1011910815.RE
    1012010816
     
    1013210828.sp
    1013310829Default:
    10134 \fI\fIwinbind cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI300\fR\fI \fR
     10830\fI\fIwinbind cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC300\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1013510831.RE
    1013610832
     
    1014210838\fBwinbindd\fR(8)
    1014310839it may be necessary to suppress the enumeration of groups through the
    10144 setgrent(),
    10145 getgrent()
     10840\FCsetgrent()\F[],
     10841\FCgetgrent()\F[]
    1014610842and
    10147 endgrent()
     10843\FCendgrent()\F[]
    1014810844group of system calls\&. If the
    1014910845\fIwinbind enum groups\fR
    1015010846parameter is
    1015110847\fBno\fR, calls to the
    10152 getgrent()
     10848\FCgetgrent()\F[]
    1015310849system call will not return any data\&.
    1015410850.if n \{\
     
    1015610852.\}
    1015710853.RS 4
     10854.BM yellow
    1015810855.it 1 an-trap
    1015910856.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    1016610863Turning off group enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly\&.
    1016710864.sp .5v
    10168 .RE
    10169 Default:
    10170 \fI\fIwinbind enum groups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     10865.EM yellow
     10866.RE
     10867Default:
     10868\fI\fIwinbind enum groups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1017110869.RE
    1017210870
     
    1017810876\fBwinbindd\fR(8)
    1017910877it may be necessary to suppress the enumeration of users through the
    10180 setpwent(),
    10181 getpwent()
     10878\FCsetpwent()\F[],
     10879\FCgetpwent()\F[]
    1018210880and
    10183 endpwent()
     10881\FCendpwent()\F[]
    1018410882group of system calls\&. If the
    1018510883\fIwinbind enum users\fR
    1018610884parameter is
    1018710885\fBno\fR, calls to the
    10188 getpwent
     10886\FCgetpwent\F[]
    1018910887system call will not return any data\&.
    1019010888.if n \{\
     
    1019210890.\}
    1019310891.RS 4
     10892.BM yellow
    1019410893.it 1 an-trap
    1019510894.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    1020210901Turning off user enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly\&. For example, the finger program relies on having access to the full user list when searching for matching usernames\&.
    1020310902.sp .5v
    10204 .RE
    10205 Default:
    10206 \fI\fIwinbind enum users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     10903.EM yellow
     10904.RE
     10905Default:
     10906\fI\fIwinbind enum users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1020710907.RE
    1020810908
     
    1021810918.sp
    1021910919Default:
    10220 \fI\fIwinbind expand groups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1\fR\fI \fR
     10920\fI\fIwinbind expand groups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1022110921.RE
    1022210922
     
    1022810928.sp
    1022910929Default:
    10230 \fI\fIwinbind nested groups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     10930\fI\fIwinbind nested groups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1023110931.RE
    1023210932
     
    1024010940.sp
    1024110941Default:
    10242 \fI\fIwinbind normalize names\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    10243 .sp
    10244 Example:
    10245 \fI\fIwinbind normalize names\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     10942\fI\fIwinbind normalize names\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10943.sp
     10944Example:
     10945\fI\fIwinbind normalize names\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1024610946.RE
    1024710947
     
    1028510985.sp
    1028610986Default:
    10287 \fI\fIwinbind nss info\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fItemplate\fR\fI \fR
    10288 .sp
    10289 Example:
    10290 \fI\fIwinbind nss info\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fItemplate sfu\fR\fI \fR
     10987\fI\fIwinbind nss info\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCtemplate\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10988.sp
     10989Example:
     10990\fI\fIwinbind nss info\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCtemplate sfu\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1029110991.RE
    1029210992
     
    1030011000.sp
    1030111001Default:
    10302 \fI\fIwinbind offline logon\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIfalse\fR\fI \fR
    10303 .sp
    10304 Example:
    10305 \fI\fIwinbind offline logon\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fItrue\fR\fI \fR
     11002\fI\fIwinbind offline logon\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCfalse\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     11003.sp
     11004Example:
     11005\fI\fIwinbind offline logon\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCtrue\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1030611006.RE
    1030711007
     
    1031511015.sp
    1031611016Default:
    10317 \fI\fIwinbind reconnect delay\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI30\fR\fI \fR
     11017\fI\fIwinbind reconnect delay\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC30\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1031811018.RE
    1031911019
     
    1032711027.sp
    1032811028Default:
    10329 \fI\fIwinbind refresh tickets\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIfalse\fR\fI \fR
    10330 .sp
    10331 Example:
    10332 \fI\fIwinbind refresh tickets\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fItrue\fR\fI \fR
     11029\fI\fIwinbind refresh tickets\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCfalse\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     11030.sp
     11031Example:
     11032\fI\fIwinbind refresh tickets\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCtrue\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1033311033.RE
    1033411034
     
    1033811038.RS 4
    1033911039Setting this parameter to
    10340 yes
     11040\FCyes\F[]
    1034111041forces winbindd to use RPC instead of LDAP to retrieve information from Domain Controllers\&.
    1034211042.sp
    1034311043Default:
    10344 \fI\fIwinbind rpc only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     11044\fI\fIwinbind rpc only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1034511045.RE
    1034611046
     
    1035111051This parameter allows an admin to define the character used when listing a username of the form of
    1035211052\fIDOMAIN \fR\e\fIuser\fR\&. This parameter is only applicable when using the
    10353 pam_winbind\&.so
     11053\FCpam_winbind\&.so\F[]
    1035411054and
    10355 nss_winbind\&.so
     11055\FCnss_winbind\&.so\F[]
    1035611056modules for UNIX services\&.
    1035711057.sp
     
    1035911059.sp
    1036011060Default:
    10361 \fI\fIwinbind separator\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\'\e\'\fR\fI \fR
    10362 .sp
    10363 Example:
    10364 \fI\fIwinbind separator\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI+\fR\fI \fR
     11061\fI\fIwinbind separator\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\'\e\'\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     11062.sp
     11063Example:
     11064\fI\fIwinbind separator\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC+\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1036511065.RE
    1036611066
     
    1037011070.RS 4
    1037111071This parameter is designed to allow Samba servers that are members of a Samba controlled domain to use UNIX accounts distributed via NIS, rsync, or LDAP as the uid\'s for winbindd users in the hosts primary domain\&. Therefore, the user
    10372 DOMAIN\euser1
     11072\FCDOMAIN\euser1\F[]
    1037311073would be mapped to the account user1 in /etc/passwd instead of allocating a new uid for him or her\&.
    1037411074.sp
     
    1037811078.sp
    1037911079Default:
    10380 \fI\fIwinbind trusted domains only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     11080\fI\fIwinbind trusted domains only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1038111081.RE
    1038211082
     
    1039011090.sp
    1039111091Default:
    10392 \fI\fIwinbind use default domain\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    10393 .sp
    10394 Example:
    10395 \fI\fIwinbind use default domain\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     11092\fI\fIwinbind use default domain\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     11093.sp
     11094Example:
     11095\fI\fIwinbind use default domain\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1039611096.RE
    1039711097
     
    1040411104The wins hook parameter specifies the name of a script or executable that will be called as follows:
    1040511105.sp
    10406 wins_hook operation name nametype ttl IP_list
     11106\FCwins_hook operation name nametype ttl IP_list\F[]
    1040711107.sp
    1040811108.RS 4
     
    1046211162.RE
    1046311163An example script that calls the BIND dynamic DNS update program
    10464 nsupdate
     11164\FCnsupdate\F[]
    1046511165is provided in the examples directory of the Samba source code\&.
    1046611166.sp
     
    1047911179.sp
    1048011180Default:
    10481 \fI\fIwins proxy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     11181\fI\fIwins proxy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1048211182.RE
    1048311183
     
    1049711197.\}
    1049811198.RS 4
     11199.BM yellow
    1049911200.it 1 an-trap
    1050011201.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    1050711208You need to set up Samba to point to a WINS server if you have multiple subnets and wish cross\-subnet browsing to work correctly\&.
    1050811209.sp .5v
     11210.EM yellow
    1050911211.RE
    1051011212See the chapter in the Samba3\-HOWTO on Network Browsing\&.
    1051111213.sp
    1051211214Default:
    10513 \fI\fIwins server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    10514 .sp
    10515 Example:
    10516 \fI\fIwins server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fImary:192\&.9\&.200\&.1 fred:192\&.168\&.3\&.199 mary:192\&.168\&.2\&.61 # For this example when querying a certain name, 192\&.19\&.200\&.1 will be asked first and if that doesn\'t respond 192\&.168\&.2\&.61\&. If either of those doesn\'t know the name 192\&.168\&.3\&.199 will be queried\&.\fR\fI \fR
    10517 .sp
    10518 Example:
    10519 \fI\fIwins server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI192\&.9\&.200\&.1 192\&.168\&.2\&.61\fR\fI \fR
     11215\fI\fIwins server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     11216.sp
     11217Example:
     11218\fI\fIwins server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCmary:192\&.9\&.200\&.1 fred:192\&.168\&.3\&.199 mary:192\&.168\&.2\&.61 # For this example when querying a certain name, 192\&.19\&.200\&.1 will be asked first and if that doesn\'t respond 192\&.168\&.2\&.61\&. If either of those doesn\'t know the name 192\&.168\&.3\&.199 will be queried\&.\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     11219.sp
     11220Example:
     11221\fI\fIwins server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC192\&.9\&.200\&.1 192\&.168\&.2\&.61\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1052011222.RE
    1052111223
     
    1052911231\fByes\fR
    1053011232unless you have a multi\-subnetted network and you wish a particular
    10531 nmbd
     11233\FCnmbd\F[]
    1053211234to be your WINS server\&. Note that you should
    1053311235\fINEVER\fR
     
    1053711239.sp
    1053811240Default:
    10539 \fI\fIwins support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     11241\fI\fIwins support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1054011242.RE
    1054111243
     
    1054911251.sp
    1055011252Default:
    10551 \fI\fIworkgroup\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIWORKGROUP\fR\fI \fR
    10552 .sp
    10553 Example:
    10554 \fI\fIworkgroup\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIMYGROUP\fR\fI \fR
     11253\fI\fIworkgroup\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCWORKGROUP\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     11254.sp
     11255Example:
     11256\fI\fIworkgroup\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCMYGROUP\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1055511257.RE
    1055611258
     
    1057111273.sp
    1057211274Default:
    10573 \fI\fIwriteable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     11275\fI\fIwriteable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1057411276.RE
    1057511277
     
    1058711289.sp
    1058811290Default:
    10589 \fI\fIwrite cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    10590 .sp
    10591 Example:
    10592 \fI\fIwrite cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI262144 # for a 256k cache size per file\fR\fI \fR
     11291\fI\fIwrite cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     11292.sp
     11293Example:
     11294\fI\fIwrite cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC262144 # for a 256k cache size per file\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1059311295.RE
    1059411296
     
    1060811310.sp
    1060911311Default:
    10610 \fI\fIwrite list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    10611 .sp
    10612 Example:
    10613 \fI\fIwrite list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIadmin, root, @staff\fR\fI \fR
     11312\fI\fIwrite list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     11313.sp
     11314Example:
     11315\fI\fIwrite list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCadmin, root, @staff\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1061411316.RE
    1061511317
     
    1062111323.sp
    1062211324Default:
    10623 \fI\fIwrite raw\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     11325\fI\fIwrite raw\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1062411326.RE
    1062511327
     
    1062911331.RS 4
    1063011332This parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled with the option
    10631 \-\-with\-utmp\&. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the wtmp or wtmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that record user connections to a Samba server\&. The difference with the utmp directory is the fact that user info is kept after a user has logged out\&.
     11333\FC \-\-with\-utmp\F[]\&. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the wtmp or wtmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that record user connections to a Samba server\&. The difference with the utmp directory is the fact that user info is kept after a user has logged out\&.
    1063211334.sp
    1063311335By default this is not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the native system is set to use (usually
    10634 /var/run/wtmp
     11336\FC/var/run/wtmp\F[]
    1063511337on Linux)\&.
    1063611338.sp
    1063711339Default:
    10638 \fI\fIwtmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    10639 .sp
    10640 Example:
    10641 \fI\fIwtmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/var/log/wtmp\fR\fI \fR
     11340\fI\fIwtmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     11341.sp
     11342Example:
     11343\fI\fIwtmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/var/log/wtmp\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1064211344.RE
    1064311345.SH "WARNINGS"
     
    1065011352.PP
    1065111353Use of the
    10652 [homes]
     11354\FC[homes]\F[]
    1065311355and
    10654 [printers]
     11356\FC[printers]\F[]
    1065511357special sections make life for an administrator easy, but the various combinations of default attributes can be tricky\&. Take extreme care when designing these sections\&. In particular, ensure that the permissions on spool directories are correct\&.
    1065611358.SH "VERSION"
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/smbcacls.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbcacls
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBCACLS" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "SMBCACLS" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbcacls \- Set or get ACLs on an NT file or directory names
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 smbcacls {//server/share} {filename} [\-D\ acls] [\-M\ acls] [\-a\ acls] [\-S\ acls] [\-C\ name] [\-G\ name] [\-\-numeric] [\-t] [\-U\ username] [\-h] [\-d]
     174\FCsmbcacls\F[] {//server/share} {filename} [\-D\ acls] [\-M\ acls] [\-a\ acls] [\-S\ acls] [\-C\ name] [\-G\ name] [\-\-numeric] [\-t] [\-U\ username] [\-h] [\-d]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 smbcacls
     183\FCsmbcacls\F[]
    34184program manipulates NT Access Control Lists (ACLs) on SMB file shares\&.
    35185.SH "OPTIONS"
    36186.PP
    37187The following options are available to the
    38 smbcacls
     188\FCsmbcacls\F[]
    39189program\&. The format of ACLs is described in the section ACL FORMAT
    40190.PP
     
    104254\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    105255parameter in the
    106 smb\&.conf
     256\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    107257file\&.
    108258.RE
     
    116266.RS 4
    117267The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    118 smb\&.conf
     268\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    119269for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    120270.RE
     
    153303.RS 4
    154304.\}
     305.fam C
     306.ps -1
    155307.nf
     308.if t \{\
     309.sp -1
     310.\}
     311.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     312.sp -1
     313
    156314username = <value>
    157315password = <value>
    158316domain   = <value>
     317.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     318.if t \{\
     319.sp 1
     320.\}
    159321.fi
     322.fam
     323.ps +1
    160324.if n \{\
    161325.RE
     
    182346.sp
    183347Be cautious about including passwords in scripts\&. Also, on many systems the command line of a running process may be seen via the
    184 ps
     348\FCps\F[]
    185349command\&. To be safe always allow
    186 rpcclient
     350\FCrpcclient\F[]
    187351to prompt for a password and type it in directly\&.
    188352.RE
     
    194358.RS 4
    195359.\}
     360.fam C
     361.ps -1
    196362.nf
     363.BB lightgray
    197364 
    198365REVISION:<revision number>
     
    200367GROUP:<sid or name>
    201368ACL:<sid or name>:<type>/<flags>/<mask>
     369.EB lightgray
    202370.fi
     371.fam
     372.ps +1
    203373.if n \{\
    204374.RE
     
    374544.PP
    375545The
    376 smbcacls
     546\FCsmbcacls\F[]
    377547program sets the exit status depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed\&. The exit status may be one of the following values\&.
    378548.PP
    379549If the operation succeeded, smbcacls returns and exit status of 0\&. If
    380 smbcacls
     550\FCsmbcacls\F[]
    381551couldn\'t connect to the specified server, or there was an error getting or setting the ACLs, an exit status of 1 is returned\&. If there was an error parsing any command line arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned\&.
    382552.SH "VERSION"
     
    387557The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell\&. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed\&.
    388558.PP
    389 smbcacls
     559\FCsmbcacls\F[]
    390560was written by Andrew Tridgell and Tim Potter\&.
    391561.PP
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/smbclient.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbclient
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBCLIENT" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "SMBCLIENT" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbclient \- ftp\-like client to access SMB/CIFS resources on servers
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 smbclient [\-b\ <buffer\ size>] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-e] [\-L\ <netbios\ name>] [\-U\ username] [\-I\ destinationIP] [\-M\ <netbios\ name>] [\-m\ maxprotocol] [\-A\ authfile] [\-N] [\-C] [\-g] [\-i\ scope] [\-O\ <socket\ options>] [\-p\ port] [\-R\ <name\ resolve\ order>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-k] [\-P] [\-c\ <command>]
     174\FCsmbclient\F[] [\-b\ <buffer\ size>] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-e] [\-L\ <netbios\ name>] [\-U\ username] [\-I\ destinationIP] [\-M\ <netbios\ name>] [\-m\ maxprotocol] [\-A\ authfile] [\-N] [\-C] [\-g] [\-i\ scope] [\-O\ <socket\ options>] [\-p\ port] [\-R\ <name\ resolve\ order>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-k] [\-P] [\-c\ <command>]
     175.fam
     176.fam C
    26177.HP \w'\ 'u
    27 smbclient {servicename} [password] [\-b\ <buffer\ size>] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-e] [\-D\ Directory] [\-U\ username] [\-W\ workgroup] [\-M\ <netbios\ name>] [\-m\ maxprotocol] [\-A\ authfile] [\-N] [\-C] [\-g] [\-l\ log\-basename] [\-I\ destinationIP] [\-E] [\-c\ <command\ string>] [\-i\ scope] [\-O\ <socket\ options>] [\-p\ port] [\-R\ <name\ resolve\ order>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-T<c|x>IXFqgbNan] [\-k]
     178\FCsmbclient\F[] {servicename} [password] [\-b\ <buffer\ size>] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-e] [\-D\ Directory] [\-U\ username] [\-W\ workgroup] [\-M\ <netbios\ name>] [\-m\ maxprotocol] [\-A\ authfile] [\-N] [\-C] [\-g] [\-l\ log\-basename] [\-I\ destinationIP] [\-E] [\-c\ <command\ string>] [\-i\ scope] [\-O\ <socket\ options>] [\-p\ port] [\-R\ <name\ resolve\ order>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-T<c|x>IXFqgbNan] [\-k]
     179.fam
    28180.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    29181.PP
     
    32184suite\&.
    33185.PP
    34 smbclient
     186\FCsmbclient\F[]
    35187is a client that can \'talk\' to an SMB/CIFS server\&. It offers an interface similar to that of the ftp program (see
    36188\fBftp\fR(1))\&. Operations include things like getting files from the server to the local machine, putting files from the local machine to the server, retrieving directory information from the server and so on\&.
     
    40192.RS 4
    41193servicename is the name of the service you want to use on the server\&. A service name takes the form
    42 //server/service
     194\FC//server/service\F[]
    43195where
    44196\fIserver \fR
     
    46198\fIservice\fR
    47199is the name of the service offered\&. Thus to connect to the service "printer" on the SMB/CIFS server "smbserver", you would use the servicename
    48 //smbserver/printer
     200\FC//smbserver/printer \F[]
    49201.sp
    50202Note that the server name required is NOT necessarily the IP (DNS) host name of the server ! The name required is a NetBIOS server name, which may or may not be the same as the IP hostname of the machine running the server\&.
     
    53205\fI\-R\fR
    54206parameter to
    55 smbclient
     207\FCsmbclient\F[]
    56208or using the name resolve order parameter in the
    57209\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
     
    104256.\}
    105257\fBhost\fR: Do a standard host name to IP address resolution, using the system
    106 /etc/hosts, NIS, or DNS lookups\&. This method of name resolution is operating system dependent, for instance on IRIX or Solaris this may be controlled by the
    107 /etc/nsswitch\&.conf
     258\FC/etc/hosts \F[], NIS, or DNS lookups\&. This method of name resolution is operating system dependent, for instance on IRIX or Solaris this may be controlled by the
     259\FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\F[]
    108260file)\&. Note that this method is only used if the NetBIOS name type being queried is the 0x20 (server) name type, otherwise it is ignored\&.
    109261.RE
     
    155307.sp
    156308One useful trick is to pipe the message through
    157 smbclient\&. For example: smbclient \-M FRED < mymessage\&.txt will send the message in the file
    158 mymessage\&.txt
     309\FCsmbclient\F[]\&. For example: smbclient \-M FRED < mymessage\&.txt will send the message in the file
     310\FCmymessage\&.txt\F[]
    159311to the machine FRED\&.
    160312.sp
     
    223375.RS 4
    224376This option allows you to look at what services are available on a server\&. You use it as
    225 smbclient \-L host
     377\FCsmbclient \-L host\F[]
    226378and a list should appear\&. The
    227379\fI\-I \fR
     
    251403\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    252404parameter in the
    253 smb\&.conf
     405\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    254406file\&.
    255407.RE
     
    263415.RS 4
    264416The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    265 smb\&.conf
     417\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    266418for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    267419.RE
     
    300452.RS 4
    301453.\}
     454.fam C
     455.ps -1
    302456.nf
     457.if t \{\
     458.sp -1
     459.\}
     460.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     461.sp -1
     462
    303463username = <value>
    304464password = <value>
    305465domain   = <value>
     466.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     467.if t \{\
     468.sp 1
     469.\}
    306470.fi
     471.fam
     472.ps +1
    307473.if n \{\
    308474.RE
     
    329495.sp
    330496Be cautious about including passwords in scripts\&. Also, on many systems the command line of a running process may be seen via the
    331 ps
     497\FCps\F[]
    332498command\&. To be safe always allow
    333 rpcclient
     499\FCrpcclient\F[]
    334500to prompt for a password and type it in directly\&.
    335501.RE
     
    340506\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    341507parameter in the
    342 smb\&.conf
     508\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    343509file\&. However, a command line setting will take precedence over settings in
    344 smb\&.conf\&.
     510\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    345511.RE
    346512.PP
     
    348514.RS 4
    349515This specifies a NetBIOS scope that
    350 nmblookup
     516\FCnmblookup\F[]
    351517will use to communicate with when generating NetBIOS names\&. For details on the use of NetBIOS scopes, see rfc1001\&.txt and rfc1002\&.txt\&. NetBIOS scopes are
    352518\fIvery\fR
     
    362528.RS 4
    363529TCP socket options to set on the client socket\&. See the socket options parameter in the
    364 smb\&.conf
     530\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    365531manual page for the list of valid options\&.
    366532.RE
     
    369535.RS 4
    370536smbclient may be used to create
    371 tar(1)
     537\FCtar(1) \F[]
    372538compatible backups of all the files on an SMB/CIFS share\&. The secondary tar flags that can be given to this option are :
    373539.sp
     
    526692\fITar Long File Names\fR
    527693.sp
    528 smbclient\'s tar option now supports long file names both on backup and restore\&. However, the full path name of the file must be less than 1024 bytes\&. Also, when a tar archive is created,
    529 smbclient\'s tar option places all files in the archive with relative names, not absolute names\&.
     694\FCsmbclient\F[]\'s tar option now supports long file names both on backup and restore\&. However, the full path name of the file must be less than 1024 bytes\&. Also, when a tar archive is created,
     695\FCsmbclient\F[]\'s tar option places all files in the archive with relative names, not absolute names\&.
    530696.sp
    531697\fITar Filenames\fR
     
    536702.sp
    537703Restore from tar file
    538 backup\&.tar
     704\FCbackup\&.tar\F[]
    539705into myshare on mypc (no password on share)\&.
    540706.sp
    541 smbclient //mypc/yshare "" \-N \-Tx backup\&.tar
     707\FCsmbclient //mypc/yshare "" \-N \-Tx backup\&.tar \F[]
    542708.sp
    543709Restore everything except
    544 users/docs
    545 .sp
    546 smbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-TXx backup\&.tar users/docs
     710\FCusers/docs\F[]
     711.sp
     712\FCsmbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-TXx backup\&.tar users/docs\F[]
    547713.sp
    548714Create a tar file of the files beneath
    549 users/docs\&.
    550 .sp
    551 smbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-Tc backup\&.tar users/docs
     715\FC users/docs\F[]\&.
     716.sp
     717\FCsmbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-Tc backup\&.tar users/docs \F[]
    552718.sp
    553719Create the same tar file as above, but now use a DOS path name\&.
    554720.sp
    555 smbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-tc backup\&.tar users\eedocs
     721\FCsmbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-tc backup\&.tar users\eedocs \F[]
    556722.sp
    557723Create a tar file of the files listed in the file
    558 tarlist\&.
    559 .sp
    560 smbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-TcF backup\&.tar tarlist
     724\FCtarlist\F[]\&.
     725.sp
     726\FCsmbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-TcF backup\&.tar tarlist\F[]
    561727.sp
    562728Create a tar file of all the files and directories in the share\&.
    563729.sp
    564 smbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-Tc backup\&.tar *
     730\FCsmbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-Tc backup\&.tar * \F[]
    565731.RE
    566732.PP
     
    578744.sp
    579745This is particularly useful in scripts and for printing stdin to the server, e\&.g\&.
    580 \-c \'print \-\'\&.
     746\FC\-c \'print \-\'\F[]\&.
    581747.RE
    582748.SH "OPERATIONS"
     
    584750Once the client is running, the user is presented with a prompt :
    585751.PP
    586 smb:\e>
     752\FCsmb:\e> \F[]
    587753.PP
    588754The backslash ("\e\e") indicates the current working directory on the server, and will change if the current working directory is changed\&.
     
    696862.RS 4
    697863Copy the file called
    698 remote file name
     864\FCremote file name\F[]
    699865from the server to the machine running the client\&. If specified, name the local copy
    700 local file name\&. Note that all transfers in
    701 smbclient
     866\FClocal file name\F[]\&. Note that all transfers in
     867\FCsmbclient\F[]
    702868are binary\&. See also the lowercase command\&.
    703869.RE
     
    794960\fImask\fR
    795961is interpreted differently during recursive operation and non\-recursive operation \- refer to the recurse and mask commands for more information\&. Note that all transfers in
    796 smbclient
     962\FCsmbclient\F[]
    797963are binary\&. See also the lowercase command\&.
    798964.RE
     
    817983\fImask\fR
    818984is interpreted differently during recursive operation and non\-recursive operation \- refer to the recurse and mask commands for more information\&. Note that all transfers in
    819 smbclient
     985\FCsmbclient\F[]
    820986are binary\&.
    821987.RE
     
    8661032.RS 4
    8671033Copy the file called
    868 local file name
     1034\FClocal file name\F[]
    8691035from the machine running the client to the server\&. If specified, name the remote copy
    870 remote file name\&. Note that all transfers in
    871 smbclient
     1036\FCremote file name\F[]\&. Note that all transfers in
     1037\FCsmbclient\F[]
    8721038are binary\&. See also the lowercase command\&.
    8731039.RE
     
    9261092A version of the DOS attrib command to set file permissions\&. For example:
    9271093.sp
    928 setmode myfile +r
     1094\FCsetmode myfile +r \F[]
    9291095.sp
    9301096would make myfile read only\&.
     
    10031169.PP
    10041170It is recommended that the smbclient software be installed in the
    1005 /usr/local/samba/bin/
     1171\FC/usr/local/samba/bin/\F[]
    10061172or
    1007 /usr/samba/bin/
     1173\FC /usr/samba/bin/\F[]
    10081174directory, this directory readable by all, writeable only by root\&. The client program itself should be executable by all\&. The client should
    10091175\fINOT\fR
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/smbcontrol.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbcontrol
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBCONTROL" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "SMBCONTROL" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbcontrol \- send messages to smbd, nmbd or winbindd processes
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 smbcontrol [\-i] [\-s]
     174\FCsmbcontrol\F[] [\-i] [\-s]
     175.fam
     176.fam C
    26177.HP \w'\ 'u
    27 smbcontrol [destination] [message\-type] [parameter]
     178\FCsmbcontrol\F[] [destination] [message\-type] [parameter]
     179.fam
    28180.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    29181.PP
     
    32184suite\&.
    33185.PP
    34 smbcontrol
     186\FCsmbcontrol\F[]
    35187is a very small program, which sends messages to a
    36188\fBsmbd\fR(8), a
     
    48200.RS 4
    49201The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    50 smb\&.conf
     202\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    51203for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    52204.RE
     
    71223\fIsmbd\fR
    72224destination causes the message to be sent to the smbd daemon specified in the
    73 smbd\&.pid
     225\FCsmbd\&.pid\F[]
    74226file\&.
    75227.sp
     
    77229\fInmbd\fR
    78230destination causes the message to be sent to the nmbd daemon specified in the
    79 nmbd\&.pid
     231\FCnmbd\&.pid\F[]
    80232file\&.
    81233.sp
     
    83235\fIwinbindd\fR
    84236destination causes the message to be sent to the winbind daemon specified in the
    85 winbindd\&.pid
     237\FCwinbindd\&.pid\F[]
    86238file\&.
    87239.sp
     
    118270.RS 4
    119271This message causes the
    120 nmbd
     272\FCnmbd\F[]
    121273daemon to force a new browse master election\&.
    122274.RE
     
    185337.\}
    186338.RS 4
     339.BM yellow
    187340.it 1 an-trap
    188341.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    195348Not working at the moment
    196349.sp .5v
     350.EM yellow
    197351.RE
    198352.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/smbcquotas.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbcquotas
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBCQUOTAS" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "SMBCQUOTAS" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbcquotas \- Set or get QUOTAs of NTFS 5 shares
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 smbcquotas {//server/share} [\-u\ user] [\-L] [\-F] [\-S\ QUOTA_SET_COMMAND] [\-n] [\-t] [\-v] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-s\ configfile] [\-l\ logdir] [\-V] [\-U\ username] [\-N] [\-k] [\-A]
     174\FCsmbcquotas\F[] {//server/share} [\-u\ user] [\-L] [\-F] [\-S\ QUOTA_SET_COMMAND] [\-n] [\-t] [\-v] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-s\ configfile] [\-l\ logdir] [\-V] [\-U\ username] [\-N] [\-k] [\-A]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 smbcquotas
     183\FCsmbcquotas\F[]
    34184program manipulates NT Quotas on SMB file shares\&.
    35185.SH "OPTIONS"
    36186.PP
    37187The following options are available to the
    38 smbcquotas
     188\FCsmbcquotas\F[]
    39189program\&.
    40190.PP
     
    91241\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    92242parameter in the
    93 smb\&.conf
     243\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    94244file\&.
    95245.RE
     
    103253.RS 4
    104254The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    105 smb\&.conf
     255\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    106256for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    107257.RE
     
    140290.RS 4
    141291.\}
     292.fam C
     293.ps -1
    142294.nf
     295.if t \{\
     296.sp -1
     297.\}
     298.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     299.sp -1
     300
    143301username = <value>
    144302password = <value>
    145303domain   = <value>
    146 .fi
     304.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     305.if t \{\
     306.sp 1
     307.\}
     308.fi
     309.fam
     310.ps +1
    147311.if n \{\
    148312.RE
     
    169333.sp
    170334Be cautious about including passwords in scripts\&. Also, on many systems the command line of a running process may be seen via the
    171 ps
     335\FCps\F[]
    172336command\&. To be safe always allow
    173 rpcclient
     337\FCrpcclient\F[]
    174338to prompt for a password and type it in directly\&.
    175339.RE
     
    194358.PP
    195359The
    196 smbcquotas
     360\FCsmbcquotas\F[]
    197361program sets the exit status depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed\&. The exit status may be one of the following values\&.
    198362.PP
    199363If the operation succeeded, smbcquotas returns an exit status of 0\&. If
    200 smbcquotas
     364\FCsmbcquotas\F[]
    201365couldn\'t connect to the specified server, or when there was an error getting or setting the quota(s), an exit status of 1 is returned\&. If there was an error parsing any command line arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned\&.
    202366.SH "VERSION"
     
    207371The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell\&. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed\&.
    208372.PP
    209 smbcquotas
     373\FCsmbcquotas\F[]
    210374was written by Stefan Metzmacher\&.
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/smbd.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbd
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBD" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "SMBD" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbd \- server to provide SMB/CIFS services to clients
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 smbd [\-D] [\-F] [\-S] [\-i] [\-h] [\-V] [\-b] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-l\ <log\ directory>] [\-p\ <port\ number(s)>] [\-P\ <profiling\ level>] [\-O\ <socket\ option>] [\-s\ <configuration\ file>]
     174\FCsmbd\F[] [\-D] [\-F] [\-S] [\-i] [\-h] [\-V] [\-b] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-l\ <log\ directory>] [\-p\ <port\ number(s)>] [\-P\ <profiling\ level>] [\-O\ <socket\ option>] [\-s\ <configuration\ file>]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 smbd
     182\FCsmbd\F[]
    33183is the server daemon that provides filesharing and printing services to Windows clients\&. The server provides filespace and printer services to clients using the SMB (or CIFS) protocol\&. This is compatible with the LanManager protocol, and can service LanManager clients\&. These include MSCLIENT 3\&.0 for DOS, Windows for Workgroups, Windows 95/98/ME, Windows NT, Windows 2000, OS/2, DAVE for Macintosh, and smbfs for Linux\&.
    34184.PP
     
    43193.PP
    44194The configuration file, and any files that it includes, are automatically reloaded every minute, if they change\&. You can force a reload by sending a SIGHUP to the server\&. Reloading the configuration file will not affect connections to any service that is already established\&. Either the user will have to disconnect from the service, or
    45 smbd
     195\FCsmbd\F[]
    46196killed and restarted\&.
    47197.SH "OPTIONS"
     
    50200.RS 4
    51201If specified, this parameter causes the server to operate as a daemon\&. That is, it detaches itself and runs in the background, fielding requests on the appropriate port\&. Operating the server as a daemon is the recommended way of running
    52 smbd
     202\FCsmbd\F[]
    53203for servers that provide more than casual use file and print services\&. This switch is assumed if
    54 smbd
     204\FCsmbd \F[]
    55205is executed on the command line of a shell\&.
    56206.RE
     
    59209.RS 4
    60210If specified, this parameter causes the main
    61 smbd
     211\FCsmbd\F[]
    62212process to not daemonize, i\&.e\&. double\-fork and disassociate with the terminal\&. Child processes are still created as normal to service each connection request, but the main process does not exit\&. This operation mode is suitable for running
    63 smbd
     213\FCsmbd\F[]
    64214under process supervisors such as
    65 supervise
     215\FCsupervise\F[]
    66216and
    67 svscan
     217\FCsvscan\F[]
    68218from Daniel J\&. Bernstein\'s
    69 daemontools
     219\FCdaemontools\F[]
    70220package, or the AIX process monitor\&.
    71221.RE
     
    74224.RS 4
    75225If specified, this parameter causes
    76 smbd
     226\FCsmbd\F[]
    77227to log to standard output rather than a file\&.
    78228.RE
     
    81231.RS 4
    82232If this parameter is specified it causes the server to run "interactively", not as a daemon, even if the server is executed on the command line of a shell\&. Setting this parameter negates the implicit daemon mode when run from the command line\&.
    83 smbd
     233\FCsmbd\F[]
    84234also logs to standard output, as if the
    85 \-S
     235\FC\-S\F[]
    86236parameter had been given\&.
    87237.RE
     
    99249\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    100250parameter in the
    101 smb\&.conf
     251\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    102252file\&.
    103253.RE
     
    111261.RS 4
    112262The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    113 smb\&.conf
     263\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    114264for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    115265.RE
     
    138288\m[blue]\fBports\fR\m[]
    139289parameter in
    140 smb\&.conf
     290\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    141291.sp
    142292The default ports are 139 (used for SMB over NetBIOS over TCP) and port 445 (used for plain SMB over TCP)\&.
     
    150300.SH "FILES"
    151301.PP
    152 /etc/inetd\&.conf
     302\FC/etc/inetd\&.conf\F[]
    153303.RS 4
    154304If the server is to be run by the
    155 inetd
     305\FCinetd\F[]
    156306meta\-daemon, this file must contain suitable startup information for the meta\-daemon\&.
    157307.RE
    158308.PP
    159 /etc/rc
     309\FC/etc/rc\F[]
    160310.RS 4
    161311or whatever initialization script your system uses)\&.
     
    164314.RE
    165315.PP
    166 /etc/services
     316\FC/etc/services\F[]
    167317.RS 4
    168318If running the server via the meta\-daemon
    169 inetd, this file must contain a mapping of service name (e\&.g\&., netbios\-ssn) to service port (e\&.g\&., 139) and protocol type (e\&.g\&., tcp)\&.
    170 .RE
    171 .PP
    172 /usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf
     319\FCinetd\F[], this file must contain a mapping of service name (e\&.g\&., netbios\-ssn) to service port (e\&.g\&., 139) and protocol type (e\&.g\&., tcp)\&.
     320.RE
     321.PP
     322\FC/usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\F[]
    173323.RS 4
    174324This is the default location of the
    175325\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    176326server configuration file\&. Other common places that systems install this file are
    177 /usr/samba/lib/smb\&.conf
     327\FC/usr/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\F[]
    178328and
    179 /etc/samba/smb\&.conf\&.
     329\FC/etc/samba/smb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    180330.sp
    181331This file describes all the services the server is to make available to clients\&. See
     
    186336.PP
    187337On some systems
    188 smbd
     338\FCsmbd\F[]
    189339cannot change uid back to root after a setuid() call\&. Such systems are called trapdoor uid systems\&. If you have such a system, you will be unable to connect from a client (such as a PC) as two different users at once\&. Attempts to connect the second user will result in access denied or similar\&.
    190340.SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
     
    236386.PP
    237387Samba stores it\'s data in several TDB (Trivial Database) files, usually located in
    238 /var/lib/samba\&.
     388\FC/var/lib/samba\F[]\&.
    239389.PP
    240390(*) information persistent across restarts (but not necessarily important to backup)\&.
     
    342492.PP
    343493Sending the
    344 smbd
     494\FCsmbd\F[]
    345495a SIGHUP will cause it to reload its
    346 smb\&.conf
     496\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    347497configuration file within a short period of time\&.
    348498.PP
    349499To shut down a user\'s
    350 smbd
     500\FCsmbd\F[]
    351501process it is recommended that
    352 SIGKILL (\-9)
     502\FCSIGKILL (\-9)\F[]
    353503\fINOT\fR
    354504be used, except as a last resort, as this may leave the shared memory area in an inconsistent state\&. The safe way to terminate an
    355 smbd
     505\FCsmbd\F[]
    356506is to send it a SIGTERM (\-15) signal and wait for it to die on its own\&.
    357507.PP
    358508The debug log level of
    359 smbd
     509\FCsmbd\F[]
    360510may be raised or lowered using
    361511\fBsmbcontrol\fR(1)
     
    363513.PP
    364514Note that as the signal handlers send a debug write, they are not re\-entrant in
    365 smbd\&. This you should wait until
    366 smbd
     515\FCsmbd\F[]\&. This you should wait until
     516\FCsmbd\F[]
    367517is in a state of waiting for an incoming SMB before issuing them\&. It is possible to make the signal handlers safe by un\-blocking the signals before the select call and re\-blocking them after, however this would affect performance\&.
    368518.SH "SEE ALSO"
     
    375525\fBtestparm\fR(1),
    376526\fBtestprns\fR(1), and the Internet RFC\'s
    377 rfc1001\&.txt,
    378 rfc1002\&.txt\&. In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available as a link from the Web page
     527\FCrfc1001\&.txt\F[],
     528\FCrfc1002\&.txt\F[]\&. In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available as a link from the Web page
    379529http://samba\&.org/cifs/\&.
    380530.SH "AUTHOR"
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/smbget.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbget
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBGET" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "SMBGET" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbget \- wget\-like utility for download files over SMB
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 smbget [\-a,\ \-\-guest] [\-r,\ \-\-resume] [\-R,\ \-\-recursive] [\-u,\ \-\-username=STRING] [\-p,\ \-\-password=STRING] [\-w,\ \-\-workgroup=STRING] [\-n,\ \-\-nonprompt] [\-d,\ \-\-debuglevel=INT] [\-D,\ \-\-dots] [\-P,\ \-\-keep\-permissions] [\-o,\ \-\-outputfile] [\-f,\ \-\-rcfile] [\-q,\ \-\-quiet] [\-v,\ \-\-verbose] [\-b,\ \-\-blocksize] [\-O,\ \-\-stdout] [\-?,\ \-\-help] [\-\-usage] {smb://host/share/path/to/file} [smb://url2/] [\&.\&.\&.]
     174\FCsmbget\F[] [\-a,\ \-\-guest] [\-r,\ \-\-resume] [\-R,\ \-\-recursive] [\-u,\ \-\-username=STRING] [\-p,\ \-\-password=STRING] [\-w,\ \-\-workgroup=STRING] [\-n,\ \-\-nonprompt] [\-d,\ \-\-debuglevel=INT] [\-D,\ \-\-dots] [\-P,\ \-\-keep\-permissions] [\-o,\ \-\-outputfile] [\-f,\ \-\-rcfile] [\-q,\ \-\-quiet] [\-v,\ \-\-verbose] [\-b,\ \-\-blocksize] [\-O,\ \-\-stdout] [\-?,\ \-\-help] [\-\-usage] {smb://host/share/path/to/file} [smb://url2/] [\&.\&.\&.]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    132282.RS 4
    133283.\}
    134 .nf
     284.fam C
     285.ps -1
     286.nf
     287.if t \{\
     288.sp -1
     289.\}
     290.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     291.sp -1
     292
    135293smb://[[[domain;]user[:password@]]server[/share[/path[/file]]]]
    136 .fi
    137 .if n \{\
    138 .RE
    139 .\}
    140 .PP
    141 .if n \{\
    142 .RS 4
    143 .\}
    144 .nf
     294.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     295.if t \{\
     296.sp 1
     297.\}
     298.fi
     299.fam
     300.ps +1
     301.if n \{\
     302.RE
     303.\}
     304.PP
     305.if n \{\
     306.RS 4
     307.\}
     308.fam C
     309.ps -1
     310.nf
     311.if t \{\
     312.sp -1
     313.\}
     314.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     315.sp -1
     316
    145317smb:// means all the workgroups
    146 .fi
    147 .if n \{\
    148 .RE
    149 .\}
    150 .PP
    151 .if n \{\
    152 .RS 4
    153 .\}
    154 .nf
     318.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     319.if t \{\
     320.sp 1
     321.\}
     322.fi
     323.fam
     324.ps +1
     325.if n \{\
     326.RE
     327.\}
     328.PP
     329.if n \{\
     330.RS 4
     331.\}
     332.fam C
     333.ps -1
     334.nf
     335.if t \{\
     336.sp -1
     337.\}
     338.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     339.sp -1
     340
    155341smb://name/ means, if \fIname\fR is a workgroup, all the servers in this workgroup, or if \fIname\fR is a server, all the shares on this server\&.
    156 .fi
     342.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     343.if t \{\
     344.sp 1
     345.\}
     346.fi
     347.fam
     348.ps +1
    157349.if n \{\
    158350.RE
     
    163355.RS 4
    164356.\}
    165 .nf
     357.fam C
     358.ps -1
     359.nf
     360.if t \{\
     361.sp -1
     362.\}
     363.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     364.sp -1
     365
    166366# Recursively download \'src\' directory
    167367smbget \-R smb://rhonwyn/jelmer/src
     
    172372# Backup my data on rhonwyn
    173373smbget \-Rr smb://rhonwyn/
    174 .fi
     374.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     375.if t \{\
     376.sp 1
     377.\}
     378.fi
     379.fam
     380.ps +1
    175381.if n \{\
    176382.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/smbgetrc.5

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbgetrc
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: File Formats and Conventions
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBGETRC" "5" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "File Formats and Conventions"
     9.TH "SMBGETRC" "5" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "File Formats and Conventions"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbgetrc \- configuration file for smbget
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
    24 .PP
    25 smbgetrc
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.PP
     173\FCsmbgetrc\F[]
    26174.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27175.PP
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/smbpasswd.5

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbpasswd
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: File Formats and Conventions
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBPASSWD" "5" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "File Formats and Conventions"
     9.TH "SMBPASSWD" "5" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "File Formats and Conventions"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbpasswd \- The Samba encrypted password file
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
    24 .PP
    25 smbpasswd
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.PP
     173\FCsmbpasswd\F[]
    26174.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27175.PP
     
    34182.PP
    35183The format of the smbpasswd file used by Samba 2\&.2 is very similar to the familiar Unix
    36 passwd(5)
     184\FCpasswd(5)\F[]
    37185file\&. It is an ASCII file containing one line for each user\&. Each field ithin each line is separated from the next by a colon\&. Any entry beginning with \'#\' is ignored\&. The smbpasswd file contains the following information for each user:
    38186.PP
     
    143291.RE
    144292Other flags may be added as the code is extended in future\&. The rest of this field space is filled in with spaces\&. For further information regarding the flags that are supported please refer to the man page for the
    145 pdbedit
     293\FCpdbedit\F[]
    146294command\&.
    147295.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/smbpasswd.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbpasswd
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBPASSWD" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "SMBPASSWD" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbpasswd \- change a user\'s SMB password
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 smbpasswd [\-a] [\-c\ <config\ file>] [\-x] [\-d] [\-e] [\-D\ debuglevel] [\-n] [\-r\ <remote\ machine>] [\-R\ <name\ resolve\ order>] [\-m] [\-U\ username[%password]] [\-h] [\-s] [\-w\ pass] [\-W] [\-i] [\-L] [username]
     174\FCsmbpasswd\F[] [\-a] [\-c\ <config\ file>] [\-x] [\-d] [\-e] [\-D\ debuglevel] [\-n] [\-r\ <remote\ machine>] [\-R\ <name\ resolve\ order>] [\-m] [\-U\ username[%password]] [\-h] [\-s] [\-w\ pass] [\-W] [\-i] [\-L] [username]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    35185.PP
    36186By default (when run with no arguments) it will attempt to change the current user\'s SMB password on the local machine\&. This is similar to the way the
    37 passwd(1)
     187\FCpasswd(1)\F[]
    38188program works\&.
    39 smbpasswd
     189\FC smbpasswd\F[]
    40190differs from how the passwd program works however in that it is not
    41191\fIsetuid root\fR
     
    52202.PP
    53203When run by root, smbpasswd allows new users to be added and deleted in the smbpasswd file, as well as allows changes to the attributes of the user in this file to be made\&. When run by root,
    54 smbpasswd
     204\FC smbpasswd\F[]
    55205accesses the local smbpasswd file directly, thus enabling changes to be made even if smbd is not running\&.
    56206.SH "OPTIONS"
     
    59209.RS 4
    60210This option specifies that the username following should be added to the local smbpasswd file, with the new password typed (type <Enter> for the old password)\&. This option is ignored if the username following already exists in the smbpasswd file and it is treated like a regular change password command\&. Note that the default passdb backends require the user to already exist in the system password file (usually
    61 /etc/passwd), else the request to add the user will fail\&.
     211\FC/etc/passwd\F[]), else the request to add the user will fail\&.
    62212.sp
    63213This option is only available when running smbpasswd as root\&.
     
    67217.RS 4
    68218This option can be used to specify the path and file name of the
    69 smb\&.conf
     219\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    70220configuration file when it is important to use other than the default file and / or location\&.
    71221.RE
     
    100250.sp
    101251If the smbpasswd file is in the \'old\' format, then
    102 smbpasswd
     252\FC smbpasswd\F[]
    103253will FAIL to enable the account\&. See
    104254\fBsmbpasswd\fR(5)
     
    123273.sp
    124274Note that to allow users to logon to a Samba server once the password has been set to "NO PASSWORD" in the smbpasswd file the administrator must set the following parameter in the [global] section of the
    125 smb\&.conf
     275\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    126276file :
    127277.sp
    128 null passwords = yes
     278\FCnull passwords = yes\F[]
    129279.sp
    130280This option is only available when running smbpasswd as root\&.
     
    177327.\}
    178328\fBhost\fR: Do a standard host name to IP address resolution, using the system
    179 /etc/hosts, NIS, or DNS lookups\&. This method of name resolution is operating system depended for instance on IRIX or Solaris this may be controlled by the
    180 /etc/nsswitch\&.conf
     329\FC/etc/hosts \F[], NIS, or DNS lookups\&. This method of name resolution is operating system depended for instance on IRIX or Solaris this may be controlled by the
     330\FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\F[]
    181331file)\&. Note that this method is only used if the NetBIOS name type being queried is the 0x20 (server) name type, otherwise it is ignored\&.
    182332.RE
     
    209359.RE
    210360The default order is
    211 lmhosts, host, wins, bcast
     361\FClmhosts, host, wins, bcast\F[]
    212362and without this parameter or any entry in the
    213363\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
     
    232382.RS 4
    233383This option prints the help string for
    234 smbpasswd, selecting the correct one for running as root or as an ordinary user\&.
     384\FC smbpasswd\F[], selecting the correct one for running as root or as an ordinary user\&.
    235385.RE
    236386.PP
     
    238388.RS 4
    239389This option causes smbpasswd to be silent (i\&.e\&. not issue prompts) and to read its old and new passwords from standard input, rather than from
    240 /dev/tty
     390\FC/dev/tty\F[]
    241391(like the
    242 passwd(1)
     392\FCpasswd(1)\F[]
    243393program does)\&. This option is to aid people writing scripts to drive smbpasswd
    244394.RE
     
    250400switch is used to specify the password to be used with the
    251401\m[blue]\fBldap admin dn\fR\m[]\&. Note that the password is stored in the
    252 secrets\&.tdb
     402\FCsecrets\&.tdb\F[]
    253403and is keyed off of the admin\'s DN\&. This means that if the value of
    254404\fIldap admin dn\fR
     
    258408\-W
    259409.RS 4
    260 NOTE:
     410\FCNOTE: \F[]
    261411This option is same as "\-w" except that the password should be entered using stdin\&.
    262412.sp
     
    265415switch is used to specify the password to be used with the
    266416\m[blue]\fBldap admin dn\fR\m[]\&. Note that the password is stored in the
    267 secrets\&.tdb
     417\FCsecrets\&.tdb\F[]
    268418and is keyed off of the admin\'s DN\&. This means that if the value of
    269419\fIldap admin dn\fR
     
    292442.PP
    293443Since
    294 smbpasswd
     444\FCsmbpasswd\F[]
    295445works in client\-server mode communicating with a local smbd for a non\-root user then the smbd daemon must be running for this to work\&. A common problem is to add a restriction to the hosts that may access the
    296 smbd
     446\FC smbd\F[]
    297447running on the local machine by specifying either
    298448\fIallow hosts\fR
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/smbspool.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbspool
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBSPOOL" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "SMBSPOOL" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbspool \- send a print file to an SMB printer
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 smbspool {job} {user} {title} {copies} {options} [filename]
     174\FCsmbspool\F[] {job} {user} {title} {copies} {options} [filename]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    89239.PP
    90240Programs using the
    91 exec(2)
     241\FCexec(2)\F[]
    92242functions can pass the URI in argv[0], while shell scripts must set the
    93243\fBDEVICE_URI\fR
     
    169319.SH "AUTHOR"
    170320.PP
    171 smbspool
     321\FCsmbspool\F[]
    172322was written by Michael Sweet at Easy Software Products\&.
    173323.PP
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/smbstatus.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbstatus
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBSTATUS" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "SMBSTATUS" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbstatus \- report on current Samba connections
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 smbstatus [\-P] [\-b] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-v] [\-L] [\-B] [\-p] [\-S] [\-s\ <configuration\ file>] [\-u\ <username>]
     174\FCsmbstatus\F[] [\-P] [\-b] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-v] [\-L] [\-B] [\-p] [\-S] [\-s\ <configuration\ file>] [\-u\ <username>]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 smbstatus
     182\FCsmbstatus\F[]
    33183is a very simple program to list the current Samba connections\&.
    34184.SH "OPTIONS"
     
    56206\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    57207parameter in the
    58 smb\&.conf
     208\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    59209file\&.
    60210.RE
     
    68218.RS 4
    69219The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    70 smb\&.conf
     220\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    71221for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    72222.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/smbtar.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbtar
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBTAR" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "SMBTAR" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbtar \- shell script for backing up SMB/CIFS shares directly to UNIX tape drives
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 smbtar [\-r] [\-i] [\-a] [\-v] {\-s\ server} [\-p\ password] [\-x\ services] [\-X] [\-N\ filename] [\-b\ blocksize] [\-d\ directory] [\-l\ loglevel] [\-u\ user] [\-t\ tape] {filenames}
     174\FCsmbtar\F[] [\-r] [\-i] [\-a] [\-v] {\-s\ server} [\-p\ password] [\-x\ services] [\-X] [\-N\ filename] [\-b\ blocksize] [\-d\ directory] [\-l\ loglevel] [\-u\ user] [\-t\ tape] {filenames}
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 smbtar
     182\FCsmbtar\F[]
    33183is a very small shell script on top of
    34184\fBsmbclient\fR(1)
     
    83233\fI$TAPE\fR
    84234environmental variable; if not set, a file called
    85 tar\&.out\&.
     235\FCtar\&.out \F[]\&.
    86236.RE
    87237.PP
     
    89239.RS 4
    90240Blocking factor\&. Defaults to 20\&. See
    91 tar(1)
     241\FCtar(1)\F[]
    92242for a fuller explanation\&.
    93243.RE
     
    123273.PP
    124274The
    125 smbtar
     275\FCsmbtar\F[]
    126276script has different options from ordinary tar and from smbclient\'s tar command\&.
    127277.SH "CAVEATS"
     
    149299Ricky Poulten
    150300wrote the tar extension and this man page\&. The
    151 smbtar
     301\FCsmbtar\F[]
    152302script was heavily rewritten and improved by
    153303Martin Kraemer\&. Many thanks to everyone who suggested extensions, improvements, bug fixes, etc\&. The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another excellent piece of Open Source software, available at
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/smbtree.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbtree
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBTREE" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "SMBTREE" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbtree \- A text based smb network browser
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 smbtree [\-b] [\-D] [\-S]
     174\FCsmbtree\F[] [\-b] [\-D] [\-S]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 smbtree
     182\FCsmbtree\F[]
    33183is a smb browser program in text mode\&. It is similar to the "Network Neighborhood" found on Windows computers\&. It prints a tree with all the known domains, the servers in those domains and the shares on the servers\&.
    34184.SH "OPTIONS"
     
    61211\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    62212parameter in the
    63 smb\&.conf
     213\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    64214file\&.
    65215.RE
     
    73223.RS 4
    74224The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    75 smb\&.conf
     225\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    76226for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    77227.RE
     
    110260.RS 4
    111261.\}
     262.fam C
     263.ps -1
    112264.nf
     265.if t \{\
     266.sp -1
     267.\}
     268.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     269.sp -1
     270
    113271username = <value>
    114272password = <value>
    115273domain   = <value>
    116 .fi
     274.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     275.if t \{\
     276.sp 1
     277.\}
     278.fi
     279.fam
     280.ps +1
    117281.if n \{\
    118282.RE
     
    139303.sp
    140304Be cautious about including passwords in scripts\&. Also, on many systems the command line of a running process may be seen via the
    141 ps
     305\FCps\F[]
    142306command\&. To be safe always allow
    143 rpcclient
     307\FCrpcclient\F[]
    144308to prompt for a password and type it in directly\&.
    145309.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/swat.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: swat
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SWAT" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "SWAT" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170swat \- Samba Web Administration Tool
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 swat [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-a] [\-P]
     174\FCswat\F[] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-a] [\-P]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 swat
     182\FCswat\F[]
    33183allows a Samba administrator to configure the complex
    34184\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    35185file via a Web browser\&. In addition, a
    36 swat
     186\FCswat\F[]
    37187configuration page has help links to all the configurable options in the
    38 smb\&.conf
     188\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    39189file allowing an administrator to easily look up the effects of any change\&.
    40190.PP
    41 swat
     191\FCswat\F[]
    42192is run from
    43 inetd
     193\FCinetd\F[]
    44194.SH "OPTIONS"
    45195.PP
     
    49199\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    50200server\&. This is the file that
    51 swat
     201\FCswat\F[]
    52202will modify\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    53 smb\&.conf
     203\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    54204for more information\&.
    55205.RE
     
    58208.RS 4
    59209This option disables authentication and places
    60 swat
     210\FCswat\F[]
    61211in demo mode\&. In that mode anyone will be able to modify the
    62 smb\&.conf
     212\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    63213file\&.
    64214.sp
     
    69219.RS 4
    70220This option restricts read\-only users to the password management page\&.
    71 swat
     221\FCswat\F[]
    72222can then be used to change user passwords without users seeing the "View" and "Status" menu buttons\&.
    73223.RE
     
    85235\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    86236parameter in the
    87 smb\&.conf
     237\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    88238file\&.
    89239.RE
     
    97247.RS 4
    98248The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    99 smb\&.conf
     249\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    100250for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    101251.RE
     
    117267.PP
    118268After you compile SWAT you need to run
    119 make install
     269\FCmake install \F[]
    120270to install the
    121 swat
     271\FCswat\F[]
    122272binary and the various help files and images\&. A default install would put these in:
    123273.sp
     
    158308.PP
    159309You need to edit your
    160 /etc/inetd\&.conf
     310\FC/etc/inetd\&.conf \F[]
    161311and
    162 /etc/services
     312\FC/etc/services\F[]
    163313to enable SWAT to be launched via
    164 inetd\&.
     314\FCinetd\F[]\&.
    165315.PP
    166316In
    167 /etc/services
     317\FC/etc/services\F[]
    168318you need to add a line like this:
    169319.PP
    170 swat 901/tcp
     320\FCswat 901/tcp\F[]
    171321.PP
    172322Note for NIS/YP and LDAP users \- you may need to rebuild the NIS service maps rather than alter your local
    173 /etc/services
     323\FC /etc/services\F[]
    174324file\&.
    175325.PP
    176326the choice of port number isn\'t really important except that it should be less than 1024 and not currently used (using a number above 1024 presents an obscure security hole depending on the implementation details of your
    177 inetd
     327\FCinetd\F[]
    178328daemon)\&.
    179329.PP
    180330In
    181 /etc/inetd\&.conf
     331\FC/etc/inetd\&.conf\F[]
    182332you should add a line like this:
    183333.PP
    184 swat stream tcp nowait\&.400 root /usr/local/samba/sbin/swat swat
     334\FCswat stream tcp nowait\&.400 root /usr/local/samba/sbin/swat swat\F[]
    185335.PP
    186336Once you have edited
    187 /etc/services
     337\FC/etc/services\F[]
    188338and
    189 /etc/inetd\&.conf
     339\FC/etc/inetd\&.conf\F[]
    190340you need to send a HUP signal to inetd\&. To do this use
    191 kill \-1 PID
     341\FCkill \-1 PID \F[]
    192342where PID is the process ID of the inetd daemon\&.
    193343.SH "LAUNCHING"
     
    198348.SH "FILES"
    199349.PP
    200 /etc/inetd\&.conf
     350\FC/etc/inetd\&.conf\F[]
    201351.RS 4
    202352This file must contain suitable startup information for the meta\-daemon\&.
    203353.RE
    204354.PP
    205 /etc/services
     355\FC/etc/services\F[]
    206356.RS 4
    207357This file must contain a mapping of service name (e\&.g\&., swat) to service port (e\&.g\&., 901) and protocol type (e\&.g\&., tcp)\&.
    208358.RE
    209359.PP
    210 /usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf
     360\FC/usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\F[]
    211361.RS 4
    212362This is the default location of the
    213363\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    214364server configuration file that swat edits\&. Other common places that systems install this file are
    215 /usr/samba/lib/smb\&.conf
     365\FC /usr/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\F[]
    216366and
    217 /etc/smb\&.conf\&. This file describes all the services the server is to make available to clients\&.
     367\FC/etc/smb\&.conf \F[]\&. This file describes all the services the server is to make available to clients\&.
    218368.RE
    219369.SH "WARNINGS"
    220370.PP
    221 swat
     371\FCswat\F[]
    222372will rewrite your
    223373\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
     
    227377\fIcopy= \fR
    228378options\&. If you have a carefully crafted
    229 smb\&.conf
     379\FC smb\&.conf\F[]
    230380then back it up or don\'t use swat!
    231381.SH "VERSION"
     
    234384.SH "SEE ALSO"
    235385.PP
    236 inetd(5),
     386\FCinetd(5)\F[],
    237387\fBsmbd\fR(8),
    238388\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/tdbbackup.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: tdbbackup
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "TDBBACKUP" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "TDBBACKUP" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170tdbbackup \- tool for backing up and for validating the integrity of samba \&.tdb files
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 tdbbackup [\-s\ suffix] [\-v] [\-h]
     174\FCtdbbackup\F[] [\-s\ suffix] [\-v] [\-h]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 tdbbackup
     182\FCtdbbackup\F[]
    33183is a tool that may be used to backup samba \&.tdb files\&. This tool may also be used to verify the integrity of the \&.tdb files prior to samba startup or during normal operation\&. If it finds file damage and it finds a prior backup the backup file will be restored\&.
    34184.SH "OPTIONS"
     
    42192.RS 4
    43193The
    44 \-s
     194\FC\-s\F[]
    45195option allows the adminisistrator to specify a file backup extension\&. This way it is possible to keep a history of tdb backup files by using a new suffix for each backup\&.
    46196.RE
     
    49199.RS 4
    50200The
    51 \-v
     201\FC\-v\F[]
    52202will check the database for damages (currupt data) which if detected causes the backup to be restored\&.
    53203.RE
     
    57207.PP
    58208The
    59 tdbbackup
     209\FCtdbbackup\F[]
    60210utility can safely be run at any time\&. It was designed so that it can be used at any time to validate the integrity of tdb files, even during Samba operation\&. Typical usage for the command will be:
    61211.PP
     
    77227.\}
    78228
    79 secrets\&.tdb
     229\FCsecrets\&.tdb\F[]
    80230\- usual location is in the /usr/local/samba/private directory, or on some systems in /etc/samba\&.
    81231.RE
     
    90240.\}
    91241
    92 passdb\&.tdb
     242\FCpassdb\&.tdb\F[]
    93243\- usual location is in the /usr/local/samba/private directory, or on some systems in /etc/samba\&.
    94244.RE
     
    103253.\}
    104254
    105 *\&.tdb
     255\FC*\&.tdb\F[]
    106256located in the /usr/local/samba/var directory or on some systems in the /var/cache or /var/lib/samba directories\&.
    107257.SH "VERSION"
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/tdbdump.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: tdbdump
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "TDBDUMP" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "TDBDUMP" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170tdbdump \- tool for printing the contents of a TDB file
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 tdbdump {filename}
     174\FCtdbdump\F[] {filename}
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 tdbdump
     182\FCtdbdump\F[]
    33183is a very simple utility that \'dumps\' the contents of a TDB (Trivial DataBase) file to standard output in a human\-readable format\&.
    34184.PP
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/tdbtool.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: tdbtool
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "TDBTOOL" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "TDBTOOL" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170tdbtool \- manipulate the contents TDB files
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 tdbtool
     174\FCtdbtool\F[]
     175.fam
     176.fam C
    26177.HP \w'\ 'u
    27 tdbtool \fITDBFILE\fR [\fICOMMANDS\fR...]
     178\FCtdbtool\F[] \fITDBFILE\fR [\fICOMMANDS\fR...]
     179.fam
    28180.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    29181.PP
     
    32184suite\&.
    33185.PP
    34 tdbtool
     186\FCtdbtool\F[]
    35187a tool for displaying and altering the contents of Samba TDB (Trivial DataBase) files\&. Each of the commands listed below can be entered interactively or provided on the command line\&.
    36188.SH "COMMANDS"
     
    137289.RS 4
    138290Exit
    139 tdbtool\&.
     291\FCtdbtool\F[]\&.
    140292.RE
    141293.SH "CAVEATS"
    142294.PP
    143295The contents of the Samba TDB files are private to the implementation and should not be altered with
    144 tdbtool\&.
     296\FCtdbtool\F[]\&.
    145297.SH "VERSION"
    146298.PP
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/testparm.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: testparm
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "TESTPARM" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "TESTPARM" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170testparm \- check an smb\&.conf configuration file for internal correctness
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 testparm [\-s] [\-h] [\-v] [\-L\ <servername>] [\-t\ <encoding>] {config\ filename} [hostname\ hostIP]
     174\FCtestparm\F[] [\-s] [\-h] [\-v] [\-L\ <servername>] [\-t\ <encoding>] {config\ filename} [hostname\ hostIP]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 testparm
     182\FCtestparm\F[]
    33183is a very simple test program to check an
    34184\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    35185configuration file for internal correctness\&. If this program reports no problems, you can use the configuration file with confidence that
    36 smbd
     186\FCsmbd \F[]
    37187will successfully load the configuration file\&.
    38188.PP
     
    44194.PP
    45195If
    46 testparm
     196\FCtestparm\F[]
    47197finds an error in the
    48 smb\&.conf
     198\FC smb\&.conf\F[]
    49199file it returns an exit code of 1 to the calling program, else it returns an exit code of 0\&. This allows shell scripts to test the output from
    50 testparm\&.
     200\FCtestparm\F[]\&.
    51201.SH "OPTIONS"
    52202.PP
     
    54204.RS 4
    55205Without this option,
    56 testparm
     206\FCtestparm\F[]
    57207will prompt for a carriage return after printing the service names and before dumping the service definitions\&.
    58208.RE
     
    106256.RS 4
    107257If this parameter and the following are specified, then
    108 testparm
     258\FCtestparm\F[]
    109259will examine the
    110260\fIhosts allow\fR
     
    114264\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    115265file to determine if the hostname with this IP address would be allowed access to the
    116 smbd
     266\FCsmbd\F[]
    117267server\&. If this parameter is supplied, the hostIP parameter must also be supplied\&.
    118268.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/umount.cifs.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: umount.cifs
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "UMOUNT\&.CIFS" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "UMOUNT\&.CIFS" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170umount.cifs \- for normal, non\-root users, to unmount their own Common Internet File System (CIFS) mounts
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 umount\&.cifs {mount\-point} [\-nVvhfle]
     174\FCumount\&.cifs\F[] {mount\-point} [\-nVvhfle]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    91241.PP
    92242The primary mechanism for making configuration changes and for reading debug information for the cifs vfs is via the Linux /proc filesystem\&. In the directory
    93 /proc/fs/cifs
     243\FC/proc/fs/cifs\F[]
    94244are various configuration files and pseudo files which can display debug information\&. For more information see the kernel file
    95 fs/cifs/README\&.
     245\FCfs/cifs/README\F[]\&.
    96246.SH "BUGS"
    97247.PP
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_acl_tdb.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_acl_tdb
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_ACL_TDB" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_ACL_TDB" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_acl_tdb \- Save NTFS\-ACLs in a tdb file
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = acl_tdb
     174\FCvfs objects = acl_tdb\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_acl_tdb
     183\FCvfs_acl_tdb\F[]
    34184VFS module stores NTFS Access Control Lists (ACLs) in a tdb file\&. This enables the full mapping of Windows ACLs on Samba servers\&.
    35185.PP
    36186The ACL settings are stored in
    37 $LOCKDIR/file_ntacls\&.tdb\&.
     187\FC$LOCKDIR/file_ntacls\&.tdb\F[]\&.
    38188.PP
    39189Please note that this module is
     
    44194.PP
    45195There are no options for
    46 vfs_acl_tdb\&.
     196\FCvfs_acl_tdb\F[]\&.
    47197.SH "AUTHOR"
    48198.PP
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_acl_xattr.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_acl_xattr
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_ACL_XATTR" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_ACL_XATTR" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_acl_xattr \- Save NTFS\-ACLs in Extended Attributes (EAs)
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = acl_xattr
     174\FCvfs objects = acl_xattr\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_acl_xattr
     183\FCvfs_acl_xattr\F[]
    34184VFS module stores NTFS Access Control Lists (ACLs) in Extended Attributes (EAs)\&. This enables the full mapping of Windows ACLs on Samba servers\&.
    35185.PP
     
    39189\fInot\fR
    40190listed by
    41 getfattr \-d filename\&. To show the current value, the name of the EA must be specified (e\&.g\&.
    42 getfattr \-n security\&.NTACL filename)\&.
     191\FCgetfattr \-d \FCfilename\F[]\F[]\&. To show the current value, the name of the EA must be specified (e\&.g\&.
     192\FCgetfattr \-n security\&.NTACL \FCfilename\F[] \F[])\&.
    43193.PP
    44194Please note that this module is
     
    49199.PP
    50200There are no options for
    51 vfs_acl_xattr\&.
     201\FCvfs_acl_xattr\F[]\&.
    52202.SH "AUTHOR"
    53203.PP
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_audit.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_audit
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_AUDIT" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_AUDIT" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_audit \- record selected Samba VFS operations in the system log
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = audit
     174\FCvfs objects = audit\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_audit
     183\FCvfs_audit\F[]
    34184VFS module records selected client operations to the system log using
    35185\fBsyslog\fR(3)\&.
     
    99249.RS 4
    100250.\}
     251.fam C
     252.ps -1
    101253.nf
     254.if t \{\
     255.sp -1
     256.\}
     257.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     258.sp -1
     259
    102260        \fI[global]\fR
    103261        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = audit\fR\m[]
    104262        \m[blue]\fBaudit:facility = LOCAL1\fR\m[]
    105263        \m[blue]\fBaudit:priority = NOTICE\fR\m[]
    106 .fi
     264.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     265.if t \{\
     266.sp 1
     267.\}
     268.fi
     269.fam
     270.ps +1
    107271.if n \{\
    108272.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_cacheprime.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_cacheprime
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_CACHEPRIME" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_CACHEPRIME" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_cacheprime \- prime the kernel file data cache
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = cacheprime
     174\FCvfs objects = cacheprime\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_cacheprime
     183\FCvfs_cacheprime\F[]
    34184VFS module reads chunks of file data near the range requested by clients in order to make sure the data is present in the kernel file data cache at the time when it is actually requested by clients\&.
    35185.PP
    36186The size of the disk read operations performed by
    37 vfs_cacheprime
     187\FCvfs_cacheprime\F[]
    38188is determined by the cacheprime:rsize option\&. All disk read operations are aligned on boundaries that are a multiple of this size\&. Each range of the file data is primed at most once during the time the client has the file open\&.
    39189.PP
     
    55205.IP \(bu 2.3
    56206.\}
    57 K
     207\FCK\F[]
    58208\- BYTES is a number of kilobytes
    59209.RE
     
    67217.IP \(bu 2.3
    68218.\}
    69 M
     219\FCM\F[]
    70220\- BYTES is a number of megabytes
    71221.RE
     
    79229.IP \(bu 2.3
    80230.\}
    81 G
     231\FCG\F[]
    82232\- BYTES is a number of gigabytes
    83233.sp
     
    91241.RS 4
    92242.\}
     243.fam C
     244.ps -1
    93245.nf
     246.if t \{\
     247.sp -1
     248.\}
     249.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     250.sp -1
     251
    94252        \fI[hypothetical]\fR
    95253        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = cacheprime\fR\m[]
    96254        \m[blue]\fBcacheprime:rsize = 1M\fR\m[]
    97 .fi
     255.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     256.if t \{\
     257.sp 1
     258.\}
     259.fi
     260.fam
     261.ps +1
    98262.if n \{\
    99263.RE
     
    101265.SH "CAVEATS"
    102266.PP
    103 cacheprime
     267\FCcacheprime\F[]
    104268is not a a substitute for a general\-purpose readahead mechanism\&. It is intended for use only in very specific environments where disk operations must be aligned and sized to known values (as much as that is possible)\&.
    105269.SH "VERSION"
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_cap.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_cap
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_CAP" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_CAP" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_cap \- CAP encode filenames
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = cap
     174\FCvfs objects = cap\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182CAP (Columbia Appletalk Protocol) encoding is a technique for representing non\-ASCII filenames in ASCII\&. The
    33 vfs_cap
     183\FCvfs_cap\F[]
    34184VFS module translates filenames to and from CAP format, allowing users to name files in their native encoding\&.
    35185.PP
     
    44194.RS 4
    45195.\}
     196.fam C
     197.ps -1
    46198.nf
     199.if t \{\
     200.sp -1
     201.\}
     202.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     203.sp -1
     204
    47205        \fI[global]\fR
    48206        \m[blue]\fBdos charset = CP932\fR\m[]
    49207        \m[blue]\fBdos charset = CP932\fR\m[]
    50208        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = cap\fR\m[]
    51 .fi
     209.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     210.if t \{\
     211.sp 1
     212.\}
     213.fi
     214.fam
     215.ps +1
    52216.if n \{\
    53217.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_catia.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_catia
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_CATIA" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_CATIA" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_catia \- translate illegal characters in Catia filenames
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = catia
     174\FCvfs objects = catia\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The Catia CAD package commonly creates filenames that use characters that are illegal in CIFS filenames\&. The
    33 vfs_catia
     183\FCvfs_catia\F[]
    34184VFS module implements a fixed character mapping so that these files can be shared with CIFS clients\&.
    35185.PP
     
    42192.RS 4
    43193.\}
     194.fam C
     195.ps -1
    44196.nf
     197.if t \{\
     198.sp -1
     199.\}
     200.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     201.sp -1
     202
    45203        \fI[CAD]\fR
    46204        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/cad\fR\m[]
    47205        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = catia\fR\m[]
    48 .fi
     206.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     207.if t \{\
     208.sp 1
     209.\}
     210.fi
     211.fam
     212.ps +1
    49213.if n \{\
    50214.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_commit.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_commit
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_COMMIT" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_COMMIT" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_commit \- flush dirty data at specified intervals
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = commit
     174\FCvfs objects = commit\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_commit
     183\FCvfs_commit\F[]
    34184VFS module keeps track of the amount of data written to a file and synchronizes it to disk when a specified amount accumulates\&.
    35185.PP
    36 vfs_commit
     186\FCvfs_commit\F[]
    37187is useful in two circumstances\&. First, if you have very precious data, the impact of unexpected power loss can be minimized by a small commit:dthresh value\&. Secondly, write performance can be improved on some systems by flushing file data early and at regular intervals\&.
    38188.PP
     
    54204.IP \(bu 2.3
    55205.\}
    56 K
     206\FCK\F[]
    57207\- BYTES is a number of kilobytes
    58208.RE
     
    66216.IP \(bu 2.3
    67217.\}
    68 M
     218\FCM\F[]
    69219\- BYTES is a number of megabytes
    70220.RE
     
    78228.IP \(bu 2.3
    79229.\}
    80 G
     230\FCG\F[]
    81231\- BYTES is a number of gigabytes
    82232.sp
     
    90240.RS 4
    91241.\}
     242.fam C
     243.ps -1
    92244.nf
     245.if t \{\
     246.sp -1
     247.\}
     248.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     249.sp -1
     250
    93251        \fI[precious]\fR
    94252        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/precious\fR\m[]
    95253        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = commit\fR\m[]
    96254        \m[blue]\fBcommit:dthresh = 512K\fR\m[]
    97 .fi
     255.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     256.if t \{\
     257.sp 1
     258.\}
     259.fi
     260.fam
     261.ps +1
    98262.if n \{\
    99263.RE
     
    102266.PP
    103267On some systems, the data synchronization performed by
    104 commit
     268\FCcommit\F[]
    105269may reduce performance\&.
    106270.SH "VERSION"
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_default_quota.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_default_quota
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_DEFAULT_QUOTA" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_DEFAULT_QUOTA" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_default_quota \- store default quota records for Windows clients
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = default_quota
     174\FCvfs objects = default_quota\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182Many common quota implementations only store quotas for users and groups, but do not store a default quota\&. The
    33 vfs_default_quota
     183\FCvfs_default_quota\F[]
    34184module allows Samba to store default quota values which can be examined using the Windows Explorer interface\&.
    35185.PP
    36186By default, Samba returns NO_LIMIT the default quota and refuses to update them\&.
    37 vfs_default_quota
     187\FCvfs_default_quota\F[]
    38188maps the default quota to the quota record of a user\&. By default the root user is taken because quota limits for root are typically not enforced\&.
    39189.PP
     
    67217.RS 4
    68218.\}
     219.fam C
     220.ps -1
    69221.nf
     222.if t \{\
     223.sp -1
     224.\}
     225.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     226.sp -1
     227
    70228        \fI[global]\fR
    71229        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = default_quota\fR\m[]
    72230        \m[blue]\fBdefault_quota:uid = 65535\fR\m[]
    73231        \m[blue]\fBdefault_quota:uid nolimit = yes\fR\m[]
    74 .fi
     232.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     233.if t \{\
     234.sp 1
     235.\}
     236.fi
     237.fam
     238.ps +1
    75239.if n \{\
    76240.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_dirsort.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_dirsort
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_DIRSORT" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_DIRSORT" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_dirsort \- Sort directory contents
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = dirsort
     174\FCvfs objects = dirsort\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_dirsort
     183\FCvfs_dirsort\F[]
    34184module sorts directory entries alphabetically before sending them to the client\&.
    35185.PP
     
    42192.RS 4
    43193.\}
     194.fam C
     195.ps -1
    44196.nf
     197.if t \{\
     198.sp -1
     199.\}
     200.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     201.sp -1
     202
    45203        \fI[global]\fR
    46204        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = dirsort\fR\m[]
    47 .fi
     205.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     206.if t \{\
     207.sp 1
     208.\}
     209.fi
     210.fam
     211.ps +1
    48212.if n \{\
    49213.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_extd_audit.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_extd_audit
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_EXTD_AUDIT" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_EXTD_AUDIT" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_extd_audit \- record selected Samba VFS operations
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = extd_audit
     174\FCvfs objects = extd_audit\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 extd_audit
     183\FCextd_audit\F[]
    34184VFS module records selected client operations to both the
    35185\fBsmbd\fR(8)
     
    40190\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    41191log,
    42 vfs_extd_audit
     192\FCvfs_extd_audit\F[]
    43193is identical to
    44194\fBvfs_audit\fR(8)\&.
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_fake_perms.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_fake_perms
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_FAKE_PERMS" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_FAKE_PERMS" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_fake_perms \- enable read only Roaming Profiles
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = fake_perms
     174\FCvfs objects = fake_perms\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_fake_perms
     183\FCvfs_fake_perms\F[]
    34184VFS module was created to allow Roaming Profile files and directories to be set (on the Samba server under UNIX) as read only\&. This module will, if installed on the Profiles share, report to the client that the Profile files and directories are writeable\&. This satisfies the client even though the files will never be overwritten as the client logs out or shuts down\&.
    35185.PP
     
    40190.RS 4
    41191.\}
     192.fam C
     193.ps -1
    42194.nf
     195.if t \{\
     196.sp -1
     197.\}
     198.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     199.sp -1
     200
    43201        \fI[Profiles]\fR
    44202        \m[blue]\fBpath = /profiles\fR\m[]
    45203        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = fake_perms\fR\m[]
    46 .fi
     204.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     205.if t \{\
     206.sp 1
     207.\}
     208.fi
     209.fam
     210.ps +1
    47211.if n \{\
    48212.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_fileid.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_fileid
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_FILEID" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_FILEID" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_fileid \- Generates file_id structs with unique device id values for cluster setups
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = fileid
     174\FCvfs objects = fileid\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182Samba uses file_id structs to uniquely identify files for locking purpose\&. By default the file_id contains the device and inode number returned by the
    33 stat()
     183\FCstat()\F[]
    34184system call\&. As the file_id is a unique identifier of a file, it must be the same on all nodes in a cluster setup\&. This module overloads the
    35 SMB_VFS_FILE_ID_CREATE()
     185\FCSMB_VFS_FILE_ID_CREATE()\F[]
    36186operation and generates the device number based on the configured algorithm (see the "fileid:algorithm" option)\&.
    37187.SH "OPTIONS"
     
    40190.RS 4
    41191Available algorithms are
    42 fsname
     192\FCfsname\F[]
    43193and
    44 fsid\&. The default value is
    45 fsname\&.
     194\FCfsid\F[]\&. The default value is
     195\FCfsname\F[]\&.
    46196.sp
    47197The
    48 fsname
     198\FCfsname\F[]
    49199algorithm generates device id by hashing the kernel device name\&.
    50200.sp
    51201The
    52 fsid
     202\FCfsid\F[]
    53203algorithm generates the device id from the
    54 f_fsid
     204\FCf_fsid\F[]
    55205returned from the
    56 statfs()
     206\FCstatfs()\F[]
    57207syscall\&.
    58208.RE
     
    61211.RS 4
    62212This option is the legacy version of the
    63 fileid:algorithm
     213\FCfileid:algorithm\F[]
    64214option, which was used in earlier versions of fileid mapping feature in custom Samba 3\&.0 versions\&.
    65215.RE
     
    67217.PP
    68218Usage of the
    69 fileid
     219\FCfileid\F[]
    70220module with the
    71 fsid
     221\FCfsid\F[]
    72222algorithm:
    73223.sp
     
    75225.RS 4
    76226.\}
     227.fam C
     228.ps -1
    77229.nf
     230.if t \{\
     231.sp -1
     232.\}
     233.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     234.sp -1
     235
    78236        \fI[global]\fR
    79237        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = fileid\fR\m[]
    80238        \m[blue]\fBfileid:algorithm = fsid\fR\m[]
    81 .fi
     239.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     240.if t \{\
     241.sp 1
     242.\}
     243.fi
     244.fam
     245.ps +1
    82246.if n \{\
    83247.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_full_audit.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_full_audit
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_FULL_AUDIT" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_FULL_AUDIT" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_full_audit \- record Samba VFS operations in the system log
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = full_audit
     174\FCvfs objects = full_audit\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_full_audit
     183\FCvfs_full_audit\F[]
    34184VFS module records selected client operations to the system log using
    35185\fBsyslog\fR(3)\&.
    36186.PP
    37 vfs_full_audit
     187\FCvfs_full_audit\F[]
    38188is able to record the complete set of Samba VFS operations:
    39189.RS 4
     
    321471.PP
    322472In addition to these operations,
    323 vfs_full_audit
     473\FCvfs_full_audit\F[]
    324474recognizes the special operation names "all" and "none ", which refer to all the VFS operations and none of the VFS operations respectively\&.
    325475.PP
    326 vfs_full_audit
     476\FCvfs_full_audit\F[]
    327477records operations in fixed format consisting of fields separated by \'|\' characters\&. The format is:
    328478.sp
     
    330480.RS 4
    331481.\}
     482.fam C
     483.ps -1
    332484.nf
     485.if t \{\
     486.sp -1
     487.\}
     488.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     489.sp -1
     490
    333491                smbd_audit: PREFIX|OPERATION|RESULT|FILE
    334492       
     493.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     494.if t \{\
     495.sp 1
     496.\}
    335497.fi
     498.fam
     499.ps +1
    336500.if n \{\
    337501.RE
     
    348512.IP \(bu 2.3
    349513.\}
    350 PREFIX
     514\FCPREFIX\F[]
    351515\- the result of the full_audit:prefix string after variable substitutions
    352516.RE
     
    360524.IP \(bu 2.3
    361525.\}
    362 OPERATION
     526\FCOPERATION\F[]
    363527\- the name of the VFS operation
    364528.RE
     
    372536.IP \(bu 2.3
    373537.\}
    374 RESULT
     538\FCRESULT\F[]
    375539\- whether the operation succeeded or failed
    376540.RE
     
    384548.IP \(bu 2.3
    385549.\}
    386 FILE
     550\FCFILE\F[]
    387551\- the name of the file or directory the operation was performed on
    388552.sp
     
    428592.RS 4
    429593.\}
     594.fam C
     595.ps -1
    430596.nf
     597.if t \{\
     598.sp -1
     599.\}
     600.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     601.sp -1
     602
    431603        \fI[records]\fR
    432604        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/records\fR\m[]
     
    437609        \m[blue]\fBfull_audit:facility = LOCAL7\fR\m[]
    438610        \m[blue]\fBfull_audit:priority = ALERT\fR\m[]
     611.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     612.if t \{\
     613.sp 1
     614.\}
    439615.fi
     616.fam
     617.ps +1
    440618.if n \{\
    441619.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_gpfs.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_gpfs
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_GPFS" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_GPFS" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_gpfs \- gpfs specific samba extensions like acls and prealloc
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = gpfs
     174\FCvfs objects = gpfs\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 gpfs
     183\FCgpfs\F[]
    34184VFS module is the home for all gpfs extensions that Samba requires for proper integration with GPFS\&. It uses the GPL library interfaces provided by GPFS\&.
    35185.PP
     
    70220.RE
    71221.PP
    72 NOTE:This module follows the posix\-acl behaviour and hence allows permission stealing via chown\&. Samba might allow at a later point in time, to restrict the chown via this module as such restrictions are the responsibility of the underlying filesystem than of Samba\&.
     222\FCNOTE:\F[]This module follows the posix\-acl behaviour and hence allows permission stealing via chown\&. Samba might allow at a later point in time, to restrict the chown via this module as such restrictions are the responsibility of the underlying filesystem than of Samba\&.
    73223.PP
    74224This module is stackable\&.
     
    89239.IP \(bu 2.3
    90240.\}
    91 simple(default)
     241\FCsimple(default)\F[]
    92242\- do not use special IDs in GPFS ACEs
    93243.RE
     
    101251.IP \(bu 2.3
    102252.\}
    103 special
     253\FCspecial\F[]
    104254\- use special IDs in GPFS ACEs\&.
    105255.sp
     
    121271.IP \(bu 2.3
    122272.\}
    123 dontcare (default)
     273\FCdontcare (default)\F[]
    124274\- copy the ACEs as they come
    125275.RE
     
    133283.IP \(bu 2.3
    134284.\}
    135 reject
     285\FCreject\F[]
    136286\- stop operation and exit with error on ACL set op
    137287.RE
     
    145295.IP \(bu 2.3
    146296.\}
    147 ignore
     297\FCignore\F[]
    148298\- don\'t include the second matching ACE
    149299.RE
     
    157307.IP \(bu 2.3
    158308.\}
    159 merge
     309\FCmerge\F[]
    160310\- bitwise OR the 2 ace\&.flag fields and 2 ace\&.mask fields of the 2 duplicate ACEs into 1 ACE
    161311.sp
     
    179329.IP \(bu 2.3
    180330.\}
    181 yes
     331\FCyes\F[]
    182332\- Enable chown if as supported by the under filesystem
    183333.RE
     
    191341.IP \(bu 2.3
    192342.\}
    193 no (default)
     343\FCno (default)\F[]
    194344\- Disable chown
    195345.sp
     
    203353.RS 4
    204354.\}
     355.fam C
     356.ps -1
    205357.nf
     358.if t \{\
     359.sp -1
     360.\}
     361.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     362.sp -1
     363
    206364        \fI[samba_gpfs_share]\fR
    207365        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = gpfs\fR\m[]
     
    209367        \m[blue]\fBnfs4: mode = special\fR\m[]
    210368        \m[blue]\fBnfs4: acedup = merge\fR\m[]
    211 .fi
     369.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     370.if t \{\
     371.sp 1
     372.\}
     373.fi
     374.fam
     375.ps +1
    212376.if n \{\
    213377.RE
     
    216380.PP
    217381The gpfs gpl libraries are required by
    218 gpfs
     382\FCgpfs\F[]
    219383VFS module during both compilation and runtime\&. Also this VFS module is tested to work on SLES 9/10 and RHEL 4\&.4
    220384.SH "VERSION"
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_netatalk.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_netatalk
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_NETATALK" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_NETATALK" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_netatalk \- hide \&.AppleDouble files from CIFS clients
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = netatalk
     174\FCvfs objects = netatalk\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_netatalk
     183\FCvfs_netatalk\F[]
    34184VFS module dynamically hides \&.AppleDouble files, preventing spurious errors on some CIFS clients\&. \&.AppleDouble files may be created by historic implementations of AFP (Apple Filing Protocol) on servers\&.
    35185.PP
     
    42192.RS 4
    43193.\}
     194.fam C
     195.ps -1
    44196.nf
     197.if t \{\
     198.sp -1
     199.\}
     200.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     201.sp -1
     202
    45203        \fI[data]\fR
    46204        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = netatalk\fR\m[]
    47 .fi
     205.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     206.if t \{\
     207.sp 1
     208.\}
     209.fi
     210.fam
     211.ps +1
    48212.if n \{\
    49213.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_notify_fam.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_notify_fam
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_NOTIFY_FAM" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_NOTIFY_FAM" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_notify_fam \- FAM support for file change notifications
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = notify_fam
     174\FCvfs objects = notify_fam\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_notify_fam
     183\FCvfs_notify_fam\F[]
    34184module makes use of the system FAM (File Alteration Monitor) daemon to implement file change notifications for Windows clients\&. FAM is generally present only on IRIX and some BSD systems\&.
    35185.PP
     
    42192.RS 4
    43193.\}
     194.fam C
     195.ps -1
    44196.nf
     197.if t \{\
     198.sp -1
     199.\}
     200.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     201.sp -1
     202
    45203        \fI[global]\fR
    46204        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = notify_fam\fR\m[]
    47 .fi
     205.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     206.if t \{\
     207.sp 1
     208.\}
     209.fi
     210.fam
     211.ps +1
    48212.if n \{\
    49213.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_prealloc.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_prealloc
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_PREALLOC" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_PREALLOC" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_prealloc \- preallocate matching files to a predetermined size
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = prealloc
     174\FCvfs objects = prealloc\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_prealloc
     183\FCvfs_prealloc\F[]
    34184VFS module preallocates files to a specified size each time a new file is created\&. This is useful in environments where files are of a predetermined size will be written to a disk subsystem where extending file allocations is expensive\&.
    35185.PP
     
    51201.IP \(bu 2.3
    52202.\}
    53 K
     203\FCK\F[]
    54204\- BYTES is a number of kilobytes
    55205.RE
     
    63213.IP \(bu 2.3
    64214.\}
    65 M
     215\FCM\F[]
    66216\- BYTES is a number of megabytes
    67217.RE
     
    75225.IP \(bu 2.3
    76226.\}
    77 G
     227\FCG\F[]
    78228\- BYTES is a number of gigabytes
    79229.sp
     
    87237.RS 4
    88238.\}
     239.fam C
     240.ps -1
    89241.nf
     242.if t \{\
     243.sp -1
     244.\}
     245.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     246.sp -1
     247
    90248        \fI[frames]\fR
    91249        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/frames\fR\m[]
    92250        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = prealloc\fR\m[]
    93251        \m[blue]\fBprealloc:tiff = 4M\fR\m[]
    94 .fi
     252.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     253.if t \{\
     254.sp 1
     255.\}
     256.fi
     257.fam
     258.ps +1
    95259.if n \{\
    96260.RE
     
    98262.SH "CAVEATS"
    99263.PP
    100 vfs_prealloc
     264\FCvfs_prealloc\F[]
    101265is not supported on all platforms and filesystems\&. Currently only XFS filesystems on Linux and IRIX are supported\&.
    102266.SH "VERSION"
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_preopen.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_preopen
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_PREOPEN" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_PREOPEN" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_preopen \- Hide read latencies for applications reading numbered files
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = preopen
     174\FCvfs objects = preopen\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    40190.RS 4
    41191preopen:names specifies the file name pattern which should trigger the preopen helpers to do their work\&. We assume that the files are numbered incrementally\&. So if your file names are numbered FRAME00000\&.frm FRAME00001\&.frm and so on you would list them as
    42 preopen:names=/FRAME*\&.frm/
     192\FCpreopen:names=/FRAME*\&.frm/\F[]
    43193.RE
    44194.PP
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_readahead.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_readahead
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_READAHEAD" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_READAHEAD" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_readahead \- pre\-load the kernel buffer cache
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = readahead
     174\FCvfs objects = readahead\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182This
    33 vfs_readahead
     183\FCvfs_readahead\F[]
    34184VFS module detects read requests at multiples of a given offset (hex 0x80000 by default) and then tells the kernel via either the readahead system call (on Linux) or the posix_fadvise system call to pre\-fetch this data into the buffer cache\&.
    35185.PP
     
    39189.PP
    40190The size of the disk read operations performed by
    41 vfs_readahead
     191\FCvfs_readahead\F[]
    42192is determined by the readahead:length option\&. By default this is set to the same value as the readahead:offset option and if not set explicitly will use the current value of readahead:offset\&.
    43193.PP
     
    65215.IP \(bu 2.3
    66216.\}
    67 K
     217\FCK\F[]
    68218\- BYTES is a number of kilobytes
    69219.RE
     
    77227.IP \(bu 2.3
    78228.\}
    79 M
     229\FCM\F[]
    80230\- BYTES is a number of megabytes
    81231.RE
     
    89239.IP \(bu 2.3
    90240.\}
    91 G
     241\FCG\F[]
    92242\- BYTES is a number of gigabytes
    93243.SH "EXAMPLES"
     
    96246.RS 4
    97247.\}
     248.fam C
     249.ps -1
    98250.nf
     251.if t \{\
     252.sp -1
     253.\}
     254.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     255.sp -1
     256
    99257        \fI[hypothetical]\fR
    100258        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = readahead\fR\m[]
    101 .fi
     259.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     260.if t \{\
     261.sp 1
     262.\}
     263.fi
     264.fam
     265.ps +1
    102266.if n \{\
    103267.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_readonly.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_readonly
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_READONLY" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_READONLY" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_readonly \- make a Samba share read only for a specified time period
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = readonly
     174\FCvfs objects = readonly\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_readonly
     183\FCvfs_readonly\F[]
    34184VFS module marks a share as read only for all clients connecting within the configured time period\&. Clients connecting during this time will be denied write access to all files in the share, irrespective of ther actual access privileges\&.
    35185.PP
     
    49199.RS 4
    50200.\}
    51 .nf
     201.fam C
     202.ps -1
     203.nf
     204.if t \{\
     205.sp -1
     206.\}
     207.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     208.sp -1
     209
    52210        \fI[global]\fR
    53211        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = readonly\fR\m[]
    54 .fi
     212.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     213.if t \{\
     214.sp 1
     215.\}
     216.fi
     217.fam
     218.ps +1
    55219.if n \{\
    56220.RE
     
    62226.RS 4
    63227.\}
    64 .nf
     228.fam C
     229.ps -1
     230.nf
     231.if t \{\
     232.sp -1
     233.\}
     234.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     235.sp -1
     236
    65237        \fI[backup]\fR
    66238        \m[blue]\fBpath = /readonly\fR\m[]
    67239        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = readonly\fR\m[]
    68240        \m[blue]\fBreadonly:period = readonly:period = "today 9:00","today 17:00"\fR\m[]
    69 .fi
     241.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     242.if t \{\
     243.sp 1
     244.\}
     245.fi
     246.fam
     247.ps +1
    70248.if n \{\
    71249.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_recycle.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_recycle
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_RECYCLE" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_RECYCLE" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_recycle \- Samba VFS recycle bin
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = recycle
     174\FCvfs objects = recycle\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_recycle
     183\FCvfs_recycle\F[]
    34184intercepts file deletion requests and moves the affected files to a temporary repository rather than deleting them immediately\&. This gives the same effect as the Recycle Bin on Windows computers\&.
    35185.PP
     
    115265.RS 4
    116266.\}
     267.fam C
     268.ps -1
    117269.nf
     270.if t \{\
     271.sp -1
     272.\}
     273.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     274.sp -1
     275
    118276        \fI[share]\fR
    119277        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/share\fR\m[]
     
    122280        \m[blue]\fBrecycle:keeptree = yes\fR\m[]
    123281        \m[blue]\fBrecycle:versions = yes\fR\m[]
    124 .fi
     282.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     283.if t \{\
     284.sp 1
     285.\}
     286.fi
     287.fam
     288.ps +1
    125289.if n \{\
    126290.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_scannedonly.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_scannedonly
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_SCANNEDONLY" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_SCANNEDONLY" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_scannedonly \- Ensures that only files that have been scanned for viruses are visible and accessible to the end user\&.
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = scannedonly
     174\FCvfs objects = scannedonly\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_scannedonly
     183\FCvfs_scannedonly\F[]
    34184VFS module ensures that only files that have been scanned for viruses are visible and accessible to the end user\&. If non\-scanned files are found an anti\-virus scanning daemon is notified\&. The anti\-virus scanning daemon is not part of the Samba suite\&.
    35185.PP
    36186Scannedonly comes in two parts: a samba vfs module and (one or more) daemons\&. The daemon scans files\&. If a certain file is clean, a second file is created with prefix
    37 \&.scanned:\&. The Samba module simply looks if such a
    38 \&.scanned:
     187\FC\&.scanned:\F[]\&. The Samba module simply looks if such a
     188\FC\&.scanned:\F[]
    39189file exists, and is newer than the pertinent file\&. If this is the case, the file is shown to the user\&. If this is not the case, the file is not returned in a directory listing (configurable), and cannot be opened (configurable)\&. The Samba vfs module will notify the daemon to scan this file\&.
    40190.PP
     
    42192.PP
    43193If a virus is found by the daemon, a file with a warning message is created in the directory of the user, a warning is sent to the logs, and the file is renamed to have prefix
    44 \&.virus:\&. Files with the
    45 \&.virus:
     194\FC\&.virus:\F[]\&. Files with the
     195\FC\&.virus:\F[]
    46196prefix are never shown to the user and all access is denied\&.
    47197.PP
     
    49199.SH "CONFIGURATION"
    50200.PP
    51 vfs_scannedonly
     201\FCvfs_scannedonly\F[]
    52202relies on a anti\-virus scanning daemon that listens on the scannedonly socket (unix domain socket or UDP socket)\&.
    53203.SH "OPTIONS"
     
    80230scannedonly:rm_hidden_files_on_rmdir = True
    81231.RS 4
    82 Whether files that are not visible (\&.scanned:
     232Whether files that are not visible (\FC\&.scanned:\F[]
    83233files,
    84 \&.failed:
     234\FC\&.failed:\F[]
    85235files and
    86 \&.virus:
     236\FC\&.virus: \F[]
    87237files) should be deleted if the user tries to remove the directory\&. If false, the user will get the "directory is not empty" error\&.
    88238.RE
     
    101251.RS 4
    102252If a non\-scanned file is opened, the vfs module will wait recheck_tries_open times for recheck_time_open milliseconds for the scanning daemon to create a
    103 \&.scanned:
     253\FC\&.scanned:\F[]
    104254file\&. For small files that are scanned by the daemon within the time (tries * time) the behavior will be just like on\-access scanning\&.
    105255.RE
     
    123273.RS 4
    124274Allow access to non\-scanned files\&. The daemon is notified, however, and special files such as
    125 \&.scanned:
     275\FC\&.scanned:\F[]
    126276files\&.
    127 \&.virus:
     277\FC\&.virus:\F[]
    128278files and
    129 \&.failed:
     279\FC\&.failed:\F[]
    130280files are not listed\&.
    131281.RE
     
    137287.RS 4
    138288.\}
     289.fam C
     290.ps -1
    139291.nf
     292.if t \{\
     293.sp -1
     294.\}
     295.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     296.sp -1
     297
    140298        \fI[homes]\fR
    141299        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = scannedonly\fR\m[]
    142300        \m[blue]\fBscannedonly:hide_nonscanned_files = False\fR\m[]
    143 .fi
     301.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     302.if t \{\
     303.sp 1
     304.\}
     305.fi
     306.fam
     307.ps +1
    144308.if n \{\
    145309.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_shadow_copy.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_shadow_copy
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_SHADOW_COPY" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_SHADOW_COPY" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_shadow_copy \- Make a Samba share read only for a specified time period
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = shadow_copy
     174\FCvfs objects = shadow_copy\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_shadow_copy
     183\FCvfs_shadow_copy\F[]
    34184VFS module functionality that is similar to Microsoft Shadow Copy services\&. When setup properly, this module allows Microsoft Shadow Copy clients to browse "shadow copies" on Samba shares\&.
    35185.PP
     
    37187.SH "CONFIGURATION"
    38188.PP
    39 vfs_shadow_copy
     189\FCvfs_shadow_copy\F[]
    40190relies on a filesystem snapshot implementation\&. Many common filesystems have native support for this\&.
    41191.PP
    42192Filesystem snapshots must be mounted on specially named directories in order to be recognized by
    43 vfs_shadow_copy\&. The snapshot mount points must be immediate children of a the directory being shared\&.
     193\FCvfs_shadow_copy\F[]\&. The snapshot mount points must be immediate children of a the directory being shared\&.
    44194.PP
    45195The snapshot naming convention is @GMT\-YYYY\&.MM\&.DD\-hh\&.mm\&.ss, where:
     
    53203.IP \(bu 2.3
    54204.\}
    55 YYYY
     205\FCYYYY\F[]
    56206is the 4 digit year
    57207.RE
     
    65215.IP \(bu 2.3
    66216.\}
    67 MM
     217\FCMM\F[]
    68218is the 2 digit month
    69219.RE
     
    77227.IP \(bu 2.3
    78228.\}
    79 DD
     229\FCDD\F[]
    80230is the 2 digit day
    81231.RE
     
    89239.IP \(bu 2.3
    90240.\}
    91 hh
     241\FChh\F[]
    92242is the 2 digit hour
    93243.RE
     
    101251.IP \(bu 2.3
    102252.\}
    103 mm
     253\FCmm\F[]
    104254is the 2 digit minute
    105255.RE
     
    113263.IP \(bu 2.3
    114264.\}
    115 ss
     265\FCss\F[]
    116266is the 2 digit second\&.
    117267.sp
     
    119269.PP
    120270The
    121 vfs_shadow_copy
     271\FCvfs_shadow_copy\F[]
    122272snapshot naming convention can be produced with the following
    123273\fBdate\fR(1)
     
    127277.RS 4
    128278.\}
     279.fam C
     280.ps -1
    129281.nf
     282.if t \{\
     283.sp -1
     284.\}
     285.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     286.sp -1
     287
    130288        TZ=GMT date +@GMT\-%Y\&.%m\&.%d\-%H\&.%M\&.%S
    131289       
    132 .fi
     290.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     291.if t \{\
     292.sp 1
     293.\}
     294.fi
     295.fam
     296.ps +1
    133297.if n \{\
    134298.RE
     
    141305.RS 4
    142306.\}
     307.fam C
     308.ps -1
    143309.nf
     310.if t \{\
     311.sp -1
     312.\}
     313.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     314.sp -1
     315
    144316        \fI[homes]\fR
    145317        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = shadow_copy\fR\m[]
    146 .fi
     318.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     319.if t \{\
     320.sp 1
     321.\}
     322.fi
     323.fam
     324.ps +1
    147325.if n \{\
    148326.RE
     
    153331.PP
    154332With Samba or Windows servers,
    155 vfs_shadow_copy
     333\FCvfs_shadow_copy\F[]
    156334is designed to be an end\-user tool only\&. It does not replace or enhance your backup and archival solutions and should in no way be considered as such\&. Additionally, if you need version control, implement a version control system\&.
    157335.SH "VERSION"
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_shadow_copy2.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_shadow_copy2
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_SHADOW_COPY2" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_SHADOW_COPY2" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_shadow_copy2 \- Expose snapshots to Windows clients as shadow copies\&.
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = shadow_copy2
     174\FCvfs objects = shadow_copy2\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_shadow_copy2
     183\FCvfs_shadow_copy2\F[]
    34184VFS module functionality that is similar to Microsoft Shadow Copy services\&. When setup properly, this module allows Microsoft Shadow Copy clients to browse "shadow copies" on Samba shares\&.
    35185.PP
     
    63213.SH "CONFIGURATION"
    64214.PP
    65 vfs_shadow_copy2
     215\FCvfs_shadow_copy2\F[]
    66216relies on a filesystem snapshot implementation\&. Many common filesystems have native support for this\&.
    67217.PP
    68218Filesystem snapshots must be mounted on specially named directories in order to be recognized by
    69 vfs_shadow_copy2\&. The snapshot mount points must be immediate children of a the directory being shared\&.
     219\FCvfs_shadow_copy2\F[]\&. The snapshot mount points must be immediate children of a the directory being shared\&.
    70220.PP
    71221The snapshot naming convention is @GMT\-YYYY\&.MM\&.DD\-hh\&.mm\&.ss, where:
     
    79229.IP \(bu 2.3
    80230.\}
    81 YYYY
     231\FCYYYY\F[]
    82232is the 4 digit year
    83233.RE
     
    91241.IP \(bu 2.3
    92242.\}
    93 MM
     243\FCMM\F[]
    94244is the 2 digit month
    95245.RE
     
    103253.IP \(bu 2.3
    104254.\}
    105 DD
     255\FCDD\F[]
    106256is the 2 digit day
    107257.RE
     
    115265.IP \(bu 2.3
    116266.\}
    117 hh
     267\FChh\F[]
    118268is the 2 digit hour
    119269.RE
     
    127277.IP \(bu 2.3
    128278.\}
    129 mm
     279\FCmm\F[]
    130280is the 2 digit minute
    131281.RE
     
    139289.IP \(bu 2.3
    140290.\}
    141 ss
     291\FCss\F[]
    142292is the 2 digit second\&.
    143293.sp
     
    145295.PP
    146296The
    147 vfs_shadow_copy2
     297\FCvfs_shadow_copy2\F[]
    148298snapshot naming convention can be produced with the following
    149299\fBdate\fR(1)
     
    153303.RS 4
    154304.\}
     305.fam C
     306.ps -1
    155307.nf
     308.if t \{\
     309.sp -1
     310.\}
     311.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     312.sp -1
     313
    156314        TZ=GMT date +@GMT\-%Y\&.%m\&.%d\-%H\&.%M\&.%S
    157315       
    158 .fi
     316.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     317.if t \{\
     318.sp 1
     319.\}
     320.fi
     321.fam
     322.ps +1
    159323.if n \{\
    160324.RE
     
    175339.RS 4
    176340If you enable
    177 shadow:fixinodes
     341\FCshadow:fixinodes \F[]
    178342then this module will modify the apparent inode number of files in the snapshot directories using a hash of the files path\&. This is needed for snapshot systems where the snapshots have the same device:inode number as the original files (such as happens with GPFS snapshots)\&. If you don\'t set this option then the \'restore\' button in the shadow copy UI will fail with a sharing violation\&.
    179343.RE
     
    185349.RS 4
    186350.\}
     351.fam C
     352.ps -1
    187353.nf
     354.if t \{\
     355.sp -1
     356.\}
     357.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     358.sp -1
     359
    188360        \fI[homes]\fR
    189361        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = shadow_copy2\fR\m[]
    190362        \m[blue]\fBshadow:snapdir = /data/snaphots\fR\m[]
    191363        \m[blue]\fBshadow:basedir = /data/home\fR\m[]
    192 .fi
     364.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     365.if t \{\
     366.sp 1
     367.\}
     368.fi
     369.fam
     370.ps +1
    193371.if n \{\
    194372.RE
     
    199377.PP
    200378With Samba or Windows servers,
    201 vfs_shadow_copy2
     379\FCvfs_shadow_copy2\F[]
    202380is designed to be an end\-user tool only\&. It does not replace or enhance your backup and archival solutions and should in no way be considered as such\&. Additionally, if you need version control, implement a version control system\&.
    203381.SH "VERSION"
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smb_traffic_analyzer
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMB_TRAFFIC_ANALYZER" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "SMB_TRAFFIC_ANALYZER" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer \- log Samba VFS read and write operations through a socket to a helper application
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = smb_traffic_analyzer
     174\FCvfs objects = smb_traffic_analyzer\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer
     183\FCvfs_smb_traffic_analyzer\F[]
    34184VFS module logs client write and read operations on a Samba server and sends this data over a socket to a helper program, which feeds a SQL database\&. More information on the helper programs can be obtained from the homepage of the project at: http://holger123\&.wordpress\&.com/smb\-traffic\-analyzer/
    35185.PP
    36 vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer
     186\FCvfs_smb_traffic_analyzer\F[]
    37187currently is aware of the following VFS operations:
    38188.RS 4
     
    49199.RE
    50200.PP
    51 vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer
     201\FCvfs_smb_traffic_analyzer\F[]
    52202sends the following data in a fixed format seperated by a comma through either an internet or a unix domain socket:
    53203.sp
     
    55205.RS 4
    56206.\}
    57 .nf
     207.fam C
     208.ps -1
     209.nf
     210.if t \{\
     211.sp -1
     212.\}
     213.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     214.sp -1
     215
    58216        BYTES|USER|DOMAIN|READ/WRITE|SHARE|FILENAME|TIMESTAMP
    59217       
    60 .fi
     218.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     219.if t \{\
     220.sp 1
     221.\}
     222.fi
     223.fam
     224.ps +1
    61225.if n \{\
    62226.RE
     
    73237.IP \(bu 2.3
    74238.\}
    75 BYTES
     239\FCBYTES\F[]
    76240\- the length in bytes of the VFS operation
    77241.RE
     
    85249.IP \(bu 2.3
    86250.\}
    87 USER
     251\FCUSER\F[]
    88252\- the user who initiated the operation
    89253.RE
     
    97261.IP \(bu 2.3
    98262.\}
    99 DOMAIN
     263\FCDOMAIN\F[]
    100264\- the domain of the user
    101265.RE
     
    109273.IP \(bu 2.3
    110274.\}
    111 READ/WRITE
     275\FCREAD/WRITE\F[]
    112276\- either "W" for a write operation or "R" for read
    113277.RE
     
    121285.IP \(bu 2.3
    122286.\}
    123 SHARE
     287\FCSHARE\F[]
    124288\- the name of the share on which the VFS operation occured
    125289.RE
     
    133297.IP \(bu 2.3
    134298.\}
    135 FILENAME
     299\FCFILENAME\F[]
    136300\- the name of the file that was used by the VFS operation
    137301.RE
     
    145309.IP \(bu 2.3
    146310.\}
    147 TIMESTAMP
     311\FCTIMESTAMP\F[]
    148312\- a timestamp, formatted as "yyyy\-mm\-dd hh\-mm\-ss\&.ms" indicating when the VFS operation occured
    149313.sp
     
    184348.RS 4
    185349.\}
    186 .nf
     350.fam C
     351.ps -1
     352.nf
     353.if t \{\
     354.sp -1
     355.\}
     356.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     357.sp -1
     358
    187359        \fI[example_share]\fR
    188360        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/example\fR\m[]
     
    190362        \m[blue]\fBsmb_traffic_analyzer:mode = unix_domain_socket\fR\m[]
    191363       
    192 .fi
     364.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     365.if t \{\
     366.sp 1
     367.\}
     368.fi
     369.fam
     370.ps +1
    193371.if n \{\
    194372.RE
     
    200378.RS 4
    201379.\}
    202 .nf
     380.fam C
     381.ps -1
     382.nf
     383.if t \{\
     384.sp -1
     385.\}
     386.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     387.sp -1
     388
    203389        \fI[example_share]\fR
    204390        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/example\fR\m[]
     
    207393        \m[blue]\fBsmb_traffic_analyzer:port = 3491\fR\m[]
    208394       
    209 .fi
     395.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     396.if t \{\
     397.sp 1
     398.\}
     399.fi
     400.fam
     401.ps +1
    210402.if n \{\
    211403.RE
     
    217409.RS 4
    218410.\}
    219 .nf
     411.fam C
     412.ps -1
     413.nf
     414.if t \{\
     415.sp -1
     416.\}
     417.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     418.sp -1
     419
    220420        \fI[example_share]\fR
    221421        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/example\fR\m[]
     
    225425        \m[blue]\fBsmb_traffic_analyzer:anonymize_prefix = User\fR\m[]
    226426       
    227 .fi
     427.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     428.if t \{\
     429.sp 1
     430.\}
     431.fi
     432.fam
     433.ps +1
    228434.if n \{\
    229435.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_streams_depot.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_streams_depot
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_STREAMS_DEPOT" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_STREAMS_DEPOT" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_streams_depot \- EXPERIMENTAL module to store alternate data streams in a central directory\&.
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = streams_depot
     174\FCvfs objects = streams_depot\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    33183.PP
    34184The
    35 vfs_streams_depot
     185\FCvfs_streams_depot\F[]
    36186enables storing of NTFS alternate data streams in the file system\&. As a normal posix file system does not support the concept of multiple data streams per file, the streams_depot module stores the data in files in a separate directory\&.
    37187.SH "OPTIONS"
     
    46196.RS 4
    47197.\}
     198.fam C
     199.ps -1
    48200.nf
     201.if t \{\
     202.sp -1
     203.\}
     204.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     205.sp -1
     206
    49207        \fI[share]\fR
    50208        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = streams_depot\fR\m[]
    51 .fi
     209.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     210.if t \{\
     211.sp 1
     212.\}
     213.fi
     214.fam
     215.ps +1
    52216.if n \{\
    53217.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_streams_xattr.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_streams_xattr
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_STREAMS_XATTR" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_STREAMS_XATTR" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_streams_xattr \- Store alternate data streams in posix xattrs
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = streams_xattr
     174\FCvfs objects = streams_xattr\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_streams_xattr
     183\FCvfs_streams_xattr\F[]
    34184enables storing of NTFS alternate data streams in the file system\&. As a normal posix file system does not support the concept of multiple data streams per file, the streams_xattr module stores the data in posix extended attributes (xattrs)\&. The name of these attributes is user\&.DosStream\&."ADS\-NAME"\&.
    35185.PP
     
    42192.RS 4
    43193.\}
     194.fam C
     195.ps -1
    44196.nf
     197.if t \{\
     198.sp -1
     199.\}
     200.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     201.sp -1
     202
    45203        \fI[share]\fR
    46204        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = streams_xattr\fR\m[]
    47 .fi
     205.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     206.if t \{\
     207.sp 1
     208.\}
     209.fi
     210.fam
     211.ps +1
    48212.if n \{\
    49213.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfs_xattr_tdb.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_xattr_tdb
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_XATTR_TDB" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_XATTR_TDB" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_xattr_tdb \- Save Extended Attributes (EAs) in a tdb file
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = xattr_tdb
     174\FCvfs objects = xattr_tdb\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_xattr_tdb
     183\FCvfs_xattr_tdb\F[]
    34184VFS module stores Extended Attributes (EAs) in a tdb file\&. This enables the usage of Extended Attributes on OS and filesystems which do not support Extended Attributes by themselves\&.
    35185.PP
     
    40190.RS 4
    41191Name of the tdb file the EAs are stored in\&. If this option is not set, the default filename
    42 xattr\&.tdb
     192\FCxattr\&.tdb\F[]
    43193is used\&.
    44194.RE
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/vfstest.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfstest
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFSTEST" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "VFSTEST" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfstest \- tool for testing samba VFS modules
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfstest [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-c\ command] [\-l\ logdir] [\-h]
     174\FCvfstest\F[] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-c\ command] [\-l\ logdir] [\-h]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 vfstest
     182\FCvfstest\F[]
    33183is a small command line utility that has the ability to test dso samba VFS modules\&. It gives the user the ability to call the various VFS functions manually and supports cascaded VFS modules\&.
    34184.SH "OPTIONS"
     
    63213\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    64214parameter in the
    65 smb\&.conf
     215\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    66216file\&.
    67217.RE
     
    75225.RS 4
    76226The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    77 smb\&.conf
     227\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    78228for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    79229.RE
     
    97247.IP \(bu 2.3
    98248.\}
    99 load <module\&.so>
     249\FCload <module\&.so>\F[]
    100250\- Load specified VFS module
    101251.RE
     
    109259.IP \(bu 2.3
    110260.\}
    111 populate <char> <size>
     261\FCpopulate <char> <size>\F[]
    112262\- Populate a data buffer with the specified data
    113263.RE
     
    121271.IP \(bu 2.3
    122272.\}
    123 showdata [<offset> <len>]
     273\FCshowdata [<offset> <len>]\F[]
    124274\- Show data currently in data buffer
    125275.RE
     
    133283.IP \(bu 2.3
    134284.\}
    135 connect
     285\FCconnect\F[]
    136286\- VFS connect()
    137287.RE
     
    145295.IP \(bu 2.3
    146296.\}
    147 disconnect
     297\FCdisconnect\F[]
    148298\- VFS disconnect()
    149299.RE
     
    157307.IP \(bu 2.3
    158308.\}
    159 disk_free
     309\FCdisk_free\F[]
    160310\- VFS disk_free()
    161311.RE
     
    169319.IP \(bu 2.3
    170320.\}
    171 opendir
     321\FCopendir\F[]
    172322\- VFS opendir()
    173323.RE
     
    181331.IP \(bu 2.3
    182332.\}
    183 readdir
     333\FCreaddir\F[]
    184334\- VFS readdir()
    185335.RE
     
    193343.IP \(bu 2.3
    194344.\}
    195 mkdir
     345\FCmkdir\F[]
    196346\- VFS mkdir()
    197347.RE
     
    205355.IP \(bu 2.3
    206356.\}
    207 rmdir
     357\FCrmdir\F[]
    208358\- VFS rmdir()
    209359.RE
     
    217367.IP \(bu 2.3
    218368.\}
    219 closedir
     369\FCclosedir\F[]
    220370\- VFS closedir()
    221371.RE
     
    229379.IP \(bu 2.3
    230380.\}
    231 open
     381\FCopen\F[]
    232382\- VFS open()
    233383.RE
     
    241391.IP \(bu 2.3
    242392.\}
    243 close
     393\FCclose\F[]
    244394\- VFS close()
    245395.RE
     
    253403.IP \(bu 2.3
    254404.\}
    255 read
     405\FCread\F[]
    256406\- VFS read()
    257407.RE
     
    265415.IP \(bu 2.3
    266416.\}
    267 write
     417\FCwrite\F[]
    268418\- VFS write()
    269419.RE
     
    277427.IP \(bu 2.3
    278428.\}
    279 lseek
     429\FClseek\F[]
    280430\- VFS lseek()
    281431.RE
     
    289439.IP \(bu 2.3
    290440.\}
    291 rename
     441\FCrename\F[]
    292442\- VFS rename()
    293443.RE
     
    301451.IP \(bu 2.3
    302452.\}
    303 fsync
     453\FCfsync\F[]
    304454\- VFS fsync()
    305455.RE
     
    313463.IP \(bu 2.3
    314464.\}
    315 stat
     465\FCstat\F[]
    316466\- VFS stat()
    317467.RE
     
    325475.IP \(bu 2.3
    326476.\}
    327 fstat
     477\FCfstat\F[]
    328478\- VFS fstat()
    329479.RE
     
    337487.IP \(bu 2.3
    338488.\}
    339 lstat
     489\FClstat\F[]
    340490\- VFS lstat()
    341491.RE
     
    349499.IP \(bu 2.3
    350500.\}
    351 unlink
     501\FCunlink\F[]
    352502\- VFS unlink()
    353503.RE
     
    361511.IP \(bu 2.3
    362512.\}
    363 chmod
     513\FCchmod\F[]
    364514\- VFS chmod()
    365515.RE
     
    373523.IP \(bu 2.3
    374524.\}
    375 fchmod
     525\FCfchmod\F[]
    376526\- VFS fchmod()
    377527.RE
     
    385535.IP \(bu 2.3
    386536.\}
    387 chown
     537\FCchown\F[]
    388538\- VFS chown()
    389539.RE
     
    397547.IP \(bu 2.3
    398548.\}
    399 fchown
     549\FCfchown\F[]
    400550\- VFS fchown()
    401551.RE
     
    409559.IP \(bu 2.3
    410560.\}
    411 chdir
     561\FCchdir\F[]
    412562\- VFS chdir()
    413563.RE
     
    421571.IP \(bu 2.3
    422572.\}
    423 getwd
     573\FCgetwd\F[]
    424574\- VFS getwd()
    425575.RE
     
    433583.IP \(bu 2.3
    434584.\}
    435 utime
     585\FCutime\F[]
    436586\- VFS utime()
    437587.RE
     
    445595.IP \(bu 2.3
    446596.\}
    447 ftruncate
     597\FCftruncate\F[]
    448598\- VFS ftruncate()
    449599.RE
     
    457607.IP \(bu 2.3
    458608.\}
    459 lock
     609\FClock\F[]
    460610\- VFS lock()
    461611.RE
     
    469619.IP \(bu 2.3
    470620.\}
    471 symlink
     621\FCsymlink\F[]
    472622\- VFS symlink()
    473623.RE
     
    481631.IP \(bu 2.3
    482632.\}
    483 readlink
     633\FCreadlink\F[]
    484634\- VFS readlink()
    485635.RE
     
    493643.IP \(bu 2.3
    494644.\}
    495 link
     645\FClink\F[]
    496646\- VFS link()
    497647.RE
     
    505655.IP \(bu 2.3
    506656.\}
    507 mknod
     657\FCmknod\F[]
    508658\- VFS mknod()
    509659.RE
     
    517667.IP \(bu 2.3
    518668.\}
    519 realpath
     669\FCrealpath\F[]
    520670\- VFS realpath()
    521671.sp
     
    532682.IP \(bu 2.3
    533683.\}
    534 conf <smb\&.conf>
     684\FCconf <smb\&.conf>\F[]
    535685\- Load a different configuration file
    536686.RE
     
    544694.IP \(bu 2.3
    545695.\}
    546 help [<command>]
     696\FChelp [<command>]\F[]
    547697\- Get list of commands or info about specified command
    548698.RE
     
    556706.IP \(bu 2.3
    557707.\}
    558 debuglevel <level>
     708\FCdebuglevel <level>\F[]
    559709\- Set debug level
    560710.RE
     
    568718.IP \(bu 2.3
    569719.\}
    570 freemem
     720\FCfreemem\F[]
    571721\- Free memory currently in use
    572722.RE
     
    580730.IP \(bu 2.3
    581731.\}
    582 exit
     732\FCexit\F[]
    583733\- Exit vfstest
    584734.SH "VERSION"
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/wbinfo.1

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: wbinfo
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "WBINFO" "1" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     9.TH "WBINFO" "1" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170wbinfo \- Query information from winbind daemon
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 wbinfo [\-a\ user%password] [\-\-all\-domains] [\-\-allocate\-gid] [\-\-allocate\-uid] [\-c] [\-D\ domain] [\-\-domain\ domain] [\-g] [\-\-getdcname\ domain] [\-\-get\-auth\-user] [\-G\ gid] [\-h] [\-i\ user] [\-I\ ip] [\-K\ user%password] [\-m] [\-n\ name] [\-N\ netbios\-name] [\-\-own\-domain] [\-p] [\-r\ user] [\-\-remove\-uid\-mapping\ uid,sid] [\-\-remove\-gid\-mapping\ gid,sid] [\-s\ sid] [\-\-separator] [\-\-sequence] [\-\-set\-auth\-user\ user%password] [\-\-set\-uid\-mapping\ uid,sid] [\-\-set\-gid\-mapping\ gid,sid] [\-S\ sid] [\-t] [\-u] [\-\-uid\-info\ uid] [\-\-user\-domgroups\ sid] [\-\-user\-sids\ sid] [\-U\ uid] [\-V] [\-Y\ sid] [\-\-verbose]
     174\FCwbinfo\F[] [\-a\ user%password] [\-\-all\-domains] [\-\-allocate\-gid] [\-\-allocate\-uid] [\-c] [\-D\ domain] [\-\-domain\ domain] [\-g] [\-\-getdcname\ domain] [\-\-get\-auth\-user] [\-G\ gid] [\-h] [\-i\ user] [\-I\ ip] [\-K\ user%password] [\-m] [\-n\ name] [\-N\ netbios\-name] [\-\-own\-domain] [\-p] [\-r\ user] [\-\-remove\-uid\-mapping\ uid,sid] [\-\-remove\-gid\-mapping\ gid,sid] [\-s\ sid] [\-\-separator] [\-\-sequence] [\-\-set\-auth\-user\ user%password] [\-\-set\-uid\-mapping\ uid,sid] [\-\-set\-gid\-mapping\ gid,sid] [\-S\ sid] [\-t] [\-u] [\-\-uid\-info\ uid] [\-\-user\-domgroups\ sid] [\-\-user\-sids\ sid] [\-U\ uid] [\-V] [\-Y\ sid] [\-\-verbose]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 wbinfo
     183\FCwbinfo\F[]
    34184program queries and returns information created and used by the
    35185\fBwinbindd\fR(8)
     
    39189\fBwinbindd\fR(8)
    40190daemon must be configured and running for the
    41 wbinfo
     191\FCwbinfo\F[]
    42192program to be able to return information\&.
    43193.SH "OPTIONS"
     
    51201.\}
    52202.RS 4
     203.BM yellow
    53204.it 1 an-trap
    54205.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    62213\fBntlm_auth\fR(1)\&.
    63214.sp .5v
     215.EM yellow
    64216.RE
    65217.RE
     
    312464\fBwinbindd\fR(8)
    313465daemon is not working
    314 wbinfo
     466\FCwbinfo\F[]
    315467will always return failure\&.
    316468.SH "VERSION"
     
    326478The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell\&. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed\&.
    327479.PP
    328 wbinfo
     480\FCwbinfo\F[]
    329481and
    330 winbindd
     482\FCwinbindd\F[]
    331483were written by Tim Potter\&.
    332484.PP
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/winbind_krb5_locator.7

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: winbind_krb5_locator
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: 7
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "WINBIND_KRB5_LOCATOR" "7" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "7"
     9.TH "WINBIND_KRB5_LOCATOR" "7" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "7"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170winbind_krb5_locator \- A plugin for MIT and Heimdal Kerberos for detecting KDCs using Windows semantics\&.
    23171.SH "DESCRIPTION"
     
    28176.PP
    29177
    30 winbind_krb5_locator
     178\FCwinbind_krb5_locator\F[]
    31179is a plugin that permits MIT and Heimdal Kerberos libraries to detect Kerberos Servers (for the KDC and kpasswd service) using the same semantics that other tools of the Samba suite use\&. This include site\-aware DNS service record lookups and caching of closest dc\&. The plugin uses the public locator API provided by most modern Kerberos implementations\&.
    32180.SH "PREREQUISITES"
     
    39187.PP
    40188The
    41 winbind_krb5_locator\&.so
     189\FCwinbind_krb5_locator\&.so\F[]
    42190file needs to be manually copied to the plugin directory of the system Kerberos library\&. For MIT Kerberos this is often:
    43 /usr/lib/krb5/plugins/libkrb5/\&. For Heimdal Kerberos this is often:
    44 /usr/lib/plugin/krb5/\&. Please check your local Kerberos installation for the correct paths\&. No modification in
    45 /etc/krb5\&.conf
     191\FC/usr/lib/krb5/plugins/libkrb5/\F[]\&. For Heimdal Kerberos this is often:
     192\FC/usr/lib/plugin/krb5/\F[]\&. Please check your local Kerberos installation for the correct paths\&. No modification in
     193\FC/etc/krb5\&.conf\F[]
    46194is required to enable the use of this plugin\&.
    47195.PP
    48196After copying the locator plugin to the appropriate plugin directory it should immediately be available for use\&. Users should be able to kinit into their kerberized Windows environment without any modification or servers being put manually into
    49 /etc/krb5\&.conf\&.
     197\FC/etc/krb5\&.conf\F[]\&.
    50198.SH "VERSION"
    51199.PP
  • vendor/current/docs/manpages/winbindd.8

    r414 r427  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: winbindd
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 02/19/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 03/30/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.5
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "WINBINDD" "8" "02/19/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "WINBINDD" "8" "03/30/2010" "Samba 3\&.5" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
     
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170winbindd \- Name Service Switch daemon for resolving names from NT servers
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 winbindd [\-D] [\-F] [\-S] [\-i] [\-Y] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-n]
     174\FCwinbindd\F[] [\-D] [\-F] [\-S] [\-i] [\-Y] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-n]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
     
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 winbindd
     182\FCwinbindd\F[]
    33183is a daemon that provides a number of services to the Name Service Switch capability found in most modern C libraries, to arbitrary applications via PAM and
    34 ntlm_auth
     184\FCntlm_auth\F[]
    35185and to Samba itself\&.
    36186.PP
    37187Even if winbind is not used for nsswitch, it still provides a service to
    38 smbd,
    39 ntlm_auth
     188\FCsmbd\F[],
     189\FCntlm_auth\F[]
    40190and the
    41 pam_winbind\&.so
     191\FCpam_winbind\&.so\F[]
    42192PAM module, by managing connections to domain controllers\&. In this configuraiton the
    43193\m[blue]\fBidmap uid\fR\m[]
     
    47197.PP
    48198The Name Service Switch allows user and system information to be obtained from different databases services such as NIS or DNS\&. The exact behaviour can be configured through the
    49 /etc/nsswitch\&.conf
     199\FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\F[]
    50200file\&. Users and groups are allocated as they are resolved to a range of user and group ids specified by the administrator of the Samba system\&.
    51201.PP
    52202The service provided by
    53 winbindd
     203\FCwinbindd\F[]
    54204is called `winbind\' and can be used to resolve user and group information from a Windows NT server\&. The service can also provide authentication services via an associated PAM module\&.
    55205.PP
    56206The
    57 pam_winbind
     207\FCpam_winbind\F[]
    58208module supports the
    59209\fIauth\fR,
     
    64214\fIaccount\fR
    65215module simply performs a getpwnam() to verify that the system can obtain a uid for the user, as the domain controller has already performed access control\&. If the
    66 libnss_winbind
     216\FClibnss_winbind\F[]
    67217library has been correctly installed, or an alternate source of names configured, this should always succeed\&.
    68218.PP
     
    72222.RS 4
    73223If specified, this parameter causes the server to operate as a daemon\&. That is, it detaches itself and runs in the background on the appropriate port\&. This switch is assumed if
    74 winbindd
     224\FCwinbindd\F[]
    75225is executed on the command line of a shell\&.
    76226.RE
     
    79229.RS 4
    80230This feature is only available on IRIX\&. User information traditionally stored in the
    81 hosts(5)
     231\FChosts(5)\F[]
    82232file and used by
    83 gethostbyname(3)
     233\FCgethostbyname(3)\F[]
    84234functions\&. Names are resolved through the WINS server or by broadcast\&.
    85235.RE
     
    88238.RS 4
    89239User information traditionally stored in the
    90 passwd(5)
     240\FCpasswd(5)\F[]
    91241file and used by
    92 getpwent(3)
     242\FCgetpwent(3)\F[]
    93243functions\&.
    94244.RE
     
    97247.RS 4
    98248Group information traditionally stored in the
    99 group(5)
     249\FCgroup(5)\F[]
    100250file and used by
    101 getgrent(3)
     251\FCgetgrent(3)\F[]
    102252functions\&.
    103253.RE
    104254.PP
    105255For example, the following simple configuration in the
    106 /etc/nsswitch\&.conf
     256\FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\F[]
    107257file can be used to initially resolve user and group information from
    108 /etc/passwd
     258\FC/etc/passwd \F[]
    109259and
    110 /etc/group
     260\FC/etc/group\F[]
    111261and then from the Windows NT server\&.
    112262.sp
     
    114264.RS 4
    115265.\}
     266.fam C
     267.ps -1
    116268.nf
     269.if t \{\
     270.sp -1
     271.\}
     272.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     273.sp -1
     274
    117275passwd:         files winbind
    118276group:          files winbind
     
    122280hosts:          files dns wins
    123281
     282.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     283.if t \{\
     284.sp 1
     285.\}
    124286.fi
     287.fam
     288.ps +1
    125289.if n \{\
    126290.RE
     
    128292.PP
    129293The following simple configuration in the
    130 /etc/nsswitch\&.conf
     294\FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\F[]
    131295file can be used to initially resolve hostnames from
    132 /etc/hosts
     296\FC/etc/hosts\F[]
    133297and then from the WINS server\&.
    134298.sp
     
    136300.RS 4
    137301.\}
     302.fam C
     303.ps -1
    138304.nf
     305.if t \{\
     306.sp -1
     307.\}
     308.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     309.sp -1
     310
    139311hosts:          files wins
     312.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     313.if t \{\
     314.sp 1
     315.\}
    140316.fi
     317.fam
     318.ps +1
    141319.if n \{\
    142320.RE
     
    147325.RS 4
    148326If specified, this parameter causes the main
    149 winbindd
     327\FCwinbindd\F[]
    150328process to not daemonize, i\&.e\&. double\-fork and disassociate with the terminal\&. Child processes are still created as normal to service each connection request, but the main process does not exit\&. This operation mode is suitable for running
    151 winbindd
     329\FCwinbindd\F[]
    152330under process supervisors such as
    153 supervise
     331\FCsupervise\F[]
    154332and
    155 svscan
     333\FCsvscan\F[]
    156334from Daniel J\&. Bernstein\'s
    157 daemontools
     335\FCdaemontools\F[]
    158336package, or the AIX process monitor\&.
    159337.RE
     
    162340.RS 4
    163341If specified, this parameter causes
    164 winbindd
     342\FCwinbindd\F[]
    165343to log to standard output rather than a file\&.
    166344.RE
     
    178356\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    179357parameter in the
    180 smb\&.conf
     358\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    181359file\&.
    182360.RE
     
    190368.RS 4
    191369The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    192 smb\&.conf
     370\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    193371for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    194372.RE
     
    209387.RS 4
    210388Tells
    211 winbindd
     389\FCwinbindd\F[]
    212390to not become a daemon and detach from the current terminal\&. This option is used by developers when interactive debugging of
    213 winbindd
     391\FCwinbindd\F[]
    214392is required\&.
    215 winbindd
     393\FCwinbindd\F[]
    216394also logs to standard output, as if the
    217 \-S
     395\FC\-S\F[]
    218396parameter had been given\&.
    219397.RE
     
    231409.PP
    232410Users and groups on a Windows NT server are assigned a security id (SID) which is globally unique when the user or group is created\&. To convert the Windows NT user or group into a unix user or group, a mapping between SIDs and unix user and group ids is required\&. This is one of the jobs that
    233 winbindd
     411\FC winbindd\F[]
    234412performs\&.
    235413.PP
     
    240418.PP
    241419Configuration of the
    242 winbindd
     420\FCwinbindd\F[]
    243421daemon is done through configuration parameters in the
    244422\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
     
    381559.PP
    382560In
    383 /etc/nsswitch\&.conf
     561\FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\F[]
    384562put the following:
    385563.sp
     
    387565.RS 4
    388566.\}
     567.fam C
     568.ps -1
    389569.nf
     570.if t \{\
     571.sp -1
     572.\}
     573.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     574.sp -1
     575
    390576passwd: files winbind
    391577group:  files winbind
     578.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     579.if t \{\
     580.sp 1
     581.\}
    392582.fi
     583.fam
     584.ps +1
    393585.if n \{\
    394586.RE
     
    396588.PP
    397589In
    398 /etc/pam\&.d/*
     590\FC/etc/pam\&.d/*\F[]
    399591replace the
    400592\fI auth\fR
     
    404596.RS 4
    405597.\}
     598.fam C
     599.ps -1
    406600.nf
     601.if t \{\
     602.sp -1
     603.\}
     604.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     605.sp -1
     606
    407607auth  required    /lib/security/pam_securetty\&.so
    408608auth  required    /lib/security/pam_nologin\&.so
     
    410610auth  required    /lib/security/pam_unix\&.so \e
    411611                  use_first_pass shadow nullok
     612.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     613.if t \{\
     614.sp 1
     615.\}
    412616.fi
    413 .if n \{\
    414 .RE
    415 .\}
    416 .sp
    417 .if n \{\
    418 .sp
    419 .\}
    420 .RS 4
     617.fam
     618.ps +1
     619.if n \{\
     620.RE
     621.\}
     622.sp
     623.if n \{\
     624.sp
     625.\}
     626.RS 4
     627.BM yellow
    421628.it 1 an-trap
    422629.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     
    430637The PAM module pam_unix has recently replaced the module pam_pwdb\&. Some Linux systems use the module pam_unix2 in place of pam_unix\&.
    431638.sp .5v
     639.EM yellow
    432640.RE
    433641.PP
     
    440648Now replace the account lines with this:
    441649.PP
    442 account required /lib/security/pam_winbind\&.so
     650\FCaccount required /lib/security/pam_winbind\&.so \F[]
    443651.PP
    444652The next step is to join the domain\&. To do that use the
    445 net
     653\FCnet\F[]
    446654program like this:
    447655.PP
    448 net join \-S PDC \-U Administrator
     656\FCnet join \-S PDC \-U Administrator\F[]
    449657.PP
    450658The username after the
     
    453661.PP
    454662Next copy
    455 libnss_winbind\&.so
     663\FClibnss_winbind\&.so\F[]
    456664to
    457 /lib
     665\FC/lib\F[]
    458666and
    459 pam_winbind\&.so
     667\FCpam_winbind\&.so \F[]
    460668to
    461 /lib/security\&. A symbolic link needs to be made from
    462 /lib/libnss_winbind\&.so
     669\FC/lib/security\F[]\&. A symbolic link needs to be made from
     670\FC/lib/libnss_winbind\&.so\F[]
    463671to
    464 /lib/libnss_winbind\&.so\&.2\&. If you are using an older version of glibc then the target of the link should be
    465 /lib/libnss_winbind\&.so\&.1\&.
     672\FC/lib/libnss_winbind\&.so\&.2\F[]\&. If you are using an older version of glibc then the target of the link should be
     673\FC/lib/libnss_winbind\&.so\&.1\F[]\&.
    466674.PP
    467675Finally, setup a
     
    472680.RS 4
    473681.\}
     682.fam C
     683.ps -1
    474684.nf
     685.if t \{\
     686.sp -1
     687.\}
     688.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     689.sp -1
     690
    475691[global]
    476692        winbind separator = +
     
    483699        security = domain
    484700        password server = *
     701.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     702.if t \{\
     703.sp 1
     704.\}
    485705.fi
     706.fam
     707.ps +1
    486708.if n \{\
    487709.RE
     
    489711.PP
    490712Now start winbindd and you should find that your user and group database is expanded to include your NT users and groups, and that you can login to your unix box as a domain user, using the DOMAIN+user syntax for the username\&. You may wish to use the commands
    491 getent passwd
     713\FCgetent passwd\F[]
    492714and
    493 getent group
     715\FCgetent group \F[]
    494716to confirm the correct operation of winbindd\&.
    495717.SH "NOTES"
    496718.PP
    497719The following notes are useful when configuring and running
    498 winbindd:
     720\FCwinbindd\F[]:
    499721.PP
    500722\fBnmbd\fR(8)
    501723must be running on the local machine for
    502 winbindd
     724\FCwinbindd\F[]
    503725to work\&.
    504726.PP
     
    506728.PP
    507729If more than one UNIX machine is running
    508 winbindd, then in general the user and groups ids allocated by winbindd will not be the same\&. The user and group ids will only be valid for the local machine, unless a shared
     730\FCwinbindd\F[], then in general the user and groups ids allocated by winbindd will not be the same\&. The user and group ids will only be valid for the local machine, unless a shared
    509731\m[blue]\fBidmap backend\fR\m[]
    510732is configured\&.
     
    514736.PP
    515737The following signals can be used to manipulate the
    516 winbindd
     738\FCwinbindd\F[]
    517739daemon\&.
    518740.PP
     
    527749.RS 4
    528750The SIGUSR2 signal will cause
    529 winbindd
     751\FC winbindd\F[]
    530752to write status information to the winbind log file\&.
    531753.sp
     
    534756.SH "FILES"
    535757.PP
    536 /etc/nsswitch\&.conf(5)
     758\FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf(5)\F[]
    537759.RS 4
    538760Name service switch configuration file\&.
     
    542764.RS 4
    543765The UNIX pipe over which clients communicate with the
    544 winbindd
     766\FCwinbindd\F[]
    545767program\&. For security reasons, the winbind client will only attempt to connect to the winbindd daemon if both the
    546 /tmp/\&.winbindd
     768\FC/tmp/\&.winbindd\F[]
    547769directory and
    548 /tmp/\&.winbindd/pipe
     770\FC/tmp/\&.winbindd/pipe\F[]
    549771file are owned by root\&.
    550772.RE
     
    553775.RS 4
    554776The UNIX pipe over which \'privileged\' clients communicate with the
    555 winbindd
     777\FCwinbindd\F[]
    556778program\&. For security reasons, access to some winbindd functions \- like those needed by the
    557 ntlm_auth
     779\FCntlm_auth\F[]
    558780utility \- is restricted\&. By default, only users in the \'root\' group will get this access, however the administrator may change the group permissions on $LOCKDIR/winbindd_privileged to allow programs like \'squid\' to use ntlm_auth\&. Note that the winbind client will only attempt to connect to the winbindd daemon if both the
    559 $LOCKDIR/winbindd_privileged
     781\FC$LOCKDIR/winbindd_privileged\F[]
    560782directory and
    561 $LOCKDIR/winbindd_privileged/pipe
     783\FC$LOCKDIR/winbindd_privileged/pipe\F[]
    562784file are owned by root\&.
    563785.RE
     
    573795\fI\-\-with\-lockdir\fR
    574796option\&. This directory is by default
    575 /usr/local/samba/var/locks\&.
     797\FC/usr/local/samba/var/locks \F[]\&.
    576798.RE
    577799.PP
     
    585807.SH "SEE ALSO"
    586808.PP
    587 nsswitch\&.conf(5),
     809\FCnsswitch\&.conf(5)\F[],
    588810\fBsamba\fR(7),
    589811\fBwbinfo\fR(1),
     
    595817The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell\&. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed\&.
    596818.PP
    597 wbinfo
     819\FCwbinfo\F[]
    598820and
    599 winbindd
     821\FCwinbindd\F[]
    600822were written by Tim Potter\&.
    601823.PP
Note: See TracChangeset for help on using the changeset viewer.